Download pdf - B-ClassElectricDrivemybclasselectricdrive.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/2015 Merce… · B-ClassElectricDrive Operator'sManual Orderno.6515560513 Partno.2425842200 EditionC2014 É2425842200tËÍ

B-Class Electric DriveOperator's Manual

Order no. 65155605 13 Part no. 2425842200 Edition C 2014

É2425842200tËÍ2425842200

B-Clas

sElec

tricD

riveO

perat

or'sM

anual

Publication detailsInternet

Further information about Mercedes-Benzvehicles and about Daimler AG can be foundon the following websites:http://www.mbusa.com (USA only)http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canadaonly)http://www.mercedes-benz.ca

Editorial office

©Daimler AG: Not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

SymbolsRegistered trademarks:RBluetooth® is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG Inc.RDTS is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.RDolby and MLP are registered trademarksof DOLBY Laboratories.RBabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® areregistered trademarks of Daimler AG.RHomeLink® is a registered trademark ofJohnson Controls.RiPod® and iTunes® are registered trade-marks of Apple Inc.RMicrosoft® and Windows media® are reg-istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora-tion.RSIRIUS is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio Inc.RHD Radio is a registered trademark of iBiq-uity Digital Corporation.RGracenote® is a registered trademark ofGracenote, Inc.RZAGATSurvey® and related brands are reg-istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey, LLC.

In this Operator's Manual you will find the fol-lowing symbols:

G WARNINGWarning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental noteEnvironmental notes provide you with infor-mation on environmentally aware actions ordisposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.

i Practical tips or further information thatcould be helpful to you.

X This symbol indicates an instructionthat must be followed.

X Several of these symbols in succes-sion indicate an instruction with sev-eral steps.

(Ypage)

This symbol tells you where you canfind more information about a topic.

YY This symbol indicates a warning or aninstruction that is continued on thenext page.

Dis‐Dis‐playplay

This font indicates a display in themultifunction display/COMAND dis-play.

Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro-tected by copyright © 2005The FreeType Projecthttp://www.freetype.org. All rightsreserved.

As at 26.11.2013

Welcome to the world of Mercedes-BenzWe urge you to read this Operator's Manualcarefully and familiarize yourself with thevehicle before driving. For your own safetyand a longer vehicle life, follow the instruc-tions and warning notices in this manual.Ignoring them could result in damage to thevehicle or personal injury to you or others.Vehicle damage caused by failure to followinstructions is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.The equipment or product designation of yourvehicle may vary depending on:RmodelRorderRcountry specificationRavailabilityMercedes-Benz therefore reserves the rightto introduce changes in the following areas:RdesignRequipmentRtechnical featuresThe equipment in your vehicle may thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptions andillustrations.The following are integral components of thevehicle:ROperator's ManualRMaintenance BookletREquipment-dependent supplementsKeep these documents in the vehicle at alltimes. If you sell the vehicle, always pass alldocuments on to the new owner.The technical documentation team atDaimler AG wishes you safe and pleasantmotoring.Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.A Daimler Company

2425842200 É2425842200tËÍ

Index ....................................................... 4

Introduction ......................................... 19

At a glance ........................................... 29

Safety ................................................... 39

Opening and closing ........................... 71

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors .... 85

Lights and windshield wipers ............ 97

Climate control ................................. 113

Driving and parking .......................... 125

On-board computer and displays .... 171

Stowage and features ...................... 227

Maintenance and care ...................... 251

Breakdown Assistance ..................... 263

Wheels and tires ............................... 277

Technical data ................................... 307

Contents 3

1, 2, 3 ...12 V socket

see Sockets

AABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Display message ............................ 191Function/notes ................................ 63Important safety notes .................... 63Warning lamp ................................. 218

AccidentAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 56

Activating/deactivating coolingwith air dehumidification ................. 116Active Parking Assist

Canceling ....................................... 163Detecting parking spaces .............. 160Display message ............................ 210Exiting a parking space .................. 162Function/notes ............................. 159Important safety notes .................. 159Parking .......................................... 161

ADAPTIVE BRAKE ................................. 68Adaptive Brake Assist

Display message ............................ 200Function/notes ................................ 65

Additional speedometer ................... 187Air bags

Deployment ..................................... 54Display message ............................ 203Front air bag (driver, frontpassenger) ....................................... 47Important safety notes .................... 46Introduction ..................................... 46Knee bag .......................................... 48PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ............................................... 41Side impact air bag .......................... 48Window curtain air bag .................... 48

Air-conditioning systemsee Climate control

Air ventsImportant safety notes .................. 123Setting ........................................... 123

Setting the center air vents ........... 123Setting the side air vents ............... 123see Climate control

Alarm systemsee ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 188

Antenna ................................................ 23Anti-lock braking system

see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Anti-Theft Alarm system

see ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)Ashtray ............................................... 236Assistance display (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 183Assistance menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 183ASSYST PLUS

Displaying a service message ........ 255Hiding a service message .............. 255Notes ............................................. 254Resetting the service interval dis-play ................................................ 255Service message ............................ 254Special service requirements ......... 255

ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)Activating/deactivating ................... 69Function ........................................... 69Switching off the alarm .................... 69

ATTENTION ASSISTActivating/deactivating ................. 184Display message ............................ 208Function/notes ............................. 166

Audio menu (on-board computer) .... 180Audio system

see separate operating instructionsAuthorized Mercedes-Benz Center

see Qualified specialist workshopAuthorized workshop

see Qualified specialist workshopAUTO lights

Display message ............................ 207see Lights

Automatic car wash (care) ............... 256Automatic headlamp mode ................ 98

4 Index

BBackup lamp

Changing bulbs .............................. 106Display message ............................ 206

Bag hook ............................................ 232BAS (Brake Assist System) ................. 63Battery

Display message ............................ 215Battery (SmartKey)

Checking .......................................... 74Important safety notes .................... 74Replacing ......................................... 74

Battery (vehicle)Charging ........................................ 268Display message ............................ 207Important safety notes .................. 265Jump starting ................................. 269

Beltsee Seat belts

Blind Spot AssistActivating/deactivating ................. 184Display message ............................ 209Notes/function .............................. 167

Brake Assistsee BAS (Brake Assist System)

Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 199Notes ............................................. 309

Brake lampsChanging bulbs .............................. 106Display message ............................ 205

BrakesABS .................................................. 63Adaptive Brake Assist ...................... 65BAS .................................................. 63Brake fluid (notes) ......................... 309Display message ............................ 191HOLD function ............................... 154Important safety notes .................. 148Maintenance .................................. 150Parking brake ................................ 145Riding tips ...................................... 148Warning lamp ................................. 218

Brake systemDriving safety systems ..................... 68

BreakdownTowing away .................................. 271see Flat tire

Brightness control (instrumentcluster lighting) ................................... 31Bulbs

see Replacing bulbs

CCalling up a malfunction

see Display messagesCar

see VehicleCare

Carpets .......................................... 262Car wash ........................................ 256Display ........................................... 260Exterior lights ................................ 259Gear or selector lever .................... 261Interior ........................................... 260Matte finish ................................... 258Notes ............................................. 256Paint .............................................. 257Plastic trim .................................... 260Power washer ................................ 257Rear view camera .......................... 260Roof lining ...................................... 262Seat belt ........................................ 262Seat cover ..................................... 261Sensors ......................................... 259Steering wheel ............................... 261Trim pieces .................................... 261Washing by hand ........................... 256Wheels ........................................... 258Windows ........................................ 258Wiper blades .................................. 259Wooden trim .................................. 261

Cargo compartment cover ............... 232Cargo compartment enlargement ... 230

Important safety notes .................. 230Cargo compartment floor

Height adjustment ......................... 234Important safety notes .................. 233Opening/closing ............................ 233Stowage well (under) ..................... 233

Cargo tie down rings ......................... 231

Index 5

Center consoleLower section .................................. 35Upper section .................................. 34

Central lockingAutomatic locking (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 188Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ........ 72

Changing bulbsBrake lamps ................................... 106High-beam headlamps ................... 105Low-beam headlamps .................... 104Parking lamps ................................ 105Rear fog lamp ................................ 106Reversing lamps ............................ 106Standing lamps (front) ................... 105Tail lamps ...................................... 106Turn signals (front) ......................... 105Turn signals (rear) .......................... 106

Charge level display .......................... 174Charging

see Charging the high-voltage batteryCharging cable

Connecting .................................... 139Controls ......................................... 138Important safety notes .................. 137Removing ....................................... 140Storing ........................................... 138Warming up ................................... 137

Charging the high-voltage battery(important safety notes) ................... 134Child-proof locks

Important safety notes .................... 61Rear doors ....................................... 62

ChildrenIn the vehicle ................................... 56Restraint systems ............................ 57Special seat belt retractor ............... 57

Child seatForward-facing restraint system ...... 60LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seatanchors ............................................ 58On the front-passenger seat ............ 60Rearward-facing restraint system .... 60Top Tether ....................................... 59

Cigarette lighter ................................ 236

Climate controlAutomatic climate control (dual-zone) .............................................. 115Auxiliary climate control (on-board computer) ............................ 186Controlling automatically ............... 117Convenience opening/closing(air-recirculation mode) ................. 120Cooling with air dehumidification .. 116Defrosting the windows ................. 119Defrosting the windshield .............. 118Immediate pre-entry climate con-trol ................................................. 122Important safety notes .................. 114Indicator lamp ................................ 117Maximum cooling .......................... 119Notes on using dual-zone auto-matic climate control ..................... 115Overview of systems ...................... 114Pre-entry climate control atdeparture time ............................... 122Pre-entry climate control at timeof departure (on-board computer) .. 186Pre-entry climate control via key ... 121Pre-entry climate control via key(on-board computer) ...................... 186Problems with cooling with airdehumidification ............................ 117Problem with the rear windowdefroster ........................................ 120Refrigerant ..................................... 311Refrigerant filling capacity ............. 311Setting the air distribution ............. 117Setting the airflow ......................... 118Setting the air vents ...................... 123Setting the temperature ................ 117Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ............................................ 120Switching on/off ........................... 116Switching the rear windowdefroster on/off ............................ 119Switching the ZONE function on/off .................................................. 118

Cockpit ................................................. 30see Instrument cluster

6 Index

COLLISION PREVENTION ASSISTActivating/deactivating the dis-tance warning function .................. 184Display message ............................ 191Operation/notes .............................. 64

Combination switch .......................... 100Compass

Calibrating ..................................... 249Calling up ....................................... 248Setting ........................................... 249

Consumption statistics (on-boardcomputer) .......................................... 177Convenience closing feature .............. 82Convenience opening/closing (air-recirculation mode) ........................... 120Convenience opening feature ............ 82Coolant

Service product ............................. 309Coolant (engine)

Checking the level ......................... 253Cooling

see Climate controlCopyright ............................................. 27Cornering light function

Display message ............................ 204Crash-responsive emergency light-ing ....................................................... 102Cruise control

Activation conditions ..................... 153Cruise control lever ....................... 152Deactivating ................................... 154Display message ............................ 210Driving system ............................... 152Important safety notes .................. 152Setting a speed .............................. 153Storing and maintaining currentspeed ............................................. 153

Cup holderCenter console .............................. 235Important safety notes .................. 234see Cup holder

Customer Assistance Center(CAC) ..................................................... 25Customer Relations Department ....... 25

DDashboard

see CockpitData

see Technical dataDaytime running lamps

Display message ............................ 206Switching on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 187Switching on/off (switch) ................ 98

Declarations of conformity ................. 24Delayed switch-off

Interior lighting .............................. 188Departure time

Setting (on-board computer) .......... 185Diagnostics connection ...................... 24Digital speedometer ......................... 177DIRECT SELECT lever

Transmission ................................. 129Display

High-voltage battery charge level(instrument cluster) ....................... 174

Display (cleaning instructions) ........ 260Display messages

ASSYST PLUS ................................ 254Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 190Drive system .................................. 207Driving systems ............................. 208General notes ................................ 190Hiding (on-board computer) ........... 190Lights ............................................. 204Safety systems .............................. 191SmartKey ....................................... 215Tires ............................................... 211Vehicle ........................................... 212

Distance recorder ............................. 176see Odometersee Trip odometer

Distance warning functionActivating/deactivating ................. 184Function/notes ................................ 64Warning lamp ................................. 225

Door control panel .............................. 37

Index 7

DoorsAutomatic locking (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 188Automatic locking (switch) ............... 78Central locking/unlocking(SmartKey) ....................................... 72Display message ............................ 214Emergency locking ........................... 79Emergency unlocking ....................... 79Important safety notes .................... 77Opening (from inside) ...................... 77

Drinking and driving ......................... 147Driver's door

see DoorsDrive system

Jump-starting ................................. 269Starting with the SmartKey ............ 127Switching off .................................. 145

Driving abroadMercedes-Benz Service ................. 256

Driving on flooded roads .................. 151Driving safety systems

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....... 63ADAPTIVE BRAKE ............................. 68Adaptive Brake Assist ...................... 65BAS (Brake Assist System) .............. 63COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST .... 64Distance warning function ............... 64Electronic brake force distribu-tion .................................................. 66ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ............................................... 66ETS (Electronic Traction System) ..... 66Important safety information ........... 63Overview .......................................... 62RBS .................................................. 68STEER CONTROL ............................. 68

Driving systemsActive Parking Assist ..................... 159ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 166Blind Spot Assist ............................ 167Cruise control ................................ 152Display message ............................ 208HOLD function ............................... 154PARKTRONIC ................................. 155Rear view camera .......................... 163

Driving tipsBrakes ........................................... 148Break-in period .............................. 126Checking brake lining thickness .... 150Downhill gradient ........................... 149Drinking and driving ....................... 147Driving in winter ............................. 152Driving on flooded roads ................ 151Driving on wet roads ...................... 151Energy ........................................... 147General .......................................... 147Hydroplaning ................................. 151Icy road surfaces ........................... 152Limited braking efficiency on sal-ted roads ....................................... 149Snow chains .................................. 280Wet road surface ........................... 149

DVD audio (on-board computer) ...... 181DVD video (on-board computer) ...... 181

EEBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Display message ............................ 195Function/notes ................................ 66

E‑CELL display ................................... 173ECO display

Function/notes ............................. 148On-board computer ....................... 177

Electric motor number ...................... 308Electronic Stability Program

see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Emergency

Automaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 56

Emergency releaseDriver's door .................................... 79Vehicle ............................................. 79

Emergency Tensioning DevicesActivation ......................................... 54

Emergency unlockingTailgate ............................................ 80

EnergyDriving tips .................................... 147

Environmental protectionNote ................................................. 19

8 Index

ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram)

Characteristics ................................. 67Deactivating/activating ................. 183Deactivating/activating (notes) ....... 67Display message ............................ 191ETS .................................................. 66Function/notes ................................ 66General notes .................................. 66Important safety information ........... 67Warning lamp ................................. 221

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ....... 66Exterior lighting

Setting options ................................ 98Exterior mirrors

Adjusting ......................................... 93Dipping (automatic) ......................... 93Out of position (troubleshooting) ..... 93Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 95Storing the parking position ............. 94

FFlat tire

MOExtended tires .......................... 264Preparing the vehicle ..................... 264

Floormats ........................................... 249Fuses

Allocation chart ............................. 275Before changing ............................. 274Fuse box in the engine compart-ment .............................................. 275Fuse box in the front-passengerfootwell .......................................... 275Important safety notes .................. 274

GGarage door opener

Clearing the memory ..................... 248Important safety notes .................. 245Opening/closing the garage door .. 248Programming (button in the rear-view mirror) ................................... 245

Gear or selector lever (cleaningguidelines) ......................................... 261Genuine parts ...................................... 19

Glove box ........................................... 229

HHandbrake

see Parking brakeHazard warning lamps ...................... 100

Display message ............................ 215Headlamps

Cleaning system (notes) ................ 310Fogging up ..................................... 101see Automatic headlamp mode

Head restraintsAdjusting ......................................... 89Adjusting (electrically) ..................... 90Adjusting (manually) ........................ 89Adjusting (rear) ................................ 90Installing/removing (rear) ................ 90

Heatingsee Climate control

High-beam headlampsChanging bulbs .............................. 105Display message ............................ 205Switching on/off ........................... 100

High voltagesee Safety notes

High-voltage batteryBattery care ................................... 136Charging (charging station) ............ 140Charging (mains socket) ................ 137Charging cable warming ................ 137Cruise range .................................. 136Discharged battery ........................ 135Display message ............................ 208Energy consumption ...................... 136General notes ................................ 135Method of operation ...................... 135Outside temperatures .................... 135Overvoltage protection .................. 137Problems with the charging proc-ess ................................................. 142Reserve, warning lamp ................... 224Terms of use .................................. 137

High-voltage disconnect device ......... 23Hill start assist .................................. 128HOLD function

Activating ....................................... 155Deactivating ................................... 155

Index 9

Display message ............................ 209Function/notes ............................. 154

HoodClosing ........................................... 253Display message ............................ 214Important safety notes .................. 252Opening ......................................... 252

Horn ...................................................... 30Hydroplaning ..................................... 151

IIgnition lock

see Key positionsImmobilizer .......................................... 69Indicator lamps

see Warning and indicator lampsIndicators

see Turn signalsInstrument cluster

Charge level display ......................... 31Overview .......................................... 31Power display ................................ 173Settings ......................................... 187Warning and indicator lamps ........... 32

Instrument cluster lighting .............. 172Interior lighting ................................. 101

Automatic control .......................... 102Delayed switch-off (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 188Emergency lighting ........................ 102Manual control ............................... 102Overview ........................................ 101Reading lamp ................................. 101Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 188

Internet connectionVia mobile service module ............. 144

JJack

Storage location ............................ 264Using ............................................. 300

KKickdown

Driving tips .................................... 131Knee bag .............................................. 48

LLamps

see Warning and indicator lampsLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seatanchors ................................................ 58License plate lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 205Lights

Activating/deactivating the inte-rior lighting delayed switch-off ....... 188Automatic headlamp mode .............. 98Display message ............................ 204Hazard warning lamps ................... 100High beam flasher .......................... 100High-beam headlamps ................... 100Light switch ..................................... 98Low-beam headlamps ...................... 99Parking lamps .................................. 99Rear fog lamp .................................. 99Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 188Standing lamps .............................. 100Switching the daytime runninglamps on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 187Switching the daytime runninglamps on/off (switch) ...................... 98Turn signals ................................... 100see Interior lightingsee Lightssee Replacing bulbs

Light sensor (display message) ....... 207Loading guidelines ............................ 228Locking

see Central lockingLocking (doors)

Automatic ........................................ 78Emergency locking ........................... 79From inside (central locking but-ton) .................................................. 78

10 Index

Locking centrallysee Central locking

Locking verification signal (on-board computer) ............................... 188Low-beam headlamps

Changing bulbs .............................. 104Display message ............................ 204Switching on/off .............................. 99

Lumbar supportAdjusting the 4-way lumbar sup-port .................................................. 91

MM+S tires ............................................ 280Maintenance

see ASSYST PLUSMalfunction message

see Display messagesMatte finish (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 258Maximum charge current

Setting (charging cable) ................. 138mbrace

Call priority .................................... 241Display message ............................ 199Downloading destinations(COMAND) ..................................... 241Downloading routes ....................... 244Emergency call .............................. 238General notes ................................ 237Geo fencing ................................... 245Locating a stolen vehicle ............... 243MB info call button ........................ 240Remote fault diagnosis .................. 243Remote vehicle locking .................. 243Roadside Assistance button .......... 240Search & Send ............................... 242Self-test ......................................... 238Speed alert .................................... 244System .......................................... 238Triggering the vehicle alarm ........... 245Vehicle remote unlocking .............. 243

Mechanical keyFunction/notes ................................ 73Locking vehicle ................................ 79Unlocking the driver's door .............. 79

Memory card (audio) ......................... 181

Memory function ................................. 95Message memory (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190Messages

see Display messagesMirrors

see Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirrorsee Vanity mirror (in the sun visor)

Mobile phoneMenu (on-board computer) ............ 181

Modifying the programming(SmartKey) ........................................... 73MOExtended tires .............................. 264Mounting wheels

Lowering the vehicle ...................... 303Mounting a new wheel ................... 302Preparing the vehicle ..................... 300Raising the vehicle ......................... 300Removing a wheel .......................... 302Securing the vehicle against roll-ing away ........................................ 300

MP3Operation ....................................... 181see separate operating instructions

Multifunction displayFunction/notes ............................. 176Permanent display ......................... 187

Multifunction steering wheelOperating the on-board computer .. 174Overview .......................................... 33

NNavigation

Menu (on-board computer) ............ 179see separate operating instructions

Notes on breaking-in a new vehi-cle ....................................................... 126

OOccupant Classification System(OCS)

Conditions ....................................... 49Faults ............................................... 53

Index 11

Operation ......................................... 49System self-test ............................... 51

Occupant safetyAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 56Children in the vehicle ..................... 56Important safety notes .................... 41Pets in the vehicle ........................... 62

OCSConditions ....................................... 49Faults ............................................... 53Operation ......................................... 49System self-test ............................... 51

On-board computerAssistance menu ........................... 183Audio menu ................................... 180Displaying a service message ........ 255Display messages .......................... 190E‑CELL menu ................................. 185Factory settings submenu ............. 189Important safety notes .................. 172Instrument cluster submenu .......... 187Lighting submenu .......................... 187Menu overview .............................. 176Message memory .......................... 190Navigation menu ............................ 179Operation ....................................... 174Service menu ................................. 184Settings menu ............................... 185Standard display ............................ 176Telephone menu ............................ 181Trip menu ...................................... 176Vehicle submenu ........................... 188Video DVD operation ..................... 181

On-board computer (multifunctionsteering wheel)

Range ............................................ 178Online access .................................... 143Opening and closing the side trimpanels ................................................. 105Operating safety

Declaration of conformity ................ 24Operating system

see On-board computerOperator's Manual

Vehicle equipment ........................... 20Outside temperature display ........... 173

Overhead control panel ...................... 36Override feature

Rear side windows ........................... 62

PPaint code number ............................ 308Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ... 257Panic alarm .......................................... 40Parking ............................................... 144

Important safety notes .................. 144Parking brake ................................ 145Position of exterior mirror, front-passenger side ................................. 94Rear view camera .......................... 163see Active Parking Assistsee PARKTRONIC

Parking aidActive Parking Assist ..................... 159see Exterior mirrorssee PARKTRONIC

Parking assistancesee PARKTRONIC

Parking brakeDisplay message ............................ 196Electric parking brake .................... 145Warning lamp ................................. 223see Parking brake

Parking lampsSwitching on/off .............................. 99

Parking lamps (changing bulbs) ...... 105PARKTRONIC

Deactivating/activating ................. 157Driving system ............................... 155Function/notes ............................. 155Important safety notes .................. 155Problem (malfunction) ................... 159Range of the sensors ..................... 156Warning display ............................. 157

PASSENGER AIR BAGIndicator lamps ................................ 41

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFProblems (malfunction) .................. 203

Pets in the vehicle ............................... 62Plastic trim (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 260Power display .................................... 173

12 Index

Power washers .................................. 257Power windows

see Side windowsProgram selector button .................. 131Pulling away ...................................... 128

QQualified specialist workshop ........... 24

RRadar sensor system

Activating/deactivating ................. 188Display message ............................ 209

RadioSelecting a station ......................... 180see separate operating instructions

Radio-wave reception/transmis-sion in the vehicle

Declaration of conformity ................ 24Range

Calling up (on-board computer,luxury multifunction steeringwheel) ............................................ 178RANGE PLUS ................................. 136

RANGE PLUSRange ............................................ 136

RBSsee Recuperative braking system(RBS) ................................................ 68

Reading lamp ..................................... 101READY indicator ................................ 172Rear fog lamp

Changing bulbs .............................. 106Display message ............................ 206Switching on/off .............................. 99

Rear lampsChanging bulbs .............................. 106see Lights

Rear seatFolding the backrest forwards/back (vehicles without the EASY-VARIO-PLUS system) ..................... 231

Rear view cameraCleaning instructions ..................... 260Function/notes ............................. 163Switching on/off ........................... 164

Rear-view mirrorAnti-glare (manual) .......................... 93Dipping (automatic) ......................... 93

Rear window defrosterProblem (malfunction) ................... 120Switching on/off ........................... 119

Rear window wiperReplacing the wiper blade .............. 110Switching on/off ........................... 109

Recuperative braking system (rbs) ... 68Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem)

Important safety notes .................. 311Remote control

Garage door opener ....................... 245Programming (garage dooropener) .......................................... 245

Replacing bulbsImportant safety notes .................. 102Overview of bulb types .................. 103Removing/replacing the cover(front wheel arch) .......................... 104

Reporting safety defects .................... 25Reserve

High-voltage battery ...................... 224Restraint system

Display message ............................ 200Introduction ..................................... 40Warning lamp ................................. 224Warning lamp (function) ................... 41

Reverse gearEngaging ........................................ 130

Reversing featureSide windows ................................... 81

Roadside Assistance (breakdown) .... 21Roof lining and carpets (cleaningguidelines) ......................................... 262Roof load (maximum) ........................ 311Route (navigation)

see Route guidance (navigation)Route guidance (navigation) ............ 179

Index 13

SSafety

Children in the vehicle ..................... 56Child restraint systems .................... 57Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 49

Safety notes ......................................... 21Safety system

see Driving safety systemsSeat belts

Adjusting the height ......................... 44center rear-compartment seat ......... 45Cleaning ......................................... 262Correct usage .................................. 43Fastening ......................................... 44Important safety guidelines ............. 42Introduction ..................................... 42Releasing ......................................... 45Warning lamp ................................. 216Warning lamp (function) ................... 45

SeatsAdjusting (electrically) ..................... 89Adjusting (manually) ........................ 88Adjusting the 4-way lumbar sup-port .................................................. 91Adjusting the head restraint ............ 89Cleaning the cover ......................... 261Correct driver's seat position ........... 86Folding the backrest (rear com-partment) forwards/back (vehi-cles without the EASY-VARIO-PLUS system) ................................ 231Important safety notes .................... 87Seat heating problem ...................... 92Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 95Switching seat heating on/off ......... 91

Selector leversee DIRECT SELECT lever

Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 259Service Center

see Qualified specialist workshopService menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 184Service products

Brake fluid ..................................... 309Important safety notes .................. 309

Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem) ............................................... 311Washer fluid ................................... 310

SettingsFactory (on-board computer) ......... 189On-board computer ....................... 185

Setting the air distribution ............... 117Setting the airflow ............................ 118Setting the maximum charge cur-rent (Control system) ........................ 186Side impact air bag ............................. 48Side marker lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 206Side windows

Cleaning ......................................... 258Convenience closing feature ............ 82Convenience opening feature .......... 82Important safety information ........... 81Opening/closing .............................. 81Problem (malfunction) ..................... 84Resetting ......................................... 83

SmartKeyChanging the battery ....................... 74Changing the programming ............. 73Checking the battery ....................... 74Convenience closing feature ............ 82Convenience opening feature .......... 82Display message ............................ 215Door central locking/unlocking ....... 72Important safety notes .................... 72Loss ................................................. 76Mechanical key ................................ 73Positions (ignition lock) ................. 127Problem (malfunction) ..................... 76

SmartKey positions (ignition lock) .. 127Snow chains ...................................... 280Sockets

General notes ................................ 237Luggage compartment ................... 237Rear compartment ......................... 237

Specialist workshop ............................ 24Special seat belt retractor .................. 57Speed, controlling

see Cruise controlSpeedometer

Activating/deactivating the addi-tional speedometer ........................ 187

14 Index

Digital ............................................ 177In the Instrument cluster ................. 31Selecting the unit of measure-ment .............................................. 187see Instrument cluster

SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem)

see Restraint systemStanding lamps

Changing bulbs .............................. 105Display message ............................ 206Switching on/off ........................... 100

Starting (vehicle) ............................... 127STEER CONTROL .................................. 68Steering (display message) .............. 214Steering wheel

Adjusting (manually) ........................ 92Buttons (on-board computer) ......... 174Cleaning ......................................... 261Important safety notes .................... 92Paddle shifters ............................... 131

Steering wheel paddle shifters ........ 131Stowage areas ................................... 228Stowage compartments

Armrest (front) ............................... 229Armrest (under) ............................. 229Center console (rear) ..................... 230Cup holders ................................... 234Glove box ....................................... 229Important safety information ......... 228Stowage net ................................... 230Under driver's seat/front-passenger seat .............................. 230

Stowage net ....................................... 230Summer tires ..................................... 280Sun visor ............................................ 235Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ................................................. 120Switching off the alarm (ATA) ............ 69

TTailgate

Display message ............................ 213Emergency unlocking ....................... 80Important safety notes .................... 79

Opening/closing (from outside) ....... 80Opening dimensions ...................... 311

Tail lampsDisplay message ............................ 205see Lights

Technical dataCapacities ...................................... 309Information .................................... 308Tires/wheels ................................. 303Vehicle data ................................... 311

TelephoneAccepting a call ............................. 182Display message ............................ 214Menu (on-board computer) ............ 181Number from the phone book ........ 182Redialing ........................................ 183Rejecting/ending a call ................. 182

TemperatureOutside temperature ...................... 173Setting (climate control) ................ 117

Theft deterrent systemsATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 69Immobilizer ...................................... 69

Timesee separate operating instructions

Tire pressureCalling up (on-board computer) ..... 284Checking manually ........................ 284Display message ............................ 211Important safety notes .................. 284Maximum ....................................... 284Notes ............................................. 283Recommended ............................... 281see Tire pressure

Tire pressure monitorChecking the tire pressure elec-tronically ........................................ 286Function/notes ............................. 284General notes ................................ 284Important safety notes .................. 285Restarting ...................................... 287Warning lamp ................................. 226Warning message .......................... 286

TiresAspect ratio (definition) ................. 298Average weight of the vehicleoccupants (definition) .................... 296

Index 15

Bar (definition) ............................... 296Changing a wheel .......................... 299Characteristics .............................. 296Checking ........................................ 279Curb weight (definition) ................. 298Definition of terms ......................... 296Direction of rotation ...................... 299Display message ............................ 211Distribution of the vehicle occu-pants (definition) ............................ 299DOT, Tire Identification Number(TIN) ............................................... 295DOT (Department of Transporta-tion) (definition) ............................. 296GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)(definition) ..................................... 297GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) (def-inition) ........................................... 297GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) (definition) .............................. 297Important safety notes .................. 278Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipment (definition) ...... 297Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ........... 297Labeling (overview) ........................ 293Load bearing index (definition) ...... 299Load index ..................................... 295Load index (definition) ................... 297M+S tires ....................................... 280Maximum loaded vehicle weight(definition) ..................................... 297Maximum load on a tire (defini-tion) ............................................... 298Maximum permissible tire pres-sure (definition) ............................. 298Maximum tire load ......................... 291Maximum tire load (definition) ....... 298Optional equipment weight (defi-nition) ............................................ 298PSI (pounds per square inch) (def-inition) ........................................... 298Replacing ....................................... 299Service life ..................................... 280Sidewall (definition) ....................... 298Speed rating (definition) ................ 297Storing ........................................... 300Structure and characteristics(definition) ..................................... 296

Summer tires ................................. 280Temperature .................................. 292TIN (Tire Identification Number)(definition) ..................................... 298Tire bead (definition) ...................... 298Tire pressure (definition) ................ 298Tire pressures (recommended) ...... 297Tire size (data) ............................... 303Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity, speed rating .................... 293Tire tread ....................................... 279Tire tread (definition) ..................... 298Total load limit (definition) ............. 299Traction ......................................... 292Traction (definition) ....................... 299Tread wear ..................................... 292Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards ...................................... 291Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards (definition) .................... 297Wear indicator (definition) ............. 299Wheel rim (definition) .................... 297see Flat tire

Top Tether ............................................ 59Towing away

Important safety guidelines ........... 271Installing the towing eye ................ 272Removing the towing eye ............... 273With both axles on the ground ....... 273With the rear axle raised ................ 273

Tow-startingInstalling the towing eye ................ 272Removing the towing eye ............... 273

Trailer hitch ......................................... 23Trailer tow hitch .................................. 23Transmission

DIRECT SELECT lever ..................... 129Display message ............................ 212Drive program ................................ 134Driving tips .................................... 131Engaging the drive position ............ 130Engaging the park position ............ 129Holding the vehicle stationary onuphill gradients .............................. 131Kickdown ....................................... 131Overview ........................................ 128

16 Index

Program selector button ................ 131Shifting to neutral .......................... 130

Transmission position display ......... 129Transmission position display(DIRECT SELECT lever) ...................... 129Transmission positions .................... 130Trim pieces (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 261Trip computer (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 177Trip odometer

Calling up ....................................... 176Resetting (on-board computer) ...... 177see Trip odometer

Trunksee Tailgate

Turn signalsChanging bulbs (front) ................... 105Changing bulbs (rear) .................... 106Display message ............................ 204Switching on/off ........................... 100

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

UUnlocking

Emergency unlocking ....................... 79From inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................. 78

VVanity mirror (in the sun visor) ........ 236Vehicle

Correct use ...................................... 25Data acquisition ............................... 26Equipment ....................................... 20Individual settings .......................... 185Limited Warranty ............................. 25Loading .......................................... 288Locking (in an emergency) ............... 79Locking (SmartKey) .......................... 72Lowering ........................................ 303Maintenance .................................... 21Parking for a long period ................ 147Raising ........................................... 300Reporting problems ......................... 25

Securing from rolling away ............ 300Starting .......................................... 127Towing (front axle raised) .............. 273Towing away .................................. 271Tow-starting ................................... 271Transporting .................................. 274Unlocking (in an emergency) ........... 79Unlocking (SmartKey) ...................... 72Vehicle data ................................... 311

Vehicle data ....................................... 311Vehicle dimensions ........................... 311Vehicle emergency locking ................ 79Vehicle Homepage

Data protection .............................. 143Functions ....................................... 144General information ....................... 143Internet connection ....................... 144

Vehicle identification numbersee VIN

Vehicle identification plate .............. 308Vehicle maintenance

see ASSYST PLUSVehicle tool kit .................................. 264Video (DVD) ........................................ 181VIN ...................................................... 308

WWarning and indicator lamps

ABS ................................................ 218Brakes ........................................... 218Distance warning ........................... 225ESP® .............................................. 221ESP® OFF ....................................... 222Overview .......................................... 32PASSENGER AIR BAG ...................... 41RBS (Recuperative Brake Sys-tem) ............................................... 218Restraint system ............................ 224Seat belt ........................................ 216Tire pressure monitor .................... 226

Warranty .............................................. 20Washer fluid

Display message ............................ 214Wheel bolt tightening torque ........... 303Wheel chock ...................................... 300

Index 17

WheelsChanging a wheel .......................... 299Checking ........................................ 279Cleaning ......................................... 258Important safety notes .................. 278Interchanging/changing ................ 299Mounting a new wheel ................... 302Mounting a wheel .......................... 300Removing a wheel .......................... 302Storing ........................................... 300Tightening torque ........................... 303Wheel size/tire size ....................... 303

Window curtain air bagDisplay message ............................ 201Operation ......................................... 48

Windowssee Side windows

WindshieldDefrosting ...................................... 118see Windshield

Windshield washer systemAdding washer fluid ....................... 254Notes ............................................. 310

Windshield wipersDisplay message ............................ 214Problem (malfunction) ................... 111Rear window wiper ........................ 109Replacing the wiper blades ............ 109Switching on/off ........................... 108

Winter drivingSlippery road surfaces ................... 152Snow chains .................................. 280

Winter operationGeneral notes ................................ 280

Winter tiresM+S tires ....................................... 280

Wiper bladesCleaning ......................................... 259Important safety notes .................. 109Replacing (rear window) ................ 110Replacing (windshield) ................... 109

Wooden trim (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 261Workshop

see Qualified specialist workshop

ZZONE function

Switching on/off ........................... 118

18 Index

Protection of the environment

Note

H Environmental noteDaimler's declared policy is one of compre-hensive environmental protection.The objectives are for the natural resourcesthat form the basis of our existence on thisplanet to be used sparingly and in a mannerthat takes the requirements of both natureand humanity into account.You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environmen-tally responsible manner.Energy consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tire wear depend onthe following factors:Roperating conditions of your vehicleRyour personal driving styleYou can influence both factors. You shouldbear the following in mind:Operating conditions:Ralways make sure that the tire pressuresare correct.Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's energy con-sumption.Rremove roof racks once you no longer needthem.Ra regularly serviced vehicle will contributeto environmental protection. You shouldtherefore adhere to the service intervals.Ralways have service work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front.Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

H Environmental noteHave a defective high-voltage battery dis-posed of in an environmentally-responsible

manner. Contact a qualified specialist work-shop which has the necessary specialistknowledge and tools to carry out the workrequired. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor this purpose.

Environmental concerns and recom-mendationsWhen prompted to dispose of materials bythis Operator's Manual, always try to re-useor recycle them first. Observe the relevantenvironmental rules and regulations whendisposing of materials. In this way you willhelp to protect the environment.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

H Environmental noteDaimler AG also supplies reconditionedmajorassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. They are covered by thesame Limited Warranty entitlements as newparts.

! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi-ces, as well as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installed inthe following areas of your vehicle:RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRcockpitRinstrument clusterRcenter consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have aftermarket accessories installed at aqualified specialist workshop.

Introduction 19

Z

You could jeopardize the operating safety ofyour vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheelsas well as accessories relevant to safetywhich have not been approved by Mercedes.This could lead to malfunctions in safety-rel-evant systems, e.g. the brake system. Useonly genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts ofequal quality. Only use tires, wheels andaccessories that have been specificallyapproved for your vehicle.Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject tostrict quality control. Every part has been spe-cifically developed, manufactured or selectedfor and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehicles.Only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts shouldtherefore be used.More than 300,000 different genuineMercedes-Benz parts are available forMercedes-Benz models.All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers main-tain a supply of genuineMercedes-Benz partsfor necessary service and repair work. In addi-tion, strategically located parts delivery cen-ters provide quick and reliable parts service.Always specify the vehicle identification num-ber (VIN) when ordering genuine Mercedes-Benz parts (Y page 308).

Operator's Manual

Vehicle equipmentThis Operator's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipment ofyour vehicle available at the time of going toprint. Country-specific differences are possi-ble. Bear in mind that your vehicle may notfeature all functions described here. This alsoapplies to safety-relevant systems and func-tions. The equipment in your vehicle maytherefore differ from that shown in thedescriptions and illustrations.The original purchase agreement lists all sys-tems installed in your vehicle.Should you have any questions concerningequipment and operation, please consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

The Operator's Manual and MaintenanceBooklet are important documents and shouldbe kept in the vehicle.

Service and vehicle operation

WarrantyThe Limited Warranty for your vehicle appliesin accordance with the warranty terms andconditions in the Service and Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center willexchange or repair any defective parts origi-nally installed in the vehicle in accordancewith the terms of the following warranties:RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyRState warranty enforcement laws (LemonLaws)

Replacement parts and accessories are cov-ered by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Acces-sories warranties. These are available at anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i Should you lose your Service and War-ranty Information booklet, have an author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center arrange for areplacement. The new Service and War-ranty Information booklet will be mailed toyou.

Service and literatureThe Limited Warranty for your vehicle appliesin accordance with the warranty terms andconditions in the Service and Warranty Book-let. Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerwill exchange or repair any defective partsoriginally installed in the vehicle in accord-ance with the terms of the following warran-ties:RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachu-setts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode

20 Introduction

Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys-tems WarrantyRState warranty enforcement laws (lemonlaws)

MaintenanceThe Service and Warranty Booklet describesall the necessary maintenance work whichshould be done at regular intervals.Always have the Service and Warranty Book-let with you when you bring the vehicle to anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The ser-vice advisor will record every service for youin the Service and Warranty Booklet.

Roadside AssistanceThe Mercedes-Benz Roadside AssistanceProgramoffers technical help in the event of abreakdown. Calls to the toll-free RoadsideAssistance Hotline are answered by ouragents 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)(USA)1-800-387-0100 (Canada)For additional information, refer to theMercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Pro-gram brochure (USA) or the "Roadside Assis-tance" section in the Service and WarrantyBooklet (Canada). You will find both in thevehicle document wallet.

Change of address or change of own-ershipIn the event of a change of address, pleasesend us the "Notification of Address Change"in the Service andWarranty Booklet or simplycall the Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter (USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service Center (Canada) at1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in con-

tacting you in a timely manner should theneed arise.If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all lit-erature in the vehicle so that it is available tothe next owner.If you have purchased a used car, please sendus the "Notification of Used Car Purchase" inthe Service and Warranty Booklet or simplycall the Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter (USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service (Canada) at1-800-387-0100.

Vehicle operation outside CanadaWhen you are abroad with your vehicle,observe the following points:Rservice facilities or replacement parts maynot be readily available.

Some Mercedes-Benz models are availablefor delivery in Europe through our EuropeanDelivery Program. For details, consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write toone of the following addresses.In the USAMercedes-Benz USA, LLCEuropean Delivery DepartmentOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.European Delivery Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or any required repairs

Introduction 21

Z

carried out, this can result in malfunctions orsystem failures. There is a risk of an accident.Always have the prescribed service/mainte-nance work as well as any required repairscarried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

If you make changes to electronic compo-nents, their software or wiring, the generaloperating permit for your vehicle may be ren-dered invalid.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highcurb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. acurb or a hole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the undercarriageor parts of the chassis

In situations like this, the body, the under-carriage, chassis parts, wheels or tires

could be damaged without the damagebeing visible. Components damaged in thisway can unexpectedly fail or, in the case ofan accident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If on con-tinuing your journey you notice that drivingsafety is impaired, pull over and stop thevehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions. In such cases,visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Danger of electric shockAll of the vehicle's high-voltage electrical sys-tem components are marked with yellowwarning stickers which warn you about highvoltages. The cables of the vehicle's high-voltage electrical system are orange.

G DANGERThe vehicle's high voltage electrical system isunder high voltage. If you modify componentsin the vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemor touch damaged components, you may beelectrocuted. The components in the vehi-cle's high-voltage electrical system may bedamaged in an accident, although the damageis not visible. There is a risk of fatal injury.Following an accident, do not touch any high-voltage components and never modify thevehicle's high-voltage electrical system. Havethe vehicle towed away after an accident andthe vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemchecked by a qualified specialist workshop.

22 Introduction

When towing a vehicle after an accident, besure to observe the following sections:RTransporting the vehicle (Y page 274)RTowing the vehiclewith the front axle raised(Y page 273)RTowing a vehicle with both axles on theground (Y page 273)

Read the safety instructions on towing andtow-starting (Y page 271).The ignition must be switched off when car-rying out general tasks, such as changingbulbs or checking the coolant level.

Automatic switching off of the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical systemIf the restraint systems are activated duringan accident, the vehicle's high-voltage elec-trical system is automatically deactivated.This is to ensure that you do not come intocontact with high voltage.

Automatic protection from switchingon of the vehicle's high-voltage electri-cal systemThe vehicle's high-voltage electrical system isnot activated when the vehicle is started if:Ra serious electrical insulation malfunctionis detected in the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system.Ran electrical connection in the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system is discon-nected.

Automatic switching off of the chargingprocessThe charging process is deactivated automat-ically if:Rthe high-voltage battery is fully charged.

The charging process is interrupted automat-ically if:Ra serious electrical insulation malfunctionis detected in the vehicle's high-voltageelectrical system.Ran electrical connection in the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system is discon-nected.

High-voltage switch-off device

Your vehicle is equipped with a high-voltageswitch-off device: which can be used toswitch off the vehicle's high-voltage electricalsystem.

! The high-voltage system must only beswitched off at vehicle standstill by spe-cially trained service engineers. Otherwisethe high-voltage system may be damaged.

Mobile phone antenna

! It is not permitted to retrofit a mobilephone antenna.

Trailer tow hitch

! Retrofitting a trailer tow hitch is not per-missible.

WarningVehicles with an electric motor generatemuch less driving noise than vehicles withinternal combustion engines. As a result,when maneuvering or driving at low speedsfor example, your vehicle is not heard by other

Introduction 23

Z

road users until it is very close, or may noteven be heard at all. This is particularly thecase if other road users have not yet seenyour vehicle but are instead relying on hear-ing. Drivewith particular care, allowing for thepossibility that other road users may behaveunpredictably.The vehicle is equipped with a sound gener-ator. At low speeds, an electric vehicle makesless noise than a vehicle with a combustionengine. The sound generator is activated sothat other road users can hear your vehiclebetter. The sound generator is activated atspeeds of under 20 mph (30 km/h) andswitches off automatically at higher speeds.

Declarations of conformity

Vehicle components which receiveand/or transmit radio wavesUSA: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Oper-ation is subject to the two following two con-ditions: 1) These devices may not causeharmful interference, and 2) These devicesmust accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation. Changes ormodifications notexpressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment."Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Industry Canada license-exemptRSS standard(s). Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) These devicesmay not cause interference, and (2) Thesedevicesmust accept any interference, includ-ing interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device."

Diagnostics connection

G WARNINGIf you connect equipment to the diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect the

operation of the vehicle systems. As a result,the operating safety of the vehicle could beaffected. There is a risk of an accident.Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos-tics connection in the vehicle.

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not useloose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

! If equipment on the diagnostics connec-tion is used, the starter battery may dis-charge.

The diagnostics connection is only intendedfor the connection of diagnostic equipment ata qualified specialist workshop.

Routine checks and maintenance ser-viceBear in mind that you are legally obliged tocarry out daily checks and regular inspectionsat your own responsibility. You can find fur-ther information about the individual inspec-tion steps in the Maintenance Booklet.

Qualified specialist workshopAn authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is aqualified specialist workshop. It has the nec-essary specialist knowledge, tools and quali-fications to correctly carry out the workrequired on your vehicle. This is especially thecase for work relevant to safety.Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book-let.

24 Introduction

Always have the following work carried out atan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center:Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRalterations, installation work and modifica-tionsRwork on electronic componentsRwork on the drive system

Correct useIf you remove any warning stickers, you orothers could fail to recognize certain dangers.Leave warning stickers in position.Observe the following information when driv-ing your vehicle:Rthe safety notes in this manualRthe Technical Data section in this manualRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining tomotor vehicles

Problems with your vehicleIf you should experience a problem with yourvehicle, particularly one that you believe mayaffect its safe operation, we urge you to con-tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerimmediately to have the problem diagnosedand rectified. If the problem is not resolved toyour satisfaction, please discuss the problemagain with the Mercedes-Benz Center or, ifnecessary, contact us at one of the followingaddresses.In the USACustomer Assistance CenterMercedes-Benz USA, LLCOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaCustomer Relations DepartmentMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defectsUSA only:The following text is reproduced as requiredof all manufacturers under Title 49, Code ofU.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575 pursuantto the National Traffic and Motor VehicleSafety Act of 1966.If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to notify-ing Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administra-tor, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Wash-ington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov

Limited Warranty! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehicleas well as about possible vehicle damage.Damage to your vehicle that arises fromculpable contraventions against theseinstructions is not covered either by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty or by theNew or Used-Vehicle Warranty.

Introduction 25

Z

Data stored in the vehicle

Data recordingThis vehicle is capable of recording diagnosticinformation relating to vehicle operation,mal-functions, and user settings. This may includeinformation about the performance or statusof various systems, including but not limitedto, engine, throttle, steering or brake sys-tems, that is stored and can be read out withsuitable devices, particularly when the vehi-cle is serviced. The data obtained is used toproperly diagnose and service your vehicle orto further optimize and develop vehicle func-tions.

COMAND/mbraceIf the vehicle is equipped with COMAND ormbrace, additional data about the vehicle’soperation, the use of the vehicle in certainsituations, and the location of the vehiclemaybe compiled through COMAND or thembracesystem.For additional information please refer to theCOMAND User Manual and/or the mbraceTerms and Conditions.

Event data recordersThis vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record data that will assist in under-standing how a vehicle’s systems performedin certain crash or near crash-like situations,such as during air bag deployment or whenhitting a road obstacle. The EDR is designedto record data related to vehicle dynamicsand safety systems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:Rhow various systems in your vehicle areoperatingRwhether or not the driver and passengerseat belts are fastened

Rhow far (if at all) the driver is depressing theaccelerator and/or brake pedal andRhow fast the vehicle is travelingThis data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data isrecorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no data is recorded bythe EDR under normal driving conditions andno personal data (e.g., name, gender, age,and crash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement, cancombine the EDR data with the type of per-sonal identification data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to the vehi-cle or the EDR is needed. In addition to thevehicle manufacturer, other parties that havethe special equipment, such as law enforce-ment, can read the information by accessingthe vehicle or the EDR.EDR data may be used in civil and criminalmatters as a tool in accident reconstruction,accident claims, and vehicle safety. Since theCrash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used toextract data from the EDR is commerciallyavailable, Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC("MBUSA") expressly disclaims any and all lia-bility arising from the extraction of this infor-mation by unauthorized Mercedes-Benz per-sonnel.MBUSA will not share EDR data with otherswithout the consent of the vehicle owners or,if the vehicle is leased, without the consent ofthe lessee. Exceptions to this representationinclude responses to subpoenas by lawenforcement; by federal, state or local gov-ernment; in connection with or arising out oflitigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiariesand affiliates; or, as required by law.Warning: The EDR is a component of the Sup-plemental Restraint System ("SRS") Module.Tampering with, altering, modifying or remov-ing the EDR component may result in a mal-function of the SRS Module and other sys-tems.

26 Introduction

State laws or regulations regarding EDRs thatconflict with federal regulation are pre-emp-ted. This means that in the event of such con-flict, the federal regulation governs. As ofFebruary 2013, 13 states have enacted lawsrelating to EDRs.

Information on copyright

General informationInformation on license for free and open-source software used in your vehicle and itselectronic components is available on the fol-lowing website:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

Introduction 27

Z

28

Cockpit ................................................. 30Instrument cluster .............................. 31Multifunction steering wheel ............. 33Center console .................................... 34Overhead control panel ...................... 36Door control panel .............................. 37

29

Ataglance

Cockpit

Function Page

: Steering wheel paddleshifters 131

; Combination switch 100

= Instrument cluster 31

? Horn

A DIRECT SELECT lever 129

B PARKTRONIC warning dis-play 155

C Overhead control panel 36

Function Page

D Climate control systems 114

E Ignition lock 127

F Adjusts the steering wheel 92

G Cruise control lever 152

H Electric parking brake 145

I Light switch 98

J Diagnostics connection 24

K Opens the hood 252

30 CockpitAt

aglance

Instrument cluster

Displays and controls

Function Page

: Speedometer

; Multifunction display 176

= Power display 173

? E-CELL display 173

Function Page

A Display for the condition ofcharge of the high-voltagebattery 174

B Instrument cluster lighting 172

Instrument cluster 31

Ataglance

Warning and indicator lamps

Function Page

: L Low-beam head-lamps 99

; T Parking lamps 99

= K High-beam head-lamps 100

? ÷ ESP® 221

A ! Electric parking brake(red) 223

B ! Electric parking brake(yellow) 223

C · Distance warning 225

D #! Turn signals 100

E 6 Restraint system 224

Function Page

F ü Seat belt 216

G é RBS (RecuperativeBrake System) 218

H R Rear fog lamp 99

I ; Drive system 207

J h Tire pressure monitor 226

KHigh-voltage bat-

tery reserve 208

L å ESP® OFF 221

M ! ABS 218

N $ Brakes 218

32 Instrument clusterAt

aglance

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Multifunction display 176

; Audio/COMAND display(see the separate operatinginstructions)

= ?

Switches on the Voice Con-trol System (see the sepa-rate operating instructions)

? ~

Rejects or ends a call 181Exits phone book/redialmemory6

Makes or accepts a callSwitches to the redialmem-oryWX

Adjusts the volume8

Mute

Function Page

A =;

Selects a menu 1749:

Selects a submenu orscrolls through lists 174a

Confirms your selection 174Hides display messages 190

B %

Back 174Switches off the Voice Con-trol System (see the sepa-rate operating instructions)

Multifunction steering wheel 33

Ataglance

Center console

Center console, upper section

Function Page

: Audio system/COMAND; see the separate operatinginstructions

; c Seat heating 91

= c PARKTRONIC 155

?RANGE PLUS 136

A £ Hazard warning lamps 100

B 4 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp 49

C Û Drive program 134

D & Immediate pre-entry climate control 122

34 Center consoleAt

aglance

Center console, lower section

Function Page

: Ashtray 236Cigarette lighter 236Socket 237Stowage compartment 228

; Stowage compartment 228

= Cup holder 234

? Stowage compartment 228

A Audio/COMAND controller; see the separate operatinginstructions

Center console 35

Ataglance

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: u Switches the rearcompartment interior light-ing on/off 102

; p Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off 101

= | Switches the frontinterior lighting/automaticinterior lighting control off 102

? ï MB Info call button(mbrace system) 240

A Rear-view mirror 93

Function Page

B Buttons for the garage dooropener 248

C G SOS button (mbracesystem) 238

D F Roadside Assistancecall button (mbrace sys-tem) 240

E c Switches the frontinterior lighting on 102

F p Switches the left-hand reading lamp on/off 101

36 Overhead control panelAt

aglance

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 77

; %& Unlocks/locksthe vehicle 78

= r45= Savesthe seat and exterior mirrorsettings 95

? Adjusts the seats electri-cally 89

Function Page

A 7Z\Adjusts theexterior mirrors electrically 93

B W Opens and closes theside windows 81

C n Activates/deacti-vates the override featurefor the rear power side win-dows 62

Door control panel 37

Ataglance

38

Useful information .............................. 40Panic alarm .......................................... 40Occupant safety .................................. 40Children in the vehicle ........................ 56Pets in the vehicle .............................. 62Driving safety systems ....................... 62Theft deterrent locking system ......... 69

39

Safety

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard and optional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Bear in mind that your vehicle may not fea-ture all functions described here. This alsoapplies to safety-relevant systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops: (Y page 24).

Panic alarm

X To activate: press! button: for atleast one second.An alarm sounds and the exterior lightingflashes.

X To deactivate: press! button:again.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

Occupant safety

Restraint system: introductionThe restraint system reduces the risk of vehi-cle occupants coming into contact with partsof the vehicle's interior in the event of anaccident. The restraint system can also

reduce the forces to which vehicle occupantsare subjected during an accident.The restraint system comprises:RSeat belt systemRAir bagsRChild restraint systemRChild seat securing systemsThe components of the restraint systemworkin conjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at all times,all vehicle occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 43)Rhave adjusted their seat and head restraintproperly (Y page 87).

As the driver, you also have to make sure thatthe steering wheel is adjusted correctly.Observe the information relating to the cor-rect driver's seat position (Y page 86).You also have tomake sure that an air bag caninflate properly if deployed (Y page 46).An air bag supplements a correctly worn seatbelt. As an additional safety device, the airbag increases the level of protection for vehi-cle occupants in the event of an accident. Forexample, if, in the event of an accident, theprotection offered by the seat belt is suffi-cient, the air bags are not deployed. When anaccident occurs, only the air bags thatincrease protection in that particular accidentsituation are deployed. However, seat beltsand air bags generally do not protect againstobjects penetrating the vehicle from the out-side.Information on restraint system operationcan be found under "Triggering of the Emer-gency Tensioning Device and air bags"(Y page 54).For more information about children travelingwith you in the vehicle and on child restraintsystems, see "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 56).

40 Occupant safetySafety


G WARNINGModifications to the restraint system maycause it to no longer work as intended. Therestraint system may then not perform itsintended protective function andmay fail in anaccident or trigger unexpectedly, for example.This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Never modify parts of the restraint system.Never tamper with the wiring, the electroniccomponents or their software.If it is necessary tomodify an air bag system toaccommodate a person with disabilities, con-tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center fordetails. USA only: for further information con-tact our Customer Assistance Center at1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1‑800‑367‑6372).

Restraint system warning lampThe functions of the restraint system arechecked after the ignition is switched on andat regular intervals while the drive system isrunning. Therefore, malfunctions can bedetected in good time.The 6 restraint system warning lamp inthe instrument cluster lights upwhen the igni-tion is switched on. It goes out no later than afew seconds after the drive system is started.The components of the restraint systemare inoperational readiness.A malfunction has occurred if the 6restraint system warning lamp:Rdoes not light up after the ignition isswitched onRdoes not go out after a few seconds withthe drive system runningRlights up again while the drive system isrunning

G DANGERIf the restraint system is malfunctioning, indi-vidual restraint system components may betriggered unintentionally or might not be trig-

gered at all in the event of an accident with ahigh rate of vehicle deceleration. This couldaffect Emergency Tensioning Devices or airbags, for example. The vehicle's high-voltageelectrical systemmay also not be deactivatedas intended in the event of an accident. Youcould suffer an electric shock if you touch thedamaged components of the vehicle's high-voltage electrical system. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Have the restraint system checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop. Immediately switch off the ignitionand remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock after an accident.

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp:and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp; are part of the Occupant Classifica-tion System (OCS).The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF: lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted. It will then not be deployed in the eventof an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON; lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is enabled. If,in the event of an accident, all deploymentcriteria are met, the front-passenger frontair bag is deployed.

Occupant safety 41

Safety

Z

Depending on the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger front airbag must either be disabled or enabled; seethe following points. You must make sure ofthis both before and during a journey.RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front air bag isenabled or deactivated depends on theinstalled child restraint system, and the ageand size of the child. Therefore, be sure toobserve the notes on the "Occupant Clas-sification System (OCS)" (Y page 49) andon "Children in the vehicle" (Y page 56).There youwill also find instructions on rear-ward and forward-facing child restraint sys-tems on the front-passenger seat.RAll other persons: depending on the clas-sification of the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger frontair bag is enabled or deactivated(Y page 49). Be sure to observe the noteson "Seat belts“ (Y page 42) and "Air bags"(Y page 46). There you can also find infor-mation on the correct seat position.

Seat belts

IntroductionSeat belts are the most effective means ofrestricting the movement of vehicle occu-pants in the event of an accident or the vehi-cle rolling over. This reduces the risk of vehi-cle occupants coming into contact with partsof the vehicle interior or being ejected fromthe vehicle. Furthermore, the seat belt helpsto keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi-tion in relation to the air bag.The seat belt system comprises:RSeat beltsREmergency Tensioning Devices for thefront seat belts and the outer seat belts inthe rearRSeat belt force limiters for the front seatbelts and the outer seat belts in the rear

If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outletquickly or with a jerky movement, the beltretractor locks. The belt strap cannot beextracted any further.The Emergency Tensioning Device tightensthe seat belt in an accident, pulling the beltclose against the body. However it does notpull the vehicle occupant back in the directionof the backrest.The Emergency Tensioning Device does notcorrect an incorrect seat position or the rout-ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt.When triggered, seat belt force limiters helpto reduce the force exerted by the seat belt onthe vehicle occupant.The seat belt force limiters for the front seatsare synchronized with the front air bags,which absorb part of the deceleration force.This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi-cle occupants during an accident.

! If the front-passenger seat is unoccupied,do not insert the belt tongue into the buckleof the front-passenger seat. This may oth-erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer-gency Tensioning Device in the event of anaccident, which will then need to bereplaced.

Important safety notesThe use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems is required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesEven where this is not required by law, allvehicle occupants should correctly fastentheir seat belts before starting the journey.

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is incorrectly fastened, it can-not protect as intended. Furthermore, anincorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi-tional injury, for example, in an accident, dur-ing braking or when abruptly changing direc-


tion. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Make sure that all vehicle occupants areseated properly with a correctly fastened seatbelt.

G WARNINGThe seat belt does not offer the intended levelof protection if you have not moved the back-rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-ing or in the event of an accident, you couldslide underneath the seat belt and sustainabdomen or neck injuries, for example. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the backrestis in an almost vertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is routedacross the center of your shoulder.

G WARNINGPersons under 5 ft (1.50 m) in height cannotfasten the seat belt correctly without an addi-tional suitable restraint system. If the seatbelt is incorrectly fastened, it cannot protectas intended. Furthermore, an incorrectly fas-tened seat belt can cause additional injury, forexample, in an accident, during braking or anabrupt change of direction. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.For this reason, always secure persons under5 ft (1.50 m) in height in suitable restraintsystems.

If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft(1.50 m) in height is traveling in the vehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for this Mercedes-Benzvehicle. The child restraint system must beappropriate to the age, weight and size ofthe childRalways observe the instructions and safetynotes in the "Children in the vehicle" sec-tion of this Operator's Manual(Y page 56) in addition to the child

restraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes on the "Occupant classifica-tion system (OCS)" (Y page 49)

G WARNINGThe seat belts may not perform their intendedprotective function if:Rthey are damaged, modified, extremelydirty, bleach or dyedRthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirtyRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, beltanchorages or inertia reels have beenmodi-fied

Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage inan accident, e.g. due to glass splinters. Modi-fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail,e.g. in an accident. Modified Emergency Ten-sioning Devices could accidentally trigger orfail to deploy when necessary. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Never modify the seat belts, Emergency Ten-sioning Devices, belt anchorages or inertiareels. Make sure that the seat belts areundamaged, not worn out and clean. Follow-ing an accident, have the seat belts checkedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Only use seat belts that have been approvedfor your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. Any suchmodifications could invalidate the vehicle'sgeneral operating permit.

Proper use of the seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 42).All vehicle occupants must be wearing theseat belt correctly before beginning the jour-ney. Also make sure that all vehicle occu-pants are always wearing the seat belt cor-rectly while the vehicle is in motion.

Occupant safety 43

Safety

Z

When fastening the seat belt, always makesure that:Rthe seat belt tongue is only inserted to thebelt buckle belonging to that seat.Rthe seat belt is tight across your body.Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a wintercoat.Rthe seat belt is not twisted.Only then can the forces which occur bedistributed over the area of the belt.Rthe shoulder section of the belt is alwaysrouted across the center of your shoulder.The shoulder section of the belt must notcome into contact with your neck or berouted under your arm. Where possible,adjust the seat belt to the appropriateheight.Rthe lap belt passes tightly and as low downas possible across your lap.The lap belt must always be routed acrossyour hip joints and not across your abdo-men. This applies particularly to pregnantwomen. If necessary, push the lap beltdown to your hip joint and pull it tight usingthe shoulder section of the belt.Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp,pointed or fragile objects.If you have such items located on or in yourclothing, e.g. pens, keys or eyeglasses,store these in a suitable place.Ronly one person is using a seat belt at atime.Infants and children must never travel sit-ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant. In theevent of an accident, they could be crushedbetween the vehicle occupant and seatbelt.Robjects are never secured with a seat belt ifthe seat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupants.

Seat belts are only intended to secure andrestrain vehicle occupants. Always observethe "Loading guidelines" for securing objects,luggage or loads (Y page 228).

Fastening and adjusting the seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 42) and the notes on correct use ofseat belts (Y page 43).If the center rear seat belt is being used, alsoobserve the information about the seat beltfor the center rear seat (Y page 45).

X Adjust the seat (Y page 86).The seat backrest must be in an almostvertical position.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet=.

X Engage seat belt tongue; in beltbuckle:.

X If necessary, pull upwards on the shouldersection of the seat belt to tighten the beltacross your body.


The shoulder section of the seat belt mustalways be routed across the center of theshoulder. Adjust the belt outlet if necessary.X To raise: slide the belt outlet upwards.The belt outlet will engage in various posi-tions.

X To lower: hold belt outlet release: andslide the belt outlet downwards.

X Let go of belt outlet release: in thedesired position and make sure that thebelt outlet engages.

All seat belts except the driver's seat belt areequipped with a special seat belt retractor tosecurely fasten child restraint systems in thevehicle. Further information can be foundunder "Special seat belt retractor"(Y page 57).

Seat belt for the center rear seatIf the left-hand rear seat backrest is foldeddown and back up again, the rear center seatbelt may lock. The seat belt can then not bepulled out.X To release the rear center seat belt: pullthe seat belt out approximately 1 in(25 mm) at the belt outlet on the backrestand then release it again.The seat belt is retracted and released.

Releasing seat belts

! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolledup. Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tonguewill be trapped in the door or in the seatmechanism. This could damage the door,the door trim panel and the seat belt. Dam-aged seat belts can no longer fulfill theirprotective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

X Press release button:, hold belttongue; firmly and guide it back towardsbelt outlet=.

Belt warning for the driver and frontpassengerThe7 seat belt warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster is a reminder that all occupantsmust fasten their seat belts. It may light upcontinuously or flash. In addition, there maybe a warning tone.Regardless of whether the driver's seat belthas already been fastened, the7 seat beltwarning lamp lights up for six seconds eachtime the drive system is started. If the frontdoors are closed and the driver or front-passenger seat belt has not been fastened,the 7 seat belt warning lamp lights upagain after the six seconds. As soon as thedriver's and front-passenger seat belts arefastened or a front door is opened again, the7 seat belt warning lamp goes out.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened afterthe drive system is started, an additionalwarning tone will sound. The warning toneswitches off after six seconds or once thedriver's seat belt is fastened.If the vehicle's speed exceeds 15 mph(25 km/h) once and the driver's and front-passenger seat belts are not fastened, a

Occupant safety 45

Safety

Z

warning tone sounds. The warning tonesounds with increasing intensity for60 seconds or until the driver or frontpassenger have fastened their seat belts.If the driver or front passenger unfasten theirseat belts during the journey, the seat beltwarning is activated again.

i For more information on the 7 seatbelt warning lamp, see "Warning and indi-cator lamps in the instrument cluster, seatbelts" (Y page 216).

Air bags

IntroductionThe installation point of an air bag can be rec-ognized by the AIR BAG symbol.An air bag complements the correctly fas-tened seat belt. It is no substitute for the seatbelt. The air bag provides additional protec-tion in applicable accident situations.Not all air bags are deployed in an accident.The different air bag systems function inde-pendently from one another (Y page 54).However, no system available today can com-pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities.It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injurycaused by an air bag due to the high speed atwhich the air bag must be deployed.


G WARNINGIf you do not sit in the correct seat position,the air bag cannot protect as intended andcould even cause additional injury whendeployed. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

To avoid hazardous situations, always makesure that all of the vehicle's occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly,including pregnant womenRare sitting correctly andmaintain the great-est possible distance to the air bagsRfollow the following instructionsAlways make sure that there are no objectsbetween the air bag and the vehicle's occu-pants.

RAdjust the seats properly before beginningyour journey. Always make sure that theseat is in an almost upright position. Thecenter of the head restraint must supportthe head at about eye level.RMove the driver's and front-passengerseats as far back as possible. The driver'sseat position must allow the vehicle to bedriven safely.ROnly hold the steering wheel on the out-side. This allows the air bag to be fullydeployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while driv-ing. Do not lean forwards or lean againstthe door or side window. You may other-wise be in the deployment area of the airbags.RAlways keep your feet in the footwell infront of the seat. Do not put your feet on thedashboard, for example. Your feet may oth-erwise be in the deployment area of the airbag.RFor this reason, always secure persons lessthan 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable restraintsystems. Up to this height, the seat beltcannot be worn correctly.

If a child is traveling in your vehicle, alsoobserve the following notes:RAlways secure children under 12 years ofage and less than 5 ft (1.50 m) in height insuitable child restraint systems.RChild restraint systems should be installedon the rear seats.


ROnly secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat when the front-passengerfront air bag is deactivated. If thePASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp ispermanently lit, the front-passenger frontair bag is deactivated (Y page 41).RAlways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Classification Sys-tem (OCS)" (Y page 49) and on "Childrenin the vehicle" (Y page 56) in addition tothe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

Objects in the vehicle interior may pre-vent the air bag from functioning cor-rectly. Before starting your journey and toavoid risks resulting from the speed of the airbag as it deploys, make sure that:Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an airbag.Rthere are no objects between the seat, doorand B-pillar.Rno hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, hang onthe grab handles or coat hooks.Rno accessories, such as cup holders, areattached to the vehicle within the deploy-ment area of an air bag, e.g. to doors, sidewindows, rear side trim or side walls.Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objectsare in the pockets of your clothing. Storesuch objects in a suitable place.

G WARNINGIf you modify the air bag cover or affix objectssuch as stickers to it, the air bag can no longerfunction correctly. There is an increased riskof injury.Never modify an air bag cover or affix objectsto it.

G WARNINGSensors to control the air bags are located inthe doors. Modifications or work not per-formed correctly to the doors or door panel-ing, as well as damaged doors, can lead to the

function of the sensors being impaired. The airbags might therefore not function properlyany more. Consequently, the air bags cannotprotect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. There is an increased risk ofinjury.Never modify the doors or parts of the doors.Always have work on the doors or door pan-eling carried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Front air bags

Driver's air bag: deploys in front of thesteering wheel; front-passenger front airbag; deploys in front of and above the glovebox.When deployed, the front air bags offer addi-tional head and thorax protection for theoccupants in the front seats.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lampsinform you about the status of the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 41).Front-passenger front air bag; will onlydeploy if:Rthe system, based on the OCS weight sen-sor readings, detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied (Y page 49).The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp is lit (Y page 49)Rthe restraint system control unit predicts ahigh accident severity

Occupant safety 47

Safety

Z

Driver's knee bag

Driver's knee bag: deploys under the steer-ing column. The driver's knee bag is triggeredtogether with the front air bag.The driver's knee bag offers additional thigh,knee and lower leg protection for the occu-pant in the driver's seat.

Side impact air bags

G WARNINGUnsuitable seat covers could restrict or evenprevent the deployment of the air bags inte-grated into the seats. Consequently, the airbags cannot protect vehicle occupants asthey are designed to do. In addition, the func-tion of the Occupant Classification System(OCS) could be restricted. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the respective seat byMercedes-Benz.

Side impact air bags: deploy next to theouter bolsters of the seat backrests.

When deployed, the side impact air bag offersadditional thorax and pelvis protection. How-ever, it does not protect the:RheadRneckRarmsIn the event of a side impact, the side impactair bag is deployed on the side on which theimpact occurs.The side impact air bag on the front-passenger side (front) deploys in the follow-ing situations:Rthe OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied orRthe belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat

If the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle, the side impact air bag on the front-passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci-dent situation occurs. In this case, deploy-ment is independent of whether the front-passenger seat is occupied or not.

Window curtain air bags

Window curtain air bags: are integratedinto the side of the roof frame and deployed inthe area from the A-pillar to the C-pillar.When deployed, the window curtain air bagenhances the level of protection for the head.However, it does not protect the chest orarms.In the event of a side impact, the window cur-tain air bag is deployed on the side on whichthe impact occurs.


If the system determines that they can offeradditional protection to that provided by theseat belt, a window curtain air bag may bedeployed in other accident situations(Y page 54).

Occupant Classification System(OCS)

IntroductionThe Occupant Classification System (OCS)categorizes the person in the front-passengerseat. Depending on that result, the front-passenger front air bag is either enabled ordeactivated.The system does not deactivate:Rthe side impact air bagRthe window curtain air bagRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices

PrerequisitesTo be classified correctly, the front passengermust sit:Rwith the seat belt fastened correctlyRin an almost upright position with theirback against the seat backrestRwith their feet resting on the floor, if possi-ble

If the front passenger does not observe theseconditions, OCS may produce a false classi-fication, e.g. because the front passenger:Rtransfers their weight by supporting them-selves on a vehicle armrestRsits in such a way that their weight is raisedfrom the seat cushion

If it is absolutely necessary to install a childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat,be sure to observe the correct positioning ofthe child restraint system. Never placeobjects under or behind the child restraintsystem, e.g. cushions. The entire base of thechild restraint systemmust always rest on theseat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The

backrest of the forwards-facing child restraintsystemmust, as far as possible, be resting onthe backrest of the front-passenger seat.The child restraint systemmust not touch theroof or be put under strain by the headrestraint. Adjust the angle of the seat back-rest and the head restraint position accord-ingly.Only then can OCS be guaranteed to functioncorrectly. Always observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

Occupant Classification System opera-tion (OCS)

: PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp; PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lampThe indicator lamps inform you whether thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivated orenabled.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.The system carries out self-diagnostics.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lampsmust light up simultaneously for approx-imately six seconds.The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF: lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is deactiva-

Occupant safety 49

Safety

Z

ted. It will then not be deployed in the eventof an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON; lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is enabled. If,in the event of an accident, all deploymentcriteria are met, the front-passenger frontair bag is deployed.

If the status of the front-passenger front airbag changes while the vehicle is in motion, anair bag displaymessage appears in the instru-ment cluster (Y page 203). When the front-passenger seat is occupied, always pay atten-tion to the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON andPASSENGERAIRBAGOFF indicator lamps. Beaware of the status of the front-passengerfront air bag both before and during the jour-ney.

G WARNINGIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air bag isdisabled. It will not be deployed in the event ofan accident and cannot perform its intendedprotective function. A person in the front-passenger seat could then, for example, comeinto contact with the vehicle's interior, espe-cially if the person is sitting too close to thedashboard. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible.Rthe person is seated correctly.Make sure, both before and during the jour-ney, that the status of the front-passengerfront air bag is correct.

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat

and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp is lit up, the front-passenger front air bagmay deploy in an accident. The child could bestruck by the air bag. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.Make sure that the front-passenger front airbag has been disabled. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains off and/or the PASSENGER AIRBAGON indicator lamp lights up, do not installa rearward-facing child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat. You can find moreinformation on OCS under "Problemswith theOccupant Classification System"(Y page 53).

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand you position the front-passenger seat tooclose to the dashboard, in the event of anaccident, the child could:Rcome into contact with the vehicle's inte-rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is lit, for exampleRbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON is lit up

This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Move the front-passenger seat as far back aspossible. Always make sure that the shoulderbelt strap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on thechild restraint system. The shoulder belt strapmust be routed forwards and downwardsfrom the vehicle belt outlet. If necessary,adjust the vehicle belt outlet and the front-passenger seat accordingly. Always observethe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

If OCS determines that:Rthe front-passenger seat is unoccupied, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamplights up after the system self-test and


remains lit. This indicates that the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated.Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by achild of up to 12 months old in a standardchild restraint system, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after thesystem self-test and remains lit. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bagis deactivated.But in the case of a 12-month-old child in astandard child restraint system, thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON can light up per-manently after the system self-test. Thisindicates that the front-passenger front airbag is activated. The result of the classifi-cation is dependent on, among other fac-tors, the child restraint system and thechild's stature. It is recommended that youinstall the restraint system on a suitablerear seat.Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by aperson of smaller stature (e.g. a teenageror small adult), either the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON or PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp lights up and remains lit afterthe system self-test depending on theresult of the classification.- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp lights up, move the front-passengerseat as far back as possible. Alterna-tively, a person of smaller stature can siton a rear seat.

- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicatorlamp is lit, a person of smaller statureshould not use the front-passenger seat.

Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by anadult or a person of a stature correspond-ing to that of an adult, the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp lights up after thesystem self-test and remains lit. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bagis activated.

If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sureto observe the notes on "Children in the vehi-cle" (Y page 56).

When OCS is malfunctioning, the red 6restraint system warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously.The front-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted in this case and does not deploy during anaccident. Have the system checked by quali-fied technicians as soon as possible. Consultan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Thefront-passenger seat should only be repairedat an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover orthe seat cushion is damaged, have the nec-essary repair work carried out at an author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use seat accessoriesthat have been approved by Mercedes-Benz.If the driver's air bag deploys, this does notmean that the front-passenger front air bagwill also deploy. The Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS) categorizes the occupant in thefront-passenger seat. Depending on thatresult, the front-passenger front air bag iseither enabled or deactivated.

System self-test

G DANGERIf both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps donot light up during the system self-test, thesystem is malfunctioning. The front-passenger front air bag might be triggeredunintentionally or might not be triggered at allin the event of an accident with high deceler-ation. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.In this case the front-passenger seat may notbe used. Do not install a child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat. Have the Occu-pant Classification System (OCS) checkedand repaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Occupant safety 51

Safety

Z

G DANGERIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit after the system self-test, thefront-passenger front air bag is disabled. It willnot be deployed in the event of an accident. Inthis case, the front-passenger front air bagcannot perform its intended protective func-tion, e.g. when a person is seated in the front-passenger seat.That person could, for example, come intocontact with the vehicle's interior, especiallyif the person is sitting too close to the dash-board. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seatbeltRthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit when it should not, the front-passenger seat may not be used. Do notinstall a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. Have the Occupant Classifi-cation System (OCS) checked and repairedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

G WARNINGObjects between the seat surface and thechild restraint system could affect OCS oper-ation. This could result in the front-passengerair bag not functioning as intended during anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Do not place any objects between the seatsurface and the child restraint system. Theentire base of the child restraint system mustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the forwards-

facing child restraint system must, as far aspossible, be resting on the backrest of thefront-passenger seat. Always comply with thechild restraint system manufacturer's instal-lation instructions.

After the system self-test, the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ONindicator lamp display the status of the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 49).For more information about the OCS, see"Problems with the Occupant ClassificationSystem" (Y page 53).


Problems with the Occupant Classification System (OCS)Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 51).

Problem Possible causes/consequences andMM Solutions

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp lights up andremains lit, eventhough the front-passenger seat is occu-pied by an adult or aperson of a stature cor-responding to that of anadult.

The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat isincorrect.X Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per-son on the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 49).

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit, thefront-passenger seat may not be used.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp does not light upand/or does not stayon.The front-passengerseat is:RunoccupiedRoccupied by theweight of a child upto 12 months old in achild restraint sys-tem

OCS is malfunctioning.X Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and thechild seat.

X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system restson the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest ofthe forward-facing child restraint systemmust lie as flat as pos-sible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. If nec-essary, adjust the position of the front-passenger seat.

X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that theseat belt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passenger seat adjustment. This could result in the seat belt andthe child restraint system being pulled too tightly.

X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system.X Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight ontothe seat.

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp remains off and/or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up, do notinstall a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. It isrecommended that you install the restraint system on a suitablerear seat.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Occupant safety 53

Safety

Z

Deployment of Emergency TensioningDevices and air bags


G WARNINGThe air bag parts are hot after an air bag hasbeen deployed. There is a risk of injury.Do not touch the air bag parts. Have adeployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop as soon as possible.

G WARNINGA deployed air bag no longer offers any pro-tection and cannot provide the intended pro-tection in an accident. There is an increasedrisk of injury.Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special-ist workshop in order to have a deployed airbag replaced.

It is important for your safety and that of yourpassenger to have deployed air bags replacedand to have any malfunctioning air bagsrepaired. This will help to make sure the airbags continue to perform their protectivefunction for the vehicle occupants in theevent of a crash.

G WARNINGPyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devicesthat have been deployed are no longer opera-tional and are unable to perform their inten-ded protective function. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Therefore, have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten-sioning Devices which have been triggeredimmediately replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bagsare deployed, youwill hear a bang, and a smallamount of powder may also be released. The6 restraint systemwarning lamp lights up.Only in rare cases will the bang affect yourhearing. The powder that is released gener-ally does not constitute a health hazard, but itmay cause short-term breathing difficulties in

people with asthma or other respiratory prob-lems. To avoid this, youmay wish to get out ofthe vehicle or open the windows as soon as itis safe to do so.Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension-ing Devices (ETDs) contain perchlorate mate-rial, which may require special handling andregard for the environment. National guide-lines must be observed during disposal. InCalifornia, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Method of operationDuring the first stage of a collision, therestraint system control unit evaluates impor-tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler-ation or acceleration, such as:RdurationRdirectionRintensityBased on the evaluation of this data, therestraint system control unit deploys theEmergency Tensioning Devices during a fron-tal or rear collision.An Emergency Tensioning Device can only bedeployed, if:Rthe ignition is switched onRthe components of the restraint system areoperational; see "Restraint system warninglamp" (Y page 41)Rthe belt tongue is engaged in the buckle onthe respective front-passenger seat

The Emergency Tensioning Devices in therear compartment are deployed independ-ently of the lock status of the seat belts.


If the restraint system control unit detects amore severe accident, further components ofthe restraint system are activated independ-ently of each other in certain frontal collisionsituations:RFront air bags and driver's knee bagRWindow curtain air bag, if the system deter-mines that deployment can offer additionalprotection to that provided by the seat belt

The front-passenger front air bag is activatedor deactivated depending on the person onthe front-passenger seat. The front-passenger front air bag can only deploy in anaccident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi-cator lamp is lit. Observe the information onthe PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps(Y page 41).Your vehicle has two-stage front air bags.During the first deployment stage, the frontair bag is filled with propellant gas to reducethe risk of injuries. The front air bag is fullydeployed with the maximum amount of pro-pellant gas if a second deployment thresholdis reached within a few milliseconds.The deployment threshold of the EmergencyTensioning Devices and the air bag are deter-mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel-eration or acceleration which occurs at vari-ous points in the vehicle. This process is pre-emptive in nature. Deployment should takeplace in good time at the start of the collision.The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera-tion and the direction of the force are essen-tially determined by:Rthe distribution of forces during the colli-sionRthe collision angleRthe deformation characteristics of the vehi-cleRthe characteristics of the object with whichthe vehicle has collided

Factorswhich can only be seen andmeasuredafter a collision has occurred do not play adecisive role in the deployment of an air bag,

nor do they provide an indication of air bagdeployment.The vehicle can be deformed considerably,without an air bag being deployed. This is thecase if only parts which are relatively easilydeformed are affected and the rate of decel-eration is not high. Conversely, air bags maybe deployed even though the vehicle suffersonly minor deformation. This is the case if, forexample, very rigid vehicle parts such as lon-gitudinal bodymembers are hit, and sufficientdeceleration occurs as a result.If the restraint system control unit detects aside impact or that the vehicle is rolling over,the relevant restraint system components areactivated independently of one anotherdepending on the apparent type of accident.If the systemdetermines a need for additionalprotection for the vehicle occupants, theEmergency Tensioning Devices are deployed.RSide impact air bag on the side of impact,independently of the Emergency Tension-ing Device and the use of the seat belt onthe driver's seatThe side impact air bag on the front-passenger side deploys under the followingconditions:- the OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied or

- the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat

RWindow curtain air bag on the side ofimpact, independently of the use of theseat belt and independently of whether thefront-passenger seat is occupiedRWindow curtain air bags on the driver's andfront-passenger side in certain situationswhen the vehicle rolls over, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offer addi-tional protection to that provided by theseat belt

i Not all air bags are deployed in an acci-dent. The different air bag systems workindependently of each other.

Occupant safety 55

Safety

Z

How the air bag system works is deter-mined by the severity of the accident detec-ted, especially the vehicle deceleration oracceleration and the apparent type of acci-dent:Rfrontal collisionRside impactRrollover

Automatic measures after an acci-dentImmediately after an accident, the followingmeasures are implemented, depending onthe type and severity of the impact:Rthe hazard warning lamps are activatedRthe emergency lighting is activatedRthe vehicle doors are unlockedRthe front side windows are loweredRthe drive system is deactivatedRvehicles with mbrace: automatic emer-gency call

Children in the vehicle

Important safety notesAccident statistics show that childrensecured in the rear seats are safer than chil-dren secured in the front-passenger seat. Forthis reason, Mercedes-Benz strongly advisesthat you install a child restraint system on arear seat. Children are generally better pro-tected there.If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft(1.50 m) in height is traveling in the vehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles. The child restraint system must beappropriate to the age, weight and size ofthe childRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes in this section in addition to

the child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes on the "Occupant classifica-tion system (OCS)" (Y page 49)

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the transmission out of park position PRstart the vehicle's drive system.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

G WARNINGIf persons, particularly children are subjectedto prolonged exposure to extreme heat orcold, there is a risk of injury, possibly evenfatal. Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-dren may burn themselves on these parts,particularly on the metal parts of the childrestraint system. There is a risk of injury.If you leave the vehicle, taking the child withyou, always ensure that the child restraintsystem is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-tect it with a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, let it cool down before securing the

56 Children in the vehicleSafety

child in it. Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and are sit-ting properly. Particular attention must bepaid to children.Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 42) and the notes on correct use ofseat belts (Y page 43).A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for children over41 lbs (18 kg) or until they reach a heightwhere a lap/shoulder belt can be fastenedproperly without a booster seat.

Special seat belt retractor

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is released while driving, thechild restraint system will no longer besecured properly. The special seat belt retrac-tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in aportion of the seat belt. The seat belt cannotbe immediately refastened. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions. Reactivatethe special seat belt retractor and secure thechild restraint system properly.

All seat belts except the driver's seat belt areequipped with a special seat belt retractor.When activated, the special seat belt retrac-tor ensures that the seat belt will not slackenonce the child restraint system has beensecured.Installing a child restraint system:X Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from the beltoutlet.

X Engage the seat belt tongue in the beltbuckle.

Activating the special seat belt retractor:X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertiareel retract it again.While the seat belt is retracting, you shouldhear a ratcheting sound. The special seatbelt retractor is activated.

X Push the child seat restraint system downso that the seat belt is tight and does notloosen.

Removing a child restraint system/deactivat-ing the special seat belt retractor:X Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Press the release button on the belt buckle,hold the belt tongue firmly and guide it backtowards the belt outlet.The special seat belt retractor is deactiva-ted.

Child restraint systemThe use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems is required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesYou can obtain further information about thecorrect child restraint system from anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly on a suitable seat, it cannot protect asintended. The child cannot then be restrainedin the event of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Make sure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions and the notes on use. Please ensure,that the base of the child restraint system isalways resting completely on the seat cush-

Children in the vehicle 57

Safety

Z

ion. Never place objects, e.g. cushions, underor behind the child restraint system. Only usechild restraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly or is not secured, it can come loose inthe event of an accident, heavy braking or asudden change in direction. The childrestraint system could be thrown about, strik-ing vehicle occupants. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.Always install child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instructions.

You will find further information on stowingobjects, luggage or loads under "Loadingguidelines" (Y page 228).

G WARNINGChild restraint systems or their securing sys-tems which have been damaged or subjectedto a load in an accident can no longer protectas intended. The child cannot then berestrained in the event of an accident, heavybraking or sudden changes of direction. Thereis an increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.Replace child restraint systems which havebeen damaged or subjected to a load in anaccident as soon as possible. Have the secur-ing systems on the child restraint systemchecked at a qualified specialist workshop,before you install a child restraint systemagain.

Securing systems for the child restraint sys-tem are:Rthe seat belt systemRthe ISOFIX (LATCH-type) securing ringsRthe Top Tether anchorages

i If it is absolutely necessary to carry a childon the front-passenger seat, be sure toobserve the information on the "OccupantClassification System (OCS)" (Y page 49).There you will also find information ondeactivating the front-passenger front airbag.

All child restraint systems must meet the fol-lowing standards:RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand-ards 213 and 225RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 210.2

Confirmation that the child restraint systemcorresponds to the standards can be foundon an instruction label on the child restraintsystem. This confirmation can also be foundin the installation instructions that are inclu-ded with the child restraint system.Observe thewarning labels in the vehicle inte-rior and on the child restraint system.

LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat secur-ing system

G WARNINGLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint systemsdo not offer sufficient protective effect forchildren whose weight is greater than 48 lbs(22 kg) who are secured using the safety beltintegrated in the child restraint system. In theevent of an accident, a child might not berestrained correctly. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.If the child weighs more than 48 lbs (22 kg),only use LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraintsystems with which the child is also securedwith the vehicle seat belt. Also secure thechild restraint system with the Top Tetherbelt, if available.

Always comply with the manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instructions for thechild restraint system used.


Before every trip, make sure that the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system isengaged correctly in both LATCH-type (ISO-FIX) securing rings

! When installing the child restraint system,make sure that the seat belt for the middleseat does not get trapped. The seat beltcould otherwise be damaged.

: LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing ringsX Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint system on both LATCH-type (ISO-FIX) securing rings:.

ISOFIX is a standardized securing system forspecially designed child restraint systems onthe rear seats. LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securingrings: for two LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint systems are installed on the left andright rear seats.Non-LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seats mayalso be used and can be installed using thevehicle's seat belt system. Install child seatsaccording to themanufacturer's instructions.

Top Tether

IntroductionTop Tether provides an additional connectionbetween a child restraint system, securedwith a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat mount,and the rear seat. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury even further. If the child restraint sys-tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt, thisshould always be used.


G WARNINGIf the rear seat backrests are not locked, theycould fold forwards in the event of an acci-dent, heavy braking or sudden changes ofdirection. As a result, child restraint systemscannot perform their intended protectivefunction. Rear seat backrests that are notlocked can also cause additional injuries, e.g.in the event of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Always lock rear seat backrests after instal-ling a Top Tether belt. Observe the lock veri-fication indicator. Adjust the rear seat backr-ests so that they are in an upright position.

If the rear backrest is not engaged andlocked, the red lock verification indicator willbe visible (Y page 230).

Top Tether anchorages

The Top Tether anchorages are located on therear side of the rear seat backrests.


Safety

Z

X Move head restraint: upwards.X Release rear seat backrest= and fold itforwards (Y page 230).

X Route Top Tether beltB under headrestraint:between the twohead restraintbars.

X Hook Top Tether hookA of Top Tether beltB into Top Tether anchorage?.Make sure that:RTop Tether hookA is hooked into TopTether anchorage? as shown.RTop Tether beltB is not twisted.RTop Tether beltB is routed between rearseat backrest= and cargo compart-ment cover; if cargo compartmentcover; is installed.RTop Tether beltB is routed between therear seat backrest= and the cargo net ifthe cargo net is installed.

X Swing back rear seat backrest= until itengages.The red lock verification indicator is no lon-ger visible.

X Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint system with Top Tether. Alwayscomply with the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructionswhen doing so.

X Tension Top Tether beltB. Always complywith the child restraint systemmanufactur-er's installation instructionswhen doing so.

X Move head restraint: back down againslightly if necessary (Y page 90). Makesure that you do not interfere with the cor-rect routing of Top Tether beltB.

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat

General notesAccident statistics show that childrensecured in the rear seats are safer than chil-dren secured in the front-passenger seat. Forthis reason, Mercedes-Benz strongly advises

that you install a child restraint system on arear seat.If it is absolutely necessary to install a childrestraint system to the front-passenger seat,be sure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant classification system(OCS)" (Y page 49).You can thus avoid the risks that could ariseas a result of:Ran incorrectly categorized person in thefront-passenger seatRthe unintentional deactivation of the front-passenger front air bagRthe unsuitable positioning of the childrestraint system, e.g. too close to the dash-board

Rearward-facing child restraint systemIf it is absolutely necessary to install a rear-ward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, always make sure thatthe front-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted. Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is permanently lit (Y page 41)is the front-passenger front air bag deactiva-ted.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Forward-facing child restraint systemIf it is absolutely necessary to install aforward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, always move the front-passenger seat as far back as possible. Theentire base of the child restraint systemmustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the childrestraint system must, as far as possible, lieflat against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. The child restraint systemmust not touch the roof or be put under strainby the head restraint. Adjust the angle of theseat backrest and the head restraint positionaccordingly. Alwaysmake sure that the shoul-


der belt strap is correctly routed from thevehicle belt sash guide to the shoulder beltguide on the child restraint system. The shoul-der belt strap must be routed forwards anddownwards from the vehicle belt sash guide.If necessary, adjust the vehicle belt sashguide and the front-passenger seat accord-ingly.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Child-proof locks


G WARNINGIf children are traveling in the vehicle, theycould:Ropen doors, thus endangering other peopleor road usersRexit the vehicle and be caught by oncomingtrafficRoperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped

There is a risk of an accident and injury.Always activate the child-proof locks andoverride feature if children are traveling in thevehicle. When leaving the vehicle, always takethe key with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Override feature for:RRear doors (Y page 62)RRear side windows (Y page 62)

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.

Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the transmission out of park position PRstart the vehicle's drive system.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.


G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-dren may burn themselves on these parts,particularly on the metal parts of the childrestraint system. There is a risk of injury.If you leave the vehicle, taking the child withyou, always ensure that the child restraintsystem is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-tect it with a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, let it cool down before securing thechild in it. Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.


Safety

Z

Child-proof locks for the rear doors

You secure each door individually with thechild-proof locks on the rear doors. A doorsecured with a child-proof lock cannot beopened from inside the vehicle. When thevehicle is unlocked, the door can be openedfrom the outside.X To activate: press the child-proof locklever up in the direction of arrow:.

X Make sure that the child-proof locks areworking properly.

X To deactivate: press the child-proof locklever down in the direction of arrow;.

Override feature for the rear side win-dows

X To activate/deactivate: press button:.If indicator lamp is lit, operation of the rearside windows is disabled. Operation is onlypossible using the switches in the driver'sdoor. If the indicator lamp is off, operationis possible using the switches in the rearcompartment.

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you leave animals unattended or unsecuredin the vehicle, they could press buttons orswitches, for example.As a result, they could:Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for exampleRactivate or deactivate systems, therebyendangering other road users

Unsecured animals could also be flung aroundthe vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-den steering or braking, thereby injuring vehi-cle occupants. There is a risk of an accidentand injury.Never leave animals unattended in the vehi-cle. Always secure animals properly duringthe journey, e.g. use a suitable animal trans-port box.

Driving safety systems

Overview of driving safety systemsIn this section, you will find information aboutthe following driving safety systems:RABS (Anti-lock Braking System)(Y page 63)RBAS (Brake Assist System) (Y page 63)RRBS (Recuperative Brake System)(Y page 68)RCOLLISIONPREVENTIONASSIST (AdaptiveBrake Assist and distance warning signal)(Y page 64)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)(Y page 66)REBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)(Y page 66)RADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 68)RSTEER CONTROL (Y page 68)

62 Driving safety systemsSafety

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style orbecome distracted, the driving safety sys-tems can neither reduce the risk of accidentnor override the laws of physics. Drivingsafety systems are merely aids designed toassist driving. You are responsible for the dis-tance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speedand for braking in good time. Always adaptyour driving style to suit the prevailing road,weather and traffic conditions and maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front. Drivecarefully.

i The driving safety systems described onlywork as effectively as possible when thereis adequate contact between the tires andthe road surface. Pay particular attention tothe information regarding tires, recommen-ded minimum tire tread depths etc. in the"Wheels and tires" section (Y page 278).In wintry driving conditions, always usewinter tires (M+S tires) and if necessary,snow chains. Only in this way will the driv-ing safety systems described in this sectionwork as effectively as possible.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

General informationABS regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering the vehi-cle when braking.The!ABSwarning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the ignition is switchedon. It goes out if the drive system is running.


i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 63).

G WARNINGIf ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and braking charac-

teristics may be severely impaired. Addition-ally, further driving safety systems are deac-tivated. There is an increased danger of skid-ding and accidents.Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems,including driving safety systems, will alsobecome inoperative. Observe the informationon the ABS warning lamp (Y page 218) anddisplay messages which may be shown in theinstrument cluster (Y page 191).ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph(8 km/h), regardless of road-surface condi-tions. ABS works on slippery roads, even ifyou only brake gently.

BrakingX If ABS intervenes: continue to depress thebrake pedal vigorously until the braking sit-uation is over.

X To make a full brake application:depress the brake pedal with full force.

If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel apulsing in the brake pedal.The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica-tion of hazardous road conditions, and func-tions as a reminder to take extra care whiledriving.

BAS (Brake Assist System)

General informationBAS operates in emergency braking situa-tions. If you depress the brake pedal quickly,BAS automatically boosts the braking force,thus shortening the stopping distance.


i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 63).

Driving safety systems 63

Safety

Z

G WARNINGIf BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distancein an emergency braking situation isincreased. There is a risk of an accident.In an emergency braking situation, depressthe brake pedal with full force. ABS preventsthe wheels from locking.

BrakingX Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed untilthe emergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will function as usual once yourelease the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.

COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST

General notesCOLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST comprisesAdaptive Brake Assist and the distance warn-ing signal, which are described in the follow-ing.

Distance warning function

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 63).

G WARNINGThe distance warning function does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringThus, the distance warning function cannotprovide a warning in all critical situations.There is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

G WARNINGThe distance warning function cannot alwaysclearly identify objects and complex trafficsituations.In such cases, the distance warning functionmay:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and do not rely solely on the distancewarning function.

FunctionX To activate/deactivate: activate or deac-tivate the distance warning function in theon-board computer (Y page 184).

If the distance warning function is activated,the multifunction display does not display asymbol.When the distance warning function is deac-tivated, theæ symbol appears in the mul-tifunction display in the assistance graphicsdisplay.The distancewarning function can help you tominimize the risk of a front-end collision witha vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of sucha collision. If the distance warning functiondetects that there is a risk of a collision, youwill be warned visually and acoustically. Thedistance warning function cannot prevent acollision without your intervention.Starting at a speed of around 4mph (7 km/h),the distance warning function warns you ifyou rapidly approach a vehicle in front. Anintermittent warning tone will then sound,and the· distance warning lamp will lightup in the instrument cluster.X Brake immediately in order to increase thedistance from the vehicle in front.

orX Take evasive action provided it is safe to doso.


Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving condi-tions may also cause the system to display awarning.With the help of the radar sensor system, thedistance warning function can detect obsta-cles that are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.Up to a speed of around 40 mph (70 km/h),the distance warning function can also reactto stationary obstacles, such as stopped orparked vehicles.If you approach an obstacle and the distancewarning function detects a risk of a collision,the system will initially alert you both visuallyand acoustically.In particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if:Rdirt on the sensors or anything else cover-ing the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, forexample in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a different linerelative to the center of your vehicle

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation ofthe radar sensor checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at low speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.

Adaptive Brake Assist


G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearlyidentify objects and complex traffic situa-tions.

In such cases, Adaptive Brake Assist can:Rintervene unnecessarilyRnot interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake. Terminate theintervention in a non-critical driving situation.

G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRto stationary obstaclesRwhen corneringAs a result, the Adaptive Brake Assist may notintervene in all critical conditions. There is arisk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving condi-tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter-vene.Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis-tance in hazardous situations at speedsabove 4 mph (7 km/h). It uses radar sensortechnology to assess the traffic situation.With the help of Adaptive Brake Assist, thedistance warning signal can detect obstaclesthat are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.As soon as a risk of a collision is detected,Adaptive Brake Assist calculates the brakingforce necessary to avoid the collision. If youapply the brakes forcefully, Adaptive BrakeAssist will automatically increase the brakingforce to a level suitable for the traffic condi-tions.X Keep the brake pedal depressed until theemergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.


Safety

Z

The brakes will work normally again if:Ryou release the brake pedal.Rthere is no longer any danger of a collision.Rthere is no longer an obstacle detected infront of your vehicle.

Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated.Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph(250 km/h), Adaptive Brake Assist is capableof reacting to moving objects that havealready been detected as such at least onceover the period of observation. AdaptiveBrake Assist does not react to stationaryobstacles.If Adaptive Brake Assist is not available due toa malfunction in the radar sensor system, thebrake system remains available with fullbrake boosting effect and BAS.In particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if there is:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, forexample in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a different linerelative to the center of your vehicle

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation ofthe radar sensor checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at slow speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-tion)

General informationEBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.



G WARNINGIf EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels canlock, e.g. under full braking. This increases therisk of skidding and an accident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleto the different handling characteristics. Havethe brake system checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Observe information regarding indicator andwarning lamps (Y page 218) as well as dis-play messages (Y page 195).

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

General notes


ESP® monitors driving stability and traction,i.e. power transmission between the tires andthe road surface.If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, oneor more wheels are braked to stabilize thevehicle. The drive system output is also modi-fied to keep the vehicle on the desired coursewithin physical limits. ESP® assists the driverwhen pulling away on wet or slippery roads.ESP® can also stabilize the vehicle duringbraking.

ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System)


ETS traction control is part of ESP®.ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away andaccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exampleif the road surface is slippery on one side. In


addition, more drive torque is transferred tothe wheel or wheels with traction.ETS remains active when you deactivateESP®.


G WARNINGIf ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilize the vehicle. Additionally, further driv-ing safety systems are deactivated. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an accident.Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

! When testing the electric parking brakeon a braking dynamometer, switch off theignition. Application of the brakes by ESP®may otherwise destroy the brake system.

When towing your vehicle with the front axleraised, observe the notes on ESP®(Y page 273).ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFFwarning lamp in the instrument cluster lightsup continuously when the drive system is run-ning.If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp and the åESP® OFF warning lamp are lit continuously,ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 221) and display messages whichmay be shown in the instrument cluster(Y page 191).

i Only use wheels with the recommendedtire sizes. Only then will ESP® functionproperly.

Characteristics of ESP®

General informationIf the ÷ ESP warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is automaticallyactive.If ESP® intervenes, the ÷ ESP® warninglamp flashes in the instrument cluster.

If ESP® intervenes:X Do not deactivate ESP® under any circum-stances.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary when pulling away.

X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail-ing road and weather conditions.

Deactivating/activating ESP®

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 63).

You can select between the following statesof ESP®:RESP® is activated.RESP® is deactivated.

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

It may be best to deactivate ESP® in the fol-lowing situations:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravel

i Activate ESP® as soon as the situationsdescribed above no longer apply. ESP® willotherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi-cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheelstarts to spin.

! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for anextended period with ESP® deactivated.You could otherwise damage the drivetrain.


You can deactivate or activate ESP® via theon-board computer.


Safety

Z

X To deactivate: (Y page 183).The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up.

X To activate: (Y page 183).The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out.

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivatedIf ESP® is deactivated and one ormorewheelsstart to spin, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp inthe instrument cluster flashes. In such situa-tions, ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.If you deactivate ESP®:RESP® no longer improves driving stability.Rthe drive system's torque is no longer limi-ted and the driven wheels are able to spin.The spinning of the wheels results in a cut-ting action for better traction on loose sur-faces.Rtraction control is still activated.RESP® still provides support when youbrake.

ADAPTIVE BRAKEADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safetyand offers increased braking comfort. In addi-tion to the braking function, ADAPTIVEBRAKEalso has the HOLD function (Y page 154) andhill start assist (Y page 128). For furtherinformation, see "Driving tips" (Y page 148).

STEER CONTROL

General informationSTEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting anoticeable steering force to the steeringwheel in the direction required for vehiclestabilization.

This steering assistance is provided in partic-ular if:Rboth right wheels or both left wheels are ona wet or slippery road surface when youbrake.Rthe vehicle starts to skid.


If ESP® is malfunctioning, you will not receivesteering support from STEER CONTROL.Power steering will, however, continue tofunction.

RBS (Recuperative Brake System)i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 63).

RBS converts the kinetic energywhen brakinginto electrical current. The electric motor isused as an alternator during braking. The con-verted energy is then stored in the high-volt-age battery.If the warning light in the instrument cluster islit up, there is a motor malfunction or a brakemalfunction.

G WARNINGIn the event of malfunctions in the RBS, thefollowing may occur:Rthe braking performance of the electricmotor may be either reduced or not effec-tiveRbrake pedal resistance may be lower thanusualRpedal travel may be longer than usualIf you do notmake an additional effort to applythe brake yourself, the braking effect may notbe sufficient. There is a risk of an accident.In the event of this malfunction, continue todepress the brake pedal. The brake system isstill fully functional.


Theft deterrent locking system

ImmobilizerThe immobilizer prevents your vehicle frombeing started without the correct SmartKey.X To activate: remove the SmartKey fromthe ignition lock.

X To deactivate: switch on the ignition.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Any-one can start the drive system if a valid keyhas been left inside the vehicle.

i The immobilizer is always deactivatedwhen you start the drive system.If the drive system cannot be started whenthe starter battery is fully charged, theimmobilizer may be faulty. The READY dis-play in the multifunction display does notappear. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(in the USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Can-ada).

ATA (anti-theft alarm system)

X To arm: lock the vehicle with the Smart-Key.Indicator lamp: flashes. The alarm sys-tem is armed after approximately15 seconds.

X To disarm: unlock the vehicle with theSmartKey.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.A visual and an audible alarm are triggered ifthe alarm system is armed and you open:Rthe vehicle with the mechanical keyRa doorRthe tailgateRthe hoodX To stop the alarm: insert the SmartKeyinto the ignition lock.The alarm is switched off.

orX Press the% or& button on theSmartKey.The alarm is switched off.

The alarm is not switched off, even if youclose the open door that triggered it, forexample.

i If the alarm stays on for more than30 seconds, the mbrace emergency callsystem automatically sends a message tothe Customer Assistance Center by textmessage or data connection. The emer-gency call system sends the message pro-vided that:Ryou have subscribed to the mbrace ser-vice.Rthe mbrace service has been activatedproperly.Rthe necessary mobile phone network isavailable.

Theft deterrent locking system 69

Safety

Z

70

Useful information .............................. 72SmartKey ............................................. 72Doors .................................................... 77Cargo compartment ............................ 79Side windows ...................................... 81

71

Openingandclosing

Useful information



SmartKey




G WARNINGIf you attach heavy or large objects to theSmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-tionally turned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. There is arisk of an accident.Do not attach any heavy or large objects to theSmartKey. Remove any bulky key rings beforeinserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

! Keep the SmartKey away from strongmagnetic fields. Otherwise, the remotecontrol function could be affected.Strong magnetic fields can occur in thevicinity of powerful electrical installations.

Do not keep the SmartKey:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobilephone or another SmartKeyRwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metalfoilRinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case

SmartKey functions

: & To lock the vehicle; % To unlock the vehicleX To unlock centrally: press button;.

If you do not open the vehicle within approx-imately 40 seconds of unlocking:Rthe vehicle is locked again.Rthe theft deterrent locking system is armedagain.

X To lock centrally: press button:.

72 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

The SmartKey centrally locks/unlocks:Rthe doorsRthe tailgateRthe charge socket flapThe turn signals flash once when unlockingand three times when locking.

i You can also set an audible signal to con-firm that the vehicle has been locked. Theaudible signal can be activated and deacti-vated using the on-board computer(Y page 188).

Changing the settings of the lockingsystemYou can change the settings of the lockingsystem. Then only the driver's door isunlocked when you unlock the vehicle. This isuseful if you frequently travel on your own.X To change the setting: simultaneouslypress the% and& buttons forapproximately 6 seconds until the batterycheck lamp (Y page 74) flashes twice.i If the setting of the locking system ischanged within the signal range of the vehi-cle, pressing the& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicle

The SmartKey now functions as follows:X To unlock the driver's door: press the% button once.

X To unlock centrally: press the% but-ton twice.

X To lock centrally: press the& button.X To restore the factory settings: simulta-neously press the% and& buttonsfor approximately 6 seconds until the bat-tery check lamp flashes twice(Y page 74).

Mechanical key

General notesIf the vehicle can no longer be unlocked withthe SmartKey, use the mechanical key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door, the anti-theft alarmsystem will be triggered (Y page 69).There are several ways to turn off the alarm:X Press the% or& button on theSmartKey.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.If you unlock the vehicle using themechanicalkey, the charge socket flap will not beunlocked automatically.X To unlock the charge socket flap: insertthe SmartKey into the ignition lock.

Removing the mechanical key

X Push release catch: in the direction ofthe arrow and at the same time removemechanical key; from the SmartKey.

For further information about:Runlocking the driver's door (Y page 79)Runlocking the cargo compartment(Y page 80)Rlocking the vehicle (Y page 79)

SmartKey 73

Openingandclosing

Z

SmartKey battery


G WARNINGBatteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-ces. If batteries are swallowed, it can result insevere health problems. There is a risk of fatalinjury.Keep batteries out of the reach of children. Ifa battery is swallowed, seekmedical attentionimmediately.

The SmartKey batteries contain perchloratematerial, which may require special handlingand regard for the environment. Nationalguidelines must be observed during disposal.In California, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe batteries replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Checking the battery

X Press the& or% button.The battery is working properly if batterycheck lamp: lights up briefly.The battery is discharged if battery checklamp: does not light up briefly.

X Change the battery (Y page 74).

i If the SmartKey battery is checked withinthe signal reception range of the vehicle,pressing the& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicle

i You can get a battery at any qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Replacing the batteryYou will need a CR 2025 3 V cell battery.X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 73).

X Press mechanical key; into the openingin the SmartKey in the direction of thearrow until battery tray cover: opens.When doing so, do not hold cover: shut.

X Remove battery tray cover:.

X Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against yourpalm until battery= falls out.

X Insert the new battery with the positive ter-minal facing upwards. Use a lint-free clothto do so.

74 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

X Make sure that the surface of the battery isfree of lint, grease and other contaminants.

X Insert the front tabs of battery tray cover:and then press to close it.

X Insert the mechanical key into the Smart-Key.

X Check the function of all SmartKey buttonson the vehicle.

SmartKey 75

Openingandclosing

Z

Problems with the SmartKey


You cannot lock orunlock the vehicleusing the SmartKey.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote controlfunction of the SmartKey. Point the tip of the SmartKey at thedriver's door handle from close range and press the% or& button.

If this does not work:X Check the SmartKey battery and replace it if necessary(Y page 74).

X Unlock (Y page 79) or lock (Y page 79) the vehicle using themechanical key.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote controlfunction of the SmartKey. Point the tip of the key at the driver'sdoor handle fromclose range and press the%/& button.

The SmartKey is faulty.X Unlock (Y page 79) or lock (Y page 79) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You have lost a Smart-Key.

X Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

You have lost themechanical key.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

76 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing


The drive system can-not be started using thekey.

The on-board voltage is too low.X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interiorlighting, and try to start the drive system again.

If this does not work:X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary(Y page 265).

orX Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 269).orX Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The drive system can-not be started using thekey.

The steering lock is mechanically blocked.X Remove the SmartKey and reinsert it into the ignition lock.Whiledoing this, turn the steering wheel in both directions.

Doors


G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the transmission out of park positionPRstart the vehicle's drive system.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

G WARNINGIf persons, particularly children are subjectedto prolonged exposure to extreme heat or

cold, there is a risk of injury, possibly evenfatal. Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

You should preferably place luggage or loadsin the cargo compartment. Observe the load-ing guidelines (Y page 228).

Unlocking and opening doors fromthe inside

X To unlock a front door: pull door han-dle;.Locking knob: pops up.The door is unlocked and can be opened.

Doors 77

Openingandclosing

Z

X To open a front door: pull door handle;.

X To unlock a rear door: pull up lockingknob:.The door is unlocked and can be opened.

X To open a rear door: pull door handle;.You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked. You can open therear doors from inside the vehicle unless theyare secured by the child-proof lock(Y page 62).If the vehicle has previously been locked withthe SmartKey, opening a door from the insidewill trigger the anti-theft alarm system.Switch off the alarm (Y page 69).

Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the insideYou can centrally lock or unlock the vehiclefrom the inside. This can be useful if you wishto lock the vehicle before pulling away, forexample.

X To unlock: press button:.X To lock: press button;.The vehicle locks when all the doors andthe tailgate are closed.

This does not lock or unlock the chargesocket flap.You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally fromthe inside if the vehicle has been locked withthe SmartKey.You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked. You can open the

rear doors from inside the vehicle unless theyare secured by the child-proof lock(Y page 62).If the vehicle has previously been locked withthe SmartKey, opening a door from the insidewill trigger the anti-theft alarm system.Switch off the alarm (Y page 69).If the vehicle has been locked using the lock-ing button for the central locking, or has beenlocked automatically, and a door is openedfrom the inside:Rthe vehicle will be fully unlocked if it hadpreviously been fully unlockedRonly the door which has been opened formthe inside is unlocked if only the driver'sdoor had been previously unlocked

Automatic locking feature

X To deactivate: press and hold button:for about 5 seconds until a tone sounds.

X To activate: press and hold button; forabout 5 seconds until a tone sounds.

i If you press one of the two buttons and donot hear a tone, the relevant setting hasalready been selected.

The vehicle is locked automatically when theignition is switched on and the wheels areturning.You could therefore lock yourself out if:Rthe vehicle is being pushed.Rthe vehicle is being towed.Rthe vehicle is on a roller dynamometer.

78 DoorsOp

eningandclosing

You can also switch the automatic lockingfunction on and off using the on-board com-puter (Y page 188).

Unlocking the driver's door (mechan-ical key)If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked withthe SmartKey, use the mechanical key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door, the anti-theft alarmsystem will be triggered (Y page 69).X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 73).

X Insert the mechanical key into the lock ofthe driver's door as far as it will go.

X Turn themechanical key counter-clockwiseas far as it will go to position1.The door is unlocked.

X Turn the mechanical key back and removeit.


Locking the vehicle (mechanical key)If the vehicle can no longer be locked with theSmartKey, use the mechanical key.X Open the driver's door.X Close the front-passenger door, the reardoors and the tailgate.

X Press the locking button (Y page 78).

X Check whether the locking knobs on thefront-passenger door and the rear doorsare still visible. Press down the lockingknobs manually, if necessary (Y page 77).

X Close the driver's door.X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 73).

X Insert the mechanical key into the lock ofthe driver's door as far as it will go.

X Turn themechanical key clockwise as far asit will go to position1.

X Turn the mechanical key back and removeit.

X Make sure that the doors and the tailgateare locked.


i If you lock the vehicle as described above,the charge socket flap is not locked. Theanti-theft alarm system is not armed.

Cargo compartment



! The tailgate swings upwards and to therear when opened. Therefore, make sure

Cargo compartment 79

Openingandclosing

Z

that there is sufficient clearance above andbehind the tailgate.

i The opening dimensions of the tailgatecan be found in the "Vehicle data" section(Y page 311).

You should preferably place luggage or loadsin the cargo compartment. Observe the load-ing guidelines (Y page 228).Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo com-partment. You could otherwise lock yourselfout.The tailgate can be:Ropened and closed manually from outsideRunlocked from inside with the mechanicalkey

Opening/closing from outside

OpeningX Press the% button on the SmartKey.

X Pull handle:.X Raise the tailgate.

Closing

X Pull the tailgate down using handle:.X Allow the tailgate to drop into the lock.X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the&button on the SmartKey.

Tailgate emergency releaseIf the tailgate can no longer be opened fromoutside the vehicle, use the emergencyrelease on the inside of the tailgate.

! The tailgate swings upwards and to therear when opened. Therefore, make surethat there is sufficient clearance above andbehind the tailgate.

i The opening dimensions of the tailgatecan be found in the "Vehicle data" section(Y page 311).

You can reach the emergency release via thecargo compartment. Fold the rear backrestsforward (Y page 231).X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 73).

80 Cargo compartmentOp

eningandclosing

X Insert mechanical key; fully into open-ing: in the paneling.

X Turn mechanical key; 90° clockwise.X Push mechanical key; in the direction ofthe arrow and open the tailgate.

i When you lock the vehicle (Y page 79),the cargo compartment is also locked.

Side windows


G WARNINGWhile closing the side windows, body parts inthe closing area could become trapped. Thereis a risk of injury.When closing make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If somebodybecomes trapped, release the switch or pressthe switch to open the side window again.

G WARNINGIf children operate the side windows theycould become trapped, particularly if they areleft unsupervised. There is a risk of injury.Activate the override feature for the rear sidewindows. When leaving the vehicle, alwaystake the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi-cle. Never leave children unsupervised in thevehicle.

Side window reversing featureThe side windows are equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts a side window during theclosing process, the side window opens againautomatically. However, the automaticreversing feature is only an aid and does notrelieve you of the responsibility of payingattention when closing a side window.

G WARNINGThe reversing feature does not react:Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-gersRover the last 1/6 in(4 mm) of the closingmovementRduring resettingRwhen closing the side window again man-ually immediately after automatic reversing

This means that the reversing feature cannotprevent someone being trapped in these sit-uations. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, press the switchto open the side window again.

Opening and closing the side win-dowsThe switches for all side windows are locatedon the driver's door. There is also a switch oneach door for the corresponding sidewindow.The switches on the driver's door take prec-edence.

Side windows 81

Openingandclosing

Z

: Front left; Front right= Rear right? Rear left

i When the override feature for the sidewindows is activated (Y page 62), the sidewindows cannot be operated from the rear.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X To open: press the corresponding switch.X To open fully: press the correspondingswitch beyond the point of resistance.Automatic operation is started.

X To close: pull the corresponding switch.X To close fully: pull the correspondingswitch beyond the pressure point. Auto-matic operation is started.

X To interrupt automatic operation:press/pull the corresponding switch again.i If you press/pull the switch beyond thepoint of resistance, automatic operation isstarted in the corresponding direction. Youcan stop automatic operation by pressing/pulling the switch again.

i You can continue to operate the side win-dows after switching off the drive systemorremoving the key. This function remainsactive for 5 minutes or until the driver's orfront-passenger door is opened.

Convenience openingYou can ventilate the vehicle before you startdriving. To do this, the SmartKey is used tocarry out the following functions simultane-ously:Runlock the vehicleRopen the side windows

i The convenience opening feature canonly be operated using the SmartKey. TheSmartKey must be close to the driver'sdoor handle.

X Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver'sdoor handle.

X Press and hold the% button until theside windows are in the desired position.

X To interrupt convenience opening:release the% button.

Convenience closing feature

G WARNINGWhen using the convenience closing feature,parts of the body could be trapped in the clos-ing area when a side window is being closed.There is a risk of injury.Observe the complete closing procedurewhen the convenience closing feature is oper-ating. Make sure that no body parts are inclose proximity during the closing procedure.

When you lock the vehicle, you can simulta-neously:Rclose the side windows

i The SmartKey must be close to the driv-er's door handle.

X Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver'sdoor handle.

X Press and hold the& button until theside windows are fully closed.

82 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

X Make sure that all the side windows areclosed.

X To interrupt convenience closing:release the& button.

Resetting the side windowsYou must reset each side window if:Rthe side window opens again slightly afterbeing closed fully.Rthe side window can no longer be fullyopened or closed.

X Close all the doors.X Turn the key to position1 or2 in the ignitionlock.

X Pull the corresponding switch on the doorcontrol panel until the side window is com-pletely closed (Y page 81).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.

If the side window opens again slightly:X Immediately pull the corresponding switchon the door control panel until the side win-dow is completely closed (Y page 81).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.X If the respective side window remainsclosed after the button is released, then ithas been set correctly. If this is not thecase, repeat the steps above again.

Side windows 83

Openingandclosing

Z

Problems with the side windows

G WARNINGIf you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the side windowcloses with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Parts of thebody could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process, releasethe switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.


A side window cannotbe closed because it isblocked by objects, e.g.leaves in the windowguide.

X Remove the objects.X Close the side window.

A side window cannotbe closed and you can-not see the cause.

If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens againslightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed with increased force.

If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopensagain slightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed without the anti-entrapment feature.

84 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

Useful information .............................. 86Correct driver's seat position ............ 86Seats .................................................... 87Steering wheel .................................... 92Mirrors ................................................. 93Memory functions ............................... 95

85

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Useful information



Correct driver's seat position

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjust-ment (Y page 87).

X Make sure that seat= is adjusted prop-erly.Manual seat adjustment (Y page 88)Electrical seat adjustment (Y page 89)When adjusting the seat, make sure that:Ryou are as far away from the driver's airbag as possible.Ryou are sitting in a normal upright posi-tion.Ryou can fasten the seat belt properly.Ryou have moved the backrest to analmost vertical position.Ryou have set the seat cushion angle sothat your thighs are gently supported.Ryou can depress the pedals properly.

X Check whether the head restraint is adjus-ted properly (Y page 89).When doing so, make sure that you haveadjusted the head restraint so that the backof your head is supported at eye level by thecenter of the head restraint.

Observe the safety guidelines on steeringwheel adjustment (Y page 92).X Make sure that steering wheel: is adjus-ted properly.Adjusting the steering wheel(Y page 92)When adjusting the steering wheel, makesure that:Ryou can hold the steeringwheel with yourarms slightly bent.Ryou can move your legs freely.Ryou can see all the displays in the instru-ment cluster clearly.

Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts(Y page 42).X Check whether you have fastened seatbelt; properly (Y page 44).

86 Correct driver's seat positionSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

The seat belt should:Rfit snugly across your bodyRbe routed across the middle of yourshoulderRbe routed in your pelvic area across thehip joints

X Before starting off, adjust the rear-viewmir-ror and the exterior mirrors (Y page 93) insuch a way that you have a good view ofroad and traffic conditions.

X Vehicles with a memory function: savethe seat and exterior mirror settings(Y page 95).

Seats


G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they adjustthe seats, particularly when unattended.There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The seats can still be adjusted when there isno SmartKey in the ignition lock.


G WARNINGIf you adjust the seat height carelessly, you orother vehicle occupants could be trapped andthereby injured. Children in particular couldaccidentally press the electrical seat adjust-

ment buttons and become trapped. There is arisk of injury.While moving the seats, make sure that yourhands or other body parts do not get under thelever assembly of the seat adjustment sys-tem.

G WARNINGWhen you adjust a seat, you or other vehicleoccupants could become trapped, e.g. on theseat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.Make sure when adjusting a seat that no onehas any body parts in the sweep of the seat.

G WARNINGThe seat belt does not offer the intended levelof protection if you have not moved the back-rest to an almost vertical position.When brak-ing or in the event of an accident, you couldslide underneath the seat belt and sustainabdomen or neck injuries, for example. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the backrestis in an almost vertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is routedacross the center of your shoulder.

G WARNINGIf head restraints are not installed and adjus-ted correctly, they cannot provide protectionas intended. There is an increased risk ofinjury in the head and neck area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking.Always drive with the head restraints instal-led. Before driving off, make sure for everyvehicle occupant that the center of the headrestraint supports the back of the head atabout eye level.

Seats 87

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

! To avoid damage to the seats and the seatheating, observe the following information:Rkeep liquids from spilling on the seats. Ifliquid is spilled on the seats, dry them assoon as possible.Rif the seat covers are damp or wet, do notswitch on the seat heating. The seatheating should also not be used to drythe seats.Rclean the seat covers as recommended;see the "Interior care" section.Rdo not transport heavy loads on theseats. Do not place sharp objects on theseat cushions, e.g. knives, nails or tools.The seats should only be occupied bypassengers, if possible.Rwhen the seat heating is in operation, donot cover the seats with insulating mate-rials, e.g. blankets, coats, bags, seat cov-ers, child seats or booster seats.

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmoving the seats back. There is a risk thatthe seats and/or the objects could be dam-aged.

i The head restraints in the front and rearseats can be removed.1

For more information, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

i Further related subjects:Rcargo compartment enlargement (fold-ing down the rear seats) (Y page 230)

Adjusting the seats manually

Seat fore-and-aft adjustmentX Lift handle: and slide the seat forwardsor backwards.

X Release lever: again.Make sure that you hear the seat engage inposition.

Backrest angleX Relieve the pressure on the backrest.X Turn handwheel? forwards or backwards.

Seat heightX Pull handle= upwards or push it downrepeatedly until the seat has reached thedesired height.

Seat cushion angleAdjust the angle so that your thighs are lightlysupported.X Turn handwheel; forwards or backwards.

1 Not on vehicles with sports seats or electrically adjustable head restraints.

88 SeatsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Adjusting the seats electrically

: Head restraint height2; Seat cushion angle= Seat height? Seat fore-and-aft adjustmentA Backrest angle

i You can store the seat settings using thememory function (Y page 95).

Adjusting the head restraints


G WARNINGIf head restraints are not installed and adjus-ted correctly, they cannot provide protectionas intended. There is an increased risk ofinjury in the head and neck area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking.Always drive with the head restraints instal-led. Before driving off, make sure for everyvehicle occupant that the center of the head

restraint supports the back of the head atabout eye level.

Adjusting the head restraints manually

Adjusting the head restraint height

X To raise: pull the head restraint up to thedesired position.

X To lower: press release catch: in thedirection of the arrow and push the headrestraint down to the desired position.

Adjusting the fore/aft position of thehead restraint

2 This function is only available on vehicles with electrically adjustable head restraints.

Seats 89

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

With this function you can adjust the distancebetween the head restraint and the back ofthe seat occupant's head.X To adjust forwards: pull the head restraintforwards in the direction of the arrow untilit engages.There are several notches.

X To move backwards: press and holdrelease button: and push the headrestraint backwards.

X When the head restraint is in the desiredposition, release the button and make surethat the head restraint is engaged in posi-tion.

Adjusting the height of the headrestraints electricallyX To adjust the head restraint height: slidethe switch for head restraint adjustment(Y page 89) up or down in the direction ofthe arrow .

Rear seat head restraints

Adjusting the rear seat head restraintheight

X To raise: pull the head restraint up to thedesired position.

X To lower: press release catch: and pushthe head restraint down until it is in thedesired position.

Removing and installing the rear seathead restraintsG WARNINGIf head restraints are not installed and adjus-ted correctly, they cannot provide protectionas intended. There is an increased risk ofinjury in the head and neck area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking.Always drive with the head restraints instal-led. Before driving off, make sure for everyvehicle occupant that the center of the headrestraint supports the back of the head atabout eye level.

i Electrically adjustable head restraintscannot be removed and re-installed.

The rear head restraints on the outer seatscan be removed and re-installed.

X Fold the seat backrest slightly forwards inorder to remove the head restraint(Y page 231).

X To remove: pull the head restraint up tothe stop.

X Press release catch: and pull the headrestraint out of the guides.

X To re-install: insert the head restraint sothat the notches on the bar are on the leftwhen viewed in the direction of travel.

X Push the head restraint down until you hearit engage in position.

90 SeatsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Adjusting the 4-way lumbar supportYou can adjust the contour of the front seatbackrests individually to provide optimumsupport for your back.

: To raise the backrest contour; To soften the backrest contour= To lower the backrest contour? To harden the backrest contour

Switching the seat heating on/off

Activating/deactivating

G WARNINGRepeatedly switching on the seat heating cancause the seat cushion and backrest pads tobecome very hot. The health of persons withlimited temperature sensitivity or a limitedability to react to excessively high tempera-tures may be affected or they may even sufferburn-like injuries. There is a risk of injury.Therefore, do not switch the seat heating onrepeatedly.

The three red indicator lamps in the buttonindicate the heating level you have selected.The system automatically switches from level3 to level 2 after approximatelyeight minutes.The system automatically switches from level2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes.The system automatically switches offapproximately 20 minutes after it is set tolevel 1.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock (Y page 127).

X To switch on: press button: repeatedlyuntil the desired heating level is set.

X To switch off: press button: repeatedlyuntil all the indicator lamps go out.

i If the battery voltage is too low, the seatheating may switch off.

Seats 91

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Problems with the seat heating


The seat heating hasswitched off prema-turely or cannot beswitched on.

The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical con-sumers are switched on.X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such asthe rear window defroster or interior lighting.Once the battery is sufficiently charged, the seat heating willswitch back on automatically.

Steering wheel



G WARNINGChildren could injure themselves if theyadjust the steering wheel. There is a risk ofinjury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

Adjusting the steering wheel

G WARNINGIf the steering wheel is unlocked while thevehicle is in motion, it could change positionunexpectedly. This could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.

Before starting off, make sure the steeringwheel is locked. Never unlock the steeringwheel while the vehicle is in motion.

: Release lever; To adjust the steering wheel height= To adjust the steering wheel position

(fore-and-aft adjustment)X Push release lever: down completely.The steering column is unlocked.

X Adjust the steering wheel to the desiredposition.

X Push release lever: up completely.The steering column is locked.

X Check if the steering column is locked.When doing so, try to push the steeringwheel up or down or try to move it in thefore-and-aft direction.

92 Steering wheelSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Mirrors

Rear-view mirror

X Anti-glare mode: flick anti-glare lever:forwards or back.

Exterior mirrors

Adjusting the exterior mirrors

G WARNINGThe exterior mirror on the front-passengerside reduces the size of the image. Visibleobjects are actually closer than they appear.This means that you could misjudge the dis-tance from road users traveling behind, e.g.when changing lane. There is a risk of an acci-dent.For this reason, always make sure of theactual distance from the road users travelingbehind by glancing over your shoulder.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock (Y page 127).

X Press button: for the left-hand exteriormirror or button; for the right-hand exte-rior mirror.The indicator lamp in the correspondingbutton lights up in red.The indicator lamp goes out again aftersome time. You can adjust the selectedmirror using adjustment button= as longas the indicator lamp is lit.

X Press adjustment button= up, down, or tothe left or right until you have adjusted theexterior mirror to the correct position. Youshould have a good overview of traffic con-ditions.

The convex exterior mirrors provide a largerfield of vision.The exterior mirrors are automatically heatedafter starting the vehicle if the rear windowdefroster is switched on and the outside tem-perature is low. Heating takes a maximum of10 minutes.

i You can also heat up the exterior mirrorsmanually by switching on the rear windowdefroster.

Exterior mirror pushed out of positionIf an exterior mirror has been pushed out ofposition, proceed as follows:X Move the exterior mirror into the correctposition manually.The mirror housing is engaged again andyou can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual(Y page 93).

Automatic anti-glare mirrorsThe rear-view mirror and the exterior mirroron the driver's side automatically go into anti-glare mode if:Rthe ignition is switched on andRincident light from headlamps strikes thesensor in the rear-view mirror.

Mirrors 93

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

The mirrors do not go into anti-glare mode ifreverse gear is engaged or the interior lightingis switched on.

Parking position for the exterior mir-ror on the front-passenger side

General notesThe "Parking position for the exterior mirroron the front-passenger side" function is onlyavailable if the vehicle is equipped with the"Memory package".

Setting and storing the parking position

Using reverse gearYou can position the front-passenger sideexterior mirror in such a way that you can seethe rear wheel on that side as soon as youengage reverse gear. You can store this posi-tion.

X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Press button; for the exterior mirror onthe front-passenger side.

X Engage reverse gear.The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside moves to the preset parking position.

X Use adjustment button= to adjust theexterior mirror. You should see the rearwheel and the curb in the exterior mirror.The parking position is stored.

i If you shift the transmission to anotherposition, the exterior mirror on the front-passenger side returns to the driving posi-tion.

Using the memory buttonYou can position the front-passenger sideexterior mirror in such a way that you can seethe rear wheel on that side as soon as youengage reverse gear. You can store this posi-tion. This setting can be stored usingmemorybutton M?.X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Press button; for the exterior mirror onthe front-passenger side.

X Use adjustment button= to adjust theexterior mirror. You should see the rearwheel and the curb in the exterior mirror.

X Press memory buttonM? and one of thearrows on adjustment button= withinthree seconds.The parking position is stored if the exteriormirror does not move.

X If the mirror moves out of position, repeatthe steps.

Calling up a stored parking position set-tingX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Adjust the exterior mirror on the front-passenger side with the corresponding but-ton (Y page 93).

X Engage reverse gear.The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside moves to the stored parking position.

94 MirrorsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside moves back to its original position:Ras soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph(15 km/h)Rabout ten seconds after you have disen-gaged reverse gearRif you press button: for the exterior mir-ror on the driver's side

Memory functions

Storing settings

G WARNINGIf you use thememory function on the driver'sside while driving, you could lose control ofthe vehicle as a result of the adjustmentsbeing made. There is a risk of an accident.Only use the memory function on the driver'sside when the vehicle is stationary.

G WARNINGWhen the memory function adjusts the seat,you and other vehicle occupants – particularlychildren – could become trapped. There is arisk of injury.While the memory function is making adjust-ments, make sure that no one has any bodyparts in the sweep of the seat. If somebodybecomes trapped, immediately release thememory function position button. The adjust-ment process is stopped.

G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they acti-vate the memory function, particularly whenunattended. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

Thememory function can be used at any time,e.g. even when the SmartKey isn't in the igni-tion lock.

With the memory function, you can store upto three different settings, e.g. for three dif-ferent people.The following settings are stored as a singlememory preset:Rposition of the seat, backrest and headrestraintRdriver's side: position of the exterior mir-rors on the driver's and front-passengersides

X Adjust the seat (Y page 89).X Adjust the exterior mirror on the driver'sside (Y page 93).

X Briefly press the M memory button andthen press storage position button1,2 or3within three seconds.The settings are stored in the selected pre-set position, and a confirmation tonesounds.

Calling up a stored settingX Press and hold the relevant storage posi-tion button 1, 2 or 3 until the seat andexterior mirrors are in the stored position.

i The setting procedure is interrupted assoon as you release the storage positionbutton.

Memory functions 95

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

96

Useful information .............................. 98Exterior lighting .................................. 98Interior lighting ................................. 101Replacing bulbs ................................. 102Windshield wipers ............................ 108

97

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Useful information



Exterior lighting

General notesFor reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you drive with the lights switchedon even during the daytime. In some coun-tries, operation of the headlamps varies dueto legal requirements and self-imposed obli-gations.

Setting the exterior lighting

Setting optionsExterior lighting can be set using:Rthe light switchRthe combination switch (Y page 100)Rthe on-board computer (Y page 187)

Light switch

Operation

1 W Left-hand standing lamps2 X Right-hand standing lamps3 T Parking lamps, license plate and

instrument cluster lighting4Ã Automatic headlamp mode, control-

led by the light sensor5L Low-beam/high-beam headlampsB R Rear fog lampIf you hear a warning tone when you leave thevehicle, the lights may still be switched on.X Turn the light switch toÃ.The exterior lighting (except the parking/standing lamps) switches off automatically ifyou:Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockRopen the driver's door with the SmartKey inposition 0 in the ignition lock.

Automatic headlamp modeG WARNINGWhen the light switch is set toÃ, the low-beam headlamps may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or othercauses of poor visibility due to the weatherconditions such as spray. There is a risk of anaccident.In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

98 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

The automatic headlamp feature is only anaid. The driver is responsible for the vehicle'slighting at all times.Ã is the favored light switch setting. Thelight setting is automatically selected accord-ing to the brightness of the ambient light(exception: poor visibility due to weather con-ditions such as fog, snow or spray):RSmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock:the parking lamps are switched on or offautomatically depending on the brightnessof the ambient lightRWith the ignition on: if you have switched onthe daytime running lamps function in theon-board computer, the daytime runninglamps or the parking lamps and low-beamheadlamps are switched on or off automat-ically depending on the brightness of theambient light.

X To switch on automatic headlampmode: turn the light switch toÃ.

The daytime running lamps improve the visi-bility of your vehicle during the day. The day-time running lamps function is required by lawin Canada.When the drive system is switched on and thevehicle is stationary: if you move the DIRECTSELECT lever to position P, the daytime run-ning lamps/low-beamheadlamps go out after3 minutes.When the drive system is switched on, thevehicle is stationary and in high ambient lightbrightness: if you turn the light switchto T, you turn on the daytime runninglamps and parking lamps.If the drive system is switched on and you turnthe light switch to L, the manual settingstake precedence over the daytime runninglamps.

Low-beam headlampsWhen the ignition is switched on and the lightswitch is in position L, the parking lampsand low-beam headlamps are switched on.This is the case even if the light sensor does

not detect it is dark. This is a particularly use-ful function in the event of rain and fog.X To switch on the low-beam headlamps:turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock toposition 2 or switch on the ignition.

X Turn the light switch to L.The greenL indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Rear fog lampThe rear fog lamp improves visibility of yourvehicle for the traffic behind in the event ofthick fog. Please take note of the country-specific regulations for the use of rear foglamps.X To switch on the rear fog lamp: turn theSmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2or switch on the ignition.

X Turn the light switch to L orÃ.X Press the R button.The yellow R indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up.

X To switch off the rear fog lamp: press theR button.The yellow R indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out.

i For vehicles with Bi-Xenon headlamps orthe Intelligent Light System, if the rear foglamp is switched on, the lower 15 LEDs ofthe brake lamp in the tail lamp switch off.For right-wheel drive vehicles they onlyswitch off in the left-hand tail lamp, and forleft-wheel drive vehicles only in the right-hand tail lamp. This is due to a legal require-ment.

Parking lamps! If the battery has been excessively dis-charged, the parking lamps or standinglamps are automatically switched off toenable the next engine start. Always parkyour vehicle safely and sufficiently litaccording to legal standards. Avoid thecontinuous use of the T parking lampsfor several hours. If possible, switch on theX right or the W left standing lamp.

Exterior lighting 99


Z

X To switch on: turn the light switch toT.The greenT indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Standing lampsSwitching on the standing lamps ensures thecorresponding side of the vehicle is illumina-ted.X To switch on the standing lamps: theSmartKey should not be in the ignition lockor it should be in position 0.

X Turn the light switch toW (left-hand sideof the vehicle) or X (right-hand side ofthe vehicle).

Combination switch

Turn signal

: High-beam headlamps; Turn signal, right= High-beam flasher? Turn signal, leftX To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the pressure point in thedirection of arrow; or?.The corresponding turn signal flashes threetimes.

X To indicate: press the combination switchbeyond the pressure point in the directionof arrow; or?.

High-beam headlampsX To switch on the high-beam headlamps:turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock toposition 2 or switch on the ignition.

X Turn the light switch to L orÃ.X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction of arrow:.In theÃ position, the high-beam head-lamps are only switched on when it is darkand the ignition is on.The blue K indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up when the high-beamheadlamps are switched on.

X To switch off the high-beam head-lamps:move the combination switch backto its normal position.The blue K indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

High-beam flasherX To switch on: turn the SmartKey in theignition lock to position 1 or 2, or switch onthe ignition.

X Pull the combination switch in the directionof arrow=.

Hazard warning lamps

100 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on if:Ran air bag is deployed orRthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from aspeed of above 45 mph (70 km/h) andcomes to a standstill.

X To switch on the hazardwarning lamps:press button:.All turn signals flash. If you now switch on aturn signal using the combination switch,only the turn signal lamp on the corre-sponding side of the vehicle will flash.

X To switch off the hazardwarning lamps:press button:.

The hazard warning lamps switch off auto-matically if the vehicle reaches a speed ofabove 6 mph (10 km/h) again after a fullbrake application.

i The hazard warning lamps still operate ifthe ignition is switched off.

Headlamps fogged up on the insideThe headlamps may fog up on the inside ifthere is high atmospheric humidity.

X Switch on the lights and drive off.The level of fogging diminishes, dependingon the length of the journey and theweather conditions (humidity and temper-ature).

If the level of fogging does not diminish:

X Have the headlamps checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Interior lighting

Overview of interior lighting

Front overhead control panel: p To switch the left-hand front reading

lamp on/off; c To switch the front interior lighting

on= v To switch the on/off? | To switch the front interior lighting/

automatic interior lighting control offA p To switch the right-hand front read-

ing lamp on/offB To switch the automatic interior lighting

control on

Rear-compartment overhead control panel (grabhandle in the rear compartment): To switch the reading lamp on/off

Interior lighting 101


Z

Interior lighting control

Important notesThe interior lighting functions are automati-cally deactivated after some time except forwhen the SmartKey is in position 2 in the igni-tion lock. This prevents your vehicle's starterbattery from discharging.The brightness of the ambient lightingmay beset using the on-board computer(Y page 188). If the interior lighting control isswitched off, the ambient lighting is alsoswitched off.

Automatic interior lighting controlX To switch on: move the switch to centerpositionB.

X To switch off:move the switch to the|position.

The interior lighting automatically switcheson if you:Runlock the vehicleRopen a doorRremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockThe interior light is activated for a short whilewhen the SmartKey is removed from the igni-tion lock. You can activate this delayedswitch-off using the on-board computer(Y page 188).

Manual interior lighting controlX To switch the front interior lighting on:set the switch to the c position.

X To switch off the interior lighting: set theswitch to the | position or (if the door isclosed) to the center position.

X To switch the on/off: press the u but-ton.

X To switch the reading lamps on/off:press the p button.

Crash-responsive emergency lightingThe interior lighting is activated automaticallyif the vehicle is involved in an accident.X To switch off the crash-responsiveemergency lighting: press the hazardwarning lamp button.

orX Lock and then unlock the vehicle using theSmartKey.

Replacing bulbs


Xenon bulbs

G DANGERXenon bulbs carry a high voltage. You can getan electric shock if you remove the cover ofthe Xenon bulb and touch the electrical con-tacts. There is a risk of fatal injury.Never touch the parts or the electrical con-tacts of the Xenon bulb. Always have work onthe Xenon bulbs carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

You can recognize whether your vehicle isequipped with Xenon bulbs by the following:the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs movesfrom the top to the bottom and back againwhen you start the drive system. Before start-ing the drive system, you must first switch onthe lights.Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect ofvehicle safety. You must therefore make surethat these function correctly at all times.Have the headlamp setting checked regularly.

Other bulbs

G WARNINGBulbs, lamps and connectors can get very hotwhen operating. If you change a bulb, youcould burn yourself on these components.There is a risk of injury.

102 Replacing bulbsLightsandwindshieldwipers

Allow these components to cool down beforechanging a bulb.

Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or ifits glass tube has been scratched.The bulb may explode if:Ryou touch itRit is hotRyou drop itRyou scratch itOnly operate bulbs in enclosed lampsdesigned for that purpose. Only install sparebulbs of the same type and the specified volt-age.Marks on the glass tube reduce the servicelife of the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tubewith your bare hands. If necessary, clean theglass tubewhen coldwith alcohol or spirit andrub it off with a lint-free cloth.Protect bulbs from moisture during opera-tion. Do not allow bulbs to come into contactwith liquids.There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbsthat you cannot replace. Replace only thebulbs listed (Y page 103). Have the bulbs thatyou cannot replace yourself changed at aqualified specialist workshop.If you require assistance changing bulbs, con-sult a qualified specialist workshop.If the new bulb still does not light up, consulta qualified specialist workshop.Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect ofvehicle safety. You must therefore make surethat these function correctly at all times.Have the headlamp setting checked regularly.

Overview: changing bulbs/bulb typesYou can replace the following bulbs. The bulbtype can be found in the legend.

Vehicles with halogen headlamps: Turn signal lamp: 3457; High-beam headlamp: H7 55 W= Parking lamp/standing lamp: W 5 W LL? Low-beam headlamp: H7 55 W

Vehicles with Bi-Xenon headlamps: Cornering lamp: H7 55 W

Tail lamps (vehicles with halogen headlamps): Tail lamp/turn signal lamp/brake lamp:

P 21 W; Inoperative= Side marker lamp: P 21 W

Replacing bulbs 103


Z

? Rear fog lamp: P 21 WA Backup lamp: W 16 W

Tail lamps (vehicles with Bi-Xenon headlamps): Turn signal lamp/brake lamp: P 21 W; Rear fog lamp: H 21 W= Backup lamp: W 16 W

License plate lamp (vehicles with halogen head-lamps): License plate lamp: C 5 W

Changing the front bulbs

Removing and installing the cover in thefront wheel housingYou must remove the cover from the frontwheel housing before you can change thefront bulbs.

X To remove: switch off the lights.X Turn the front wheels inwards.X Slide cover: upwards.Cover: is released.

X Unclip cover:.X To install: clip in cover:.X Push cover: down.Cover: is locked.

Low-beam headlamps (halogen head-lamps)

X Remove the cover in the front wheel hous-ing (Y page 104).

X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Turn bulb holder; counter-clockwise andpull out.

X Take the bulb out of bulb holder;.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder;.X Insert bulb holder; and turn it clockwise.


X Press on housing cover: and turn it to theright.

X Replace the cover in the front wheel hous-ing (Y page 104).

High-beam headlamps/daytime run-ning lamps (halogen headlamps)

X Switch off the lights.X Open the hood.X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Turn bulb holder; counter-clockwise andpull out.

X Take the bulb out of bulb holder;.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder;.X Insert bulb holder; and turn it clockwise.X Press on housing cover: and turn it to theright.

X Replace the cover in the front wheel hous-ing (Y page 104).

Parking lamps/standing lamps (halo-gen headlamps)

X Switch off the lights.X Open the hood.X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Pull out bulb holder;.X Take the bulb out of bulb holder;.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder;.X Insert bulb holder;.X Press on housing cover: and turn it to theright.

Turn signals (halogen headlamps)

X Switch off the lights.X Open the hood.X Turn bulb holder: counter-clockwise andpull out.

X Take the bulb out of bulb holder:.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder:.X Insert bulb holder: and turn it clockwiseuntil it engages.

Changing the rear bulbs

Opening and closing the side trim pan-elsYou must open the side trim panel in thecargo compartment before you can changethe bulbs in the tail lamps.

Replacing bulbs 105


Z

Left-hand side trim panel

Right-hand side trim panelX To open: turn release knob: 90° in thedirection of the arrow and remove side trimpanel;.

X To close: insert side trim panel; and turnrelease knob: 90° in the opposite direc-tion to the arrow.

Tail lamps

Turn signal/tail and brake lampsX Switch off the lights.X Open the cargo compartment.X Open the side trim panel (Y page 105).

X Press retaining lugs: simultaneously inthe direction of the arrow and pull the bulbholder out.

Bulb holder: Turn signal/tail/brake lamps3.; Unused bulbs (vehicles without LEDs)= Side marker lamp (vehicles without LEDs)X Lightly press the corresponding bulb intothe holder, turn it counter-clockwise andremove it from the bulb holder.

X Insert the corresponding new bulb into thebulb holder, press gently and turn it clock-wise.

X Attach the bulb holder and press firmly.The retaining lugs on the bulb holderengage audibly.

X Close the side trim panel (Y page 105).

3 Vehicles with LEDs: turn signal/brake lamps only


Backup lamp and rear fog lampDue to their location, have the bulbs in thebackup lamp and rear fog lamp in the tailgatechanged at a qualified specialist workshop.X Switch off the lights.X Open the tailgate.X Insert a screwdriver, for example, intorecess? on the inside.

X Pry off and remove the upper section ofhandle=.

X Pull the lower section of handle: using asharp, suddenmovement to remove it fromthe trim and then place it to one side.

X Reach under the right-hand side of trimB.X Apply a gentle jolting force along the entirelength of the trim in order to unclip it.

X Pull out connectorC of the surround light-ing by releasing the latches.

X Place trimB to one side.

X Unclip part of trimD from the assemblyusing a sudden, sharpmovement, until bulbholderE is accessible.

X Remove bulb holderE using both sides ofleverF.

Bulb holderX Rear fog lampG: press the bulb gentlyinto holderE, turn it counter-clockwiseand remove it from bulb holderE.

X Insert the new bulb into bulb holderE andturn it clockwise.

X Backup lampH: remove the bulb frombulb holderE.

X Insert the new bulb into bulb holderE.X Re-insert bulb holderE until you hearengage audibly.

X Position trimD and engage it in place bytapping it with your hand.

X Before beginning the installation, checkthat all the metal clips are inserted in theparts placed to one side: 2 clips; in theupper part of handle= and 5 clipsA intrimB.

Replacing bulbs 107


Z

X If not, remove the missing metal clips fromthe metal openings in the tailgate andinsert them in the appropriate places.

X Take trimB and connect plug connectorC to the surround lighting.

i The surround lighting only illuminateswhen the tailgate has been shut and reop-ened.

X Position trimB and engage it in place bytapping it with your hand, starting from theoutside.

X Clip in the lower section of handle: again.X Insert and engage the upper section of han-dle= into lower section:.

Windshield wipers

Switching the windshield wiperson/off! Do not operate the windshield wiperswhen the windshield is dry, as this coulddamage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windshield canscratch the glass if wiping takes placewhenthe windshield is dry.If it is necessary to switch on thewindshieldwipers in dry weather conditions, alwaysuse washer fluid when operating the wind-shield wipers.

! If the windshield wipers leave smears onthe windshield after the vehicle has beenwashed in an automatic car wash, wax orother residues may be the reason for this.Clean the windshield using washer fluidafter washing the vehicle in an automaticcar wash.

Combination switch1 $ Windshield wiper off2 Ä Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor

set to low sensitivity)3 Å Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor

set to high sensitivity)4 ° Continuous wipe, slow5 ¯ Continuous wipe, fastB í Single wipe/î Towipe thewind-

shield using washer fluidX Switch on the ignition.X Turn the combination switch to the corre-sponding position.

! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the wind-shield becomes dirty in dry weather condi-tions, the windshield wipers may be activa-ted inadvertently. This could then damagethe windshield wiper blades or scratch thewindshield.For this reason, you should always switchoff the windshield wipers in dry weather.

Vehicles with a rain sensor: in the Ä orÅ position, the appropriate wiping fre-quency is automatically set according to theintensity of the rain. In the Å position, therain sensor is more sensitive than in the Äposition, causing thewindshieldwiper towipemore frequently.If the wiper blades are worn, the windshieldwill no longer be wiped properly. This couldprevent you from observing the traffic condi-tions.

108 Windshield wipersLightsandwindshieldwipers

Switching the rear window wiper on/off

Combination switch: è Switch2 ô To wipe with washer fluid3 I To switch on intermittent wiping4 0 To switch off intermittent wiping5 ô To wipe with washer fluidX Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X Turn switch: on the combination switchto the corresponding position.When the rearwindowwiper is switched on,the icon appears in the instrument cluster.

Replacing the wiper blades


G WARNINGIf the windshield wipers begin to move whileyou are changing the wiper blades, you couldbe trapped by the wiper arm. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andignition before changing the wiper blades.

! To avoid damaging the wiper blades,make sure that you touch only the wiperarm of the wiper.

! Never open the hood/tailgate if a wiperarm has been folded away from the wind-shield/rear window.

Never fold awindshieldwiper armwithout awiper blade back onto the windshield/rearwindow.Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly whenyou change the wiper blade. If you releasethe wiper arm without a wiper blade and itfalls onto the windshield/rear window, thewindshield/rear window may be damagedby the force of the impact.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe wiper blades changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Changing the windshield wiper blades

Removing the wiper bladesX Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

X Press both release clips;.X Fold wiper blade: in the direction ofarrow= away from wiper arm?.

X Remove wiper blade: in the direction ofarrowA.

Windshield wipers 109


Z

Installing the wiper blades

X Position newwiper blade:with recessBon lugA.

X Fold wiper blade: in the direction ofarrow= onto the wiper arm, until retainingclips; engage in bracket?.

X Make sure that wiper blade: is seatedcorrectly.

X Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind-shield.

Replacing the rear window wiper blade

Removing a wiper blade

X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Fold wiper arm: away from the rear win-dow until it engages.

X Position wiper blade; at a right angle towiper arm:.

X Hold wiper arm: and press wiperblade; in the direction of the arrow untilit releases.

X Remove wiper blade;.

Installing a wiper bladeX Place new wiper blade; onto wiperarm:.

X Hold wiper arm: and press wiperblade; in the opposite direction to thearrow until it engages.

X Make sure that wiper blade; is seatedcorrectly.

X Position wiper blade; parallel to wiperarm:.

X Fold wiper arm: back onto the rear win-dow.

110 Windshield wipersLightsandwindshieldwipers

Problems with the windshield wipers


The windshield wipersare jammed.

Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshieldwiper movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.X For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from theignition lock.

X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windshield wipers back on.

The windshield wipersfail completely.

The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning.X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The windshield washerfluid from the spraynozzles no longer hitsthe center of the wind-shield.

The spray nozzles are misaligned.X Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist work-shop.

The spray nozzles are dirty.X For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from theignition lock.

X Clean the spray nozzles.

Windshield wipers 111


Z

112

Useful information ............................ 114Overview of climate control sys-tems ................................................... 114Operating the climate control sys-tems ................................................... 116Setting the air vents ......................... 123

113

Climatecontrol

Useful information



Overview of climate control systems

General notesObserve the settings recommended on thefollowing pages. The windows could other-wise fog up.To prevent the windows from fogging up:Rswitch off climate control only brieflyRswitch on air-recirculation mode onlybrieflyRswitch on the cooling with air dehumidifi-cation functionRswitch on the defrost windshield functionbriefly, if required

Dual-zone automatic climate control dehu-midifies the air and regulates the temperaturein the vehicle interior and filters undesirablesubstances out of the air.Optimum operation is only achieved with theside windows closed.

i Ventilate the vehicle for a brief periodduring warm weather, e.g. using the con-venience opening feature (Y page 82). Thiswill speed up the cooling process and thedesired vehicle interior temperature will bereached more quickly.

i The integrated filter filters out most par-ticles of dust and soot and completely fil-ters out pollen. It also reduces gaseous pol-

lutants and odors. A clogged filter reducesthe amount of air supplied to the vehicleinterior. For this reason, you should alwaysobserve the interval for replacing the filter,which is specified in the MaintenanceBooklet. As it depends on environmentalconditions, e.g. heavy air pollution, theinterval may be shorter than stated in theMaintenance Booklet.

i It is possible that the dehumidificationfunction of the climate control system maybe activated automatically an hour after theSmartKey has been removed. The vehicle isthen ventilated for 30 minutes.

114 Overview of climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control

: To set the temperature, left (Y page 117); To set climate control to automatic (Y page 117)= To defrost the windshield (Y page 118)? To increase the airflow (Y page 118)A To set the air distribution (Y page 117)B DisplayC To activate/deactivate air-recirculation mode (Y page 120)D To switch climate control on/off (Y page 116)E To set the temperature, right (Y page 117)F To activate/deactivate maximum cooling (Y page 119)G To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 116)H To reduce the airflow (Y page 118)I To switch the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 119)J To switch the ZONE function on/off (Y page 118)

Optimum use of dual-zone automaticclimate control

Automatic climate controlThe following contains instructions and rec-ommendations to enable you to get the mostout of your automatic climate control.RActivate climate control using theÃ and¿ buttons. The indicator lamps in theÃ and¿ buttons light up.RSet the temperature to 72 ‡ (22 †).

ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" func-tion briefly until the windshield is clearagain.ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly, e.g.if there are unpleasant outside odors orwhen in a tunnel. The windows could oth-erwise fog up, since no fresh air is drawninto the vehicle in air-recirculation mode.RUse the ZONE function to adopt the tem-perature settings on the driver's side forthe front-passenger side as well. The indi-cator lamp in theá button goes out.

Overview of climate control systems 115

Climatecontrol

Operating the climate control sys-tems

Switching climate control on/off

General notesWhen the climate control is switched off, theair supply and air circulation are alsoswitched off. The windows could fog up.Therefore, switch off climate control onlybriefly

Dual-zone automatic climate controlX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X To switch on: press theÃ button.The indicator lamp in theÃ button lightsup. Airflow and air distribution are set toautomatic mode.

orX Press the^ button.The indicator lamp in the^ button goesout. The previously selected settings arerestored.

X To switch off: press the^ button.The indicator lamp in the^ button lightsup.

i Dual-zone automatic climate control:switch on climate control primarily usingtheÃ button.

Activating/deactivating cooling withair dehumidification

General notesIf you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehu-midification" function, the air inside the vehi-cle will not be cooled. The air inside the vehi-cle will also not be dehumidified. The win-dows can fog upmore quickly. Therefore, onlydeactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumidifi-cation" function briefly.The "Cooling with air-dehumidification" func-tion is operational when the vehicle is ready

to drive. The air inside the vehicle is cooledand dehumidified according to the tempera-ture selected.Condensation may drip from the underside ofthe vehicle when it is in cooling mode. This isnormal and not a sign that there is a malfunc-tion.

Activating/deactivatingX To activate: press the¿ button.The indicator lamp in the¿ button lightsup.

X To deactivate: press the¿ button.The indicator lamp in the¿ button goesout. The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function has a delayed switch-off feature.

116 Operating the climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidification" function


The indicator lamp inthe¿ buttonflashes three times orremains off. The "Cool-ing with air dehumidifi-cation" function cannotbe switched on.

Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to amalfunction.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Setting climate control to automatic

General notesIn automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained automatically at a constant level.The system automatically regulates the tem-perature of the dispensed air, the airflow andthe air distribution.The automatic mode functions optimallywhen the "Cooling with air dehumidification"function is activated. If necessary, coolingwith air dehumidification can be deactivated.If you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehu-midification" function, the air inside the vehi-cle will not be cooled. The air inside the vehi-cle will also not be dehumidified. The win-dows can fog up more quickly. Only switchthe cooling with air dehumidification functionoff for short periods.

Setting climate control to automaticX Turn the key to position 3 in the ignitionlock.The READY indicator is displayed.

X Set the desired temperature.X To activate: press theÃ button.The indicator lamp in theÃ button lightsup. Automatic air distribution and airfloware activated.

X To switch to manual mode: press theÉ orË button.

orX Press theK orI button.The indicator lamp in theÃ button goesout. Automatic air distribution and airfloware deactivated.

Setting the temperature

Dual-zone automatic climate controlDifferent temperatures can be set for thedriver's and front-passenger sides.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X To increase/reduce: turn thumbwheel:orE counter-clockwise or clockwise(Y page 115). Only change the temperaturesetting in small increments. Start at 72 ‡(22 †).

Setting the air distribution

Dual-zone automatic climate control

Air distribution settings¯ Directs air through the defroster ventsP Directs air through the center and side

air ventsO Directs air through the footwell air

vents

Operating the climate control systems 117

Climatecontrol

b Directs the airflow through the centerand side air vents as well as thedefroster vents

a Directs air through the defroster andfootwell vents

i Regardless of the air distribution setting,airflow is always directed through the sideair vents. The side air vents can only beclosed if the adjusters are turned clockwiseuntil they engage.

Setting the air distributionX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Press theÉ orË button repeatedlyuntil the desired symbol appears in the dis-play.

Setting the airflow

Dual-zone automatic climate controlX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X To increase/reduce: press theK orI button.

Switching the ZONE function on/offThis function is only available with dual-zoneautomatic climate control.X To activate: press theá button.The indicator lamp in theá button lightsup.The temperature setting for the driver'sside is not adopted for the front-passengerside.

X To deactivate: press theá button.The indicator lamp in theá button goesout.The temperature setting for the driver'sside is adopted for the front-passengerside.

Defrosting the windshieldYou can use this function to defrost the wind-shield or to defrost the inside of the wind-shield and the side windows.

i The windshield heating is switched onusing the "Windshield defrosting" function.

i Only use the "Windshield defrosting"function briefly until the windshield is clearagain.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).The READY indicator is displayed.

X To activate: press the¬ button.The indicator lamp in the¬ button lightsup.The climate control system switches to thefollowing functions:Rhigh airflowRhigh temperatureRair distribution to the windshield andfront side windowsRair-recirculation mode offRwindshield heating oni The "Windshield defrosting" functionautomatically sets the blower output to theoptimum defrosting effect. As a result, theairflow may increase or decrease automat-ically after the button is pressed.

i You can adjust the blower output man-ually while the "Windshield defrosting"function is in operation:X Press theó orô button.

X To deactivate: press the¬ button.The indicator lamp in the¬ button goesout. The previously selected settings arerestored. Air-recirculation mode remainsdeactivated.

orX Press theÃ button.The indicator lamp in the¬ button goesout. Airflow and air distribution are set toautomatic mode.


orX Turn temperature control: orE counter-clockwise or clockwise (Y page 115).

MAX COOL maximum coolingThe MAX COOL function is only available invehicles for the USA.The MAX COOL function only works when thevehicle is ready to drive.X Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).The READY indicator is displayed.

X To activate: press theÙ button.The indicator lamp in the button lights up.

X To activate: press theÙ button again.The indicator lamp goes out. The previouslyselected settings are restored.

When you activate MAX COOL, climate con-trol switches to the following functions:Rmaximum coolingRmaximum airflowRair-recirculation mode on

Defrosting the windows

Windows fogged up on the inside

Dual-zone automatic climate controlX Activate the¿ "Cooling with air dehu-midification" function.

X Activate automatic modeÃ.X If the windows continue to fog up, activatethe¬ "Windshield defrosting" function.i You should only select this setting untilthe windshield is clear again.

Windows fogged up on the outsideX Activate the windshield wipers.X Set the air distribution toP orO.i You should only select this setting untilthe windshield is clear again.

Rear window defroster

General notesThe rear window defroster has a high currentdraw. You should therefore switch it off assoon as the rear window is clear. Otherwise,the rear window defroster switches off auto-matically after several minutes.If the battery voltage is too low, the rear win-dow defroster may switch off.

Activating/deactivatingX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Press the¤ button.The indicator lamp in the¤ button lightsup or goes out.


Climatecontrol

Problems with the rear window defroster


The rear windowdefroster has deactiva-ted prematurely or can-not be activated.

The battery has not been sufficiently charged.X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. readinglamps, interior lighting or the seat heating.When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear windowdefroster can be activated again.

Activating/deactivating air-recircula-tion mode

General notesYou can deactivate the flow of fresh air ifunpleasant odors are entering the vehiclefrom outside. The air already inside the vehi-cle will then be recirculated.If you switch on air-recirculation mode, thewindows can fog up more quickly, in particu-lar at low temperatures. Only use air-recircu-lation mode briefly to prevent the windowsfrom fogging up.

Activating/deactivatingX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X To activate: press thee button.The indicator lamp in thee button lightsup.

i Air-recirculation mode is activated auto-matically at high outside temperatures.When air-recirculation mode is activatedautomatically, the indicator lamp in thee button is not lit.Outside air is added after about30 minutes.

X To deactivate: press thee button.The indicator lamp in thee button goesout.

i Air-recirculation mode deactivates auto-matically:Rafter approximately 5 minutes at outsidetemperatures below approximately 41 ‡(5 †)Rafter approximately 5minutes if the cool-ing with air dehumidification function isdeactivatedRafter approximately 30 minutes at out-side temperatures above approximately41 ‡ (5 †) if the "Cooling with air dehu-midification" function is activated

Convenience opening/closing usingthe air-recirculation button

G WARNINGWhen using the convenience closing feature,parts of the body could be trapped in the clos-ing area when a side window is being closed.There is a risk of injury.Observe the complete closing procedurewhen the convenience closing feature is oper-ating. Make sure that no body parts are inclose proximity during the closing procedure.

G WARNINGDuring convenience opening parts of the bodycould be drawn in or become trappedbetween the side window and window frame.There is a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody touches the side win-dow during the opening procedure. If some-one becomes trapped, press theW switch


immediately to open/close the side windowin the door. The side window stops. To con-tinue closing the side window, pull on theW switch.

X Convenience closing feature: press andhold thee button until the side win-dows are closed.The indicator lamp in thee button lightsup. Air-recirculation mode is activated.

If parts of the body are in the closing areaduring convenience closing, proceed as fol-lows:X Press theW button for opening/closingthe side windows.The side window stops.

X To then open the side windows, press theW button again.

orX Press and hold thee button again forlonger than 2 seconds.The side windows move in the oppositedirection.i Notes on the automatic reversing featurefor the side windows (Y page 81).

X Convenience opening feature: press andhold thee button until the side win-dows are opened. The side windows moveback to their original positions.The indicator lamp in thee button goesout. Air-recirculation mode is deactivated.

i If you open the side windows manuallyafter closing them with the convenienceclosing feature, theywill remain in this posi-tion when opened using the convenienceopening feature.

Pre-entry climate control via keyBefore getting in, the vehicle interior can bebriefly warmed or ventilated in advance andthe air from the air vents can be pre-cooled.

The high-voltage battery must be sufficientlycharged before the pre-entry climate control(via key) can be activated.Activating/deactivating the pre-entry cli-mate control (via key)When the vehicle is unlocked using theSmart-Key, the climate control functions are activa-ted.

i You can activate pre-entry climate control(via the SmartKey) three times in succes-sion. The climate control function will bedeactivated after the third time. The Pre-Pre-EntryEntry ClimateClimate Ctrl.Ctrl. (Via(Via SmartKey)SmartKey)Available Again After Engine StartAvailable Again After Engine Startdisplay message appears in the instrumentcluster. To activate the pre-entry climatecontrol again, start the drive system.

The pre-cooling climate control function runsfor up to 1 minute, the pre-heating climatecontrol function runs for up to 5 minutes.When the vehicle is pre-cooled, the followingfunctions are activated as necessary:RClimate control systemRCooling with air dehumidificationRBlowerWhen the vehicle is pre-heated, the followingfunctions are activated as necessary:RClimate control systemRBlowerRSeat heatingRWindshield heatingRRear window defrosterPre-entry climate control is automaticallyswitched off when operational readinessmode is requested.Activating/deactivating pre-entry cli-mate control (via SmartKey)You can activate and deactivate pre-entry cli-mate control (via SmartKey) via the on-boardcomputer in the E‑CELLE‑CELL submenu(Y page 185).

i If the condition of charge of the high-volt-age battery is below the specifiedminimum


Climatecontrol

Z

condition of charge, pre-entry climate con-trol will not be activated even if it has beenset.

Pre-entry climate control at departuretime and immediate pre-entry climatecontrol



General notesUsing the "pre-entry climate control at depar-ture time" function, you can cool or heat thevehicle interior prior to the desired departuretime.When using the "pre-entry climate control atdeparture time" function, the condition ofcharge of the high-voltage battery must behigher than the specified minimum conditionof charge.The running time of the climate control maybe reduced if:Rthe vehicle is not connected to an electricpower supplyRthe high-voltage battery is not fully chargedIn certain situations, the desired interior tem-perature cannot be reached.When the vehicle is cooled, the followingfunctions are activated as necessary:RClimate control systemRCooling with air dehumidificationRBlowerWhen the vehicle is heated, the followingfunctions are activated as necessary:RClimate control systemRBlower

RSeat heatingRWindshield heatingRRear window defroster"Immediate pre-entry climate control" is auto-matically switched off when operational read-iness mode is requested.

Setting the departure timeYou can set a departure time for the "pre-entry climate control at departure time". Yourvehicle will then be cooled or heated until thedesired temperature is reached in time for theset departure time. "Pre-entry climate controlat departure time" will be activated a maxi-mum of 50 minutes before departure. If thedeparture is delayed, the vehicle will beheated or cooled for a further 5 minutes.You can set the desired departure time in theE‑CELLE‑CELL submenu on the on-board computer(Y page 185).

Activating immediate pre-entry climatecontrolYou can activate "immediate pre-entry cli-mate control" even if the vehicle interior isalready at the desired temperature. Thismeans that the vehicle interior continues tobe cooled or heated, e.g. if the journey isinterrupted for up to 50minutes, and the inte-rior temperature is kept constant. You canonly set the desired temperature using theclimate control unit. If you do not pre-select atemperature, the last temperature set will beautomatically adopted.


The colors of the indicator lamps in the buttonhave the following meanings:Red Heating activatedBlue Cooling activatedYellow Pre-entry climate control at depar-

ture is preselectedX To activate/deactivate "immediate pre-entry climate control": press button:on the center console (Y page 34).The blue or red indicator lamp in the buttonlights up or goes out.

Setting the air vents


G WARNINGVery hot or very cold air can flow from the airvents. This could result in burns or frostbite inthe immediate vicinity of the air vents. Thereis a risk of injury.Make sure that all vehicle occupants alwaysmaintain a sufficient distance to the air out-lets. If necessary, redirect the airflow toanother area of the vehicle interior.

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh airthrough the air vents into the vehicle interior,please observe the following notes:Rkeep the air inlet between the windshieldand the hood free of blockages, such as ice,snow or leaves.Rnever cover the air vents or air intake grillesin the vehicle interior.

i You can move the adjusters for the airvents vertically or horizontally to set thedirection of the airflow.

i For optimal climate control in the vehicle,open the air vents completely and set theadjusters to the central position.

Setting the center air vents

X To open the center air vents: turn theadjuster in one of center air vents: coun-ter-clockwise.

X To close the center air vents: turn theadjuster in one of center air vents: clock-wise until it engages.

Setting the side air vents

: Side window defroster vent; Side air ventX To open a side air vent: turn the adjusterin the side air vent; to the left.

X To close a side air vent: turn the adjusterin the side air vent; to the right until itengages.

Setting the air vents 123

Climatecontrol

Z

124

Useful information ............................ 126Notes onbreaking-in a newvehicle............................................................. 126Driving ............................................... 126Transmission ..................................... 128Charging the high-voltage battery .. 134Parking ............................................... 144Driving tips ........................................ 147Driving systems ................................ 152

125

Drivingandparking

Useful information



Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle

Important safety notesNew and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect after sev-eral hundred kilometers of driving. Compen-sate for this by applying greater force to thebrake pedal.

Driving


G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not useloose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

G WARNINGUnsuitable footwear can hinder correct usageof the pedals, e.g.:Rshoes with thick solesRshoes with high heelsRslippersThere is a risk of an accident.Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.


G WARNINGIf the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brake can:Roverheat and cause a fireRlose its hold function.There is a risk of fire and an accident. Releasethe parking brake fully before driving off.

The braking performance of the electricmotor using recuperative braking is, in someoperating modes, either reduced or not effec-tive:Rwhen the condition of charge of the high-voltage battery increasesRif the high-voltage battery is not yet at anormal operating temperatureRwhen driving at speeds close to zeroRin transmission position NRduring and after ESP stability control.If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brakeyourself.

126 DrivingDrivingandparking

! Make sure the charging cable has beendisconnected from the vehicle socketbefore starting a journey. The vehicle orcharging cable may otherwise be damagedwhen you drive off.

i Before commencing your journey, ensurethat the charging cable required for charg-ing the high-voltage battery is in the vehi-cle.

SmartKey positions

g To remove the SmartKey(shift the transmission to position P)

1 Power supply for some consumers, suchas the windshield wipers

2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers)and drive position

3 Starting the engine

i The SmartKey can be turned in the igni-tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart-Key for the vehicle. The ignition is notswitched on. The drive system cannot bestarted.

Starting the engine



Vehicles with an electric motor generatemuch less driving noise than vehicles withinternal combustion engines. As a result, yourvehicle may not be heard by other road usersin certain situations. This can happen, forexample, when you are parking and your vehi-cle is not seen by other road users. Thisrequires you to adopt a particularly anticipa-tory driving style, as it is necessary to allowfor the possibility that other road users maybehave erratically.The vehicle is equipped with a sound gener-ator. The sound generator is activated so thatother road users can hear your vehicle better.The sound generator is activated at speeds ofunder 20 mph (30 km/h) and switches offautomatically at higher speeds.

Starting procedure

i Do not switch the ignition on and off atintervals of less than 3 seconds more than15 times in succession. If it is switched on

Driving 127

Drivingandparking

Z

and off more than 16 times, the ignitionmust remain off for at least 20 seconds.You could otherwise damage the vehicle.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 3(Ypage127) in the ignition lock and releaseit.The drive system is started. The systemcheck display appears in the multifunctiondisplay.Once the system check is complete, theReadyReady display appears in the lower multi-function display. The vehicle is ready todrive.

Pulling awayThe vehicle is equipped with a sound gener-ator. At low speeds, an electric vehicle makesless noise than a vehicle with a combustionengine. The sound generator is activated sothat other road users can hear your vehiclebetter. The sound generator is activated atspeeds of under 20 mph (30 km/h) andswitches off automatically at higher speeds.

i It is only possible to move the DIRECTSELECT lever from position P to the desiredselector lever position if you depress thebrake pedal. Only then is the parking lockdeactivated, at which point the electricalparking brake is released automatically. Ifthe brake pedal is not depressed, theDIRECTSELECT lever can still bemoved butthe parking lock remains engaged.

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Move the DIRECT SELECT lever to positionD or R.

X Release the brake pedal.X Carefully depress the accelerator pedal.The electric parking brake is automaticallyreleased (Y page 145).The redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clus-ter goes out.

i The vehicle locks centrally once you havepulled away. The locking knobs in the doorsdrop down.You can open the doors from the inside atany time.

Hill start assistHill start assist will aid you when pulling awayon a hill. It holds the vehicle for a short timeafter you have removed your foot from thebrake pedal. This gives you enough time tomove your foot from the brake pedal to theaccelerator pedal and depress it before thevehicle begins to roll.

G WARNINGAfter a short time, hill start assist will no lon-ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hill startassist.

X Take your foot off the brake pedal.The vehicle is then held for about a second.

X Pull away.Hill start assist is not active if:Ryou are pulling away on a level road or on adownhill gradient.Rthe DIRECT SELECT lever is in position N.Rthe electric parking brake is applied.RESP® is malfunctioning.Further information on holding the vehiclestationary on uphill gradients (Y page 131).

Transmission

Important safety notesi Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to positionPwhen the drive system is switched off andthe vehicle is stationary. Park position P is

128 TransmissionDrivingandparking

engaged and the electric parking brake isapplied automatically:If the DIRECT SELECT lever cannot beengaged in park position P, the parkingbrake is engaged automatically.

Observe the "Important safety notes" sectionon activating/deactivating ESP®(Y page 183).

DIRECT SELECT lever

Overview of transmission positionsThe DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of thesteering column.

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

i The DIRECT SELECT lever always returnsto its original position. The current trans-mission position P, R,N orD appears in thetransmission position display (Y page 176)in the multifunction display.

Transmission position displayThe current transmission position and driveprogram appear in the multifunction display.

: Transmission position display; Drive program display

i The arrows in the transmission positiondisplay show how and into which transmis-sion positions you can shift using theDIRECT SELECT lever.

! If the transmission position display in themultifunction display is not working, youshould pull away carefully to checkwhetherthe desired transmission position isengaged. it is advisable to select transmis-sion position D.

Engaging park position P

i You can only engage park positionPwhenthe vehicle is stationary.

X Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direc-tion of arrow P.Transmission position display P is shown inthe multifunction display.

i When you have engaged park position P,make sure that the transmission positiondisplay shows P in the multifunction dis-play.

i The transmission shifts into park positionP automatically if you open the driver'sdoor when the vehicle is stationary or whendriving at very low speed with the trans-mission in position D or R.In addition, a warning tone sounds and adisplay message is shown.

i Depressing the brake and pushing theDIRECT SELECT lever up or down disen-gages the parking lock. The transmission isin N neutral.

Transmission 129

Drivingandparking

Z

In order to shift from park position Pdirectly into R or D:Rdepress the brake pedal andRpush the DIRECT SELECT lever up ordown past the first point of resistance

Engaging reverse gear R

! Only shift into reverse gear R when thevehicle is stationary. You could otherwisedamage the drive system.

X When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal.

X Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past thefirst point of resistance.

Shifting to neutral NX When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal.

X Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or downto the first point of resistance.

When the drive system is switched off, thetransmission shifts to N automatically.

Remaining in neutral NIf the transmission is to remain in neutral N,for example when washing the vehicle in anautomatic car wash with a towing mecha-nism, observe the following information:

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the transmission out of park position PRstart the vehicle's drive system.There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

RMake sure that the ignition is switched on.RWhen the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal and keep it depressed.RShift to neutral N.RRelease the brake pedal.RIf the electric parking brake is engaged,release it.RSwitch off the ignition and leave the Smart-Key in the ignition lock.

Engaging drive position DX When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal.

X Push the DIRECT SELECT lever down pastthe first point of resistance.

Transmission positions

B Park positionThis prevents the vehicle from roll-ing away when stopped. Only movethe selector lever to P when thevehicle is stationary.The SmartKey can only be removedwhen the selector lever is in posi-tion P. When there is no SmartKeyin the ignition lock, the selectorlever is locked in position P.

C Reverse gearOnly move the selector lever to Rwhen the vehicle is stationary.


A NeutralNo power is transmitted from thedrive system to the drive wheels.Releasing the brakes will allow youto move the vehicle freely.If ESP® is faulty: only move theselector lever to N if the vehicle isin danger of skidding, e.g. on icyroads.

7 DriveFor driving forwards

Driving tips

Holding the vehicle stationary on uphillgradientsDo not hold the vehicle stationary on uphillgradients by depressing the acceleratorpedal. Instead, only ever hold the vehicle sta-tionary on uphill gradients by:Rdepressing the brake pedalRengaging the electric parking brake

KickdownUse kickdown for maximum acceleration.X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The needle in the power display points tothe boost area (Y page 173).

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.i Maximum acceleration is available for alimited time.

Rocking the vehicle freeShifting the transmission repeatedly betweengearsD and Rmay help to free the vehicle if ithas become stuck in slush or snow. The vehi-cle's engine management system limits thespeed to amaximum of 5mph (9 km/h) whenshifting back and forth. To shift back and forthbetween transmission positions D and R,

move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and downpast the point of resistance.

Program selector button

General notesThe program selector button allows you tochoose between drive programs with differ-ent driving characteristics.

Program selector button

E Economy Comfortable, economicaldriving style

S Sport Sporty driving style

X Press program selector button:.The selected drive program appears in themultifunction display.

When the ignition is switched on, the drivingmode last selected becomes active.

Steering wheel paddle shifters

Manually adjustable recuperationIf necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brakeyourself.You can increase or reduce recuperation inoverrun mode using the steering wheel pad-dle shifters. When you remove your foot fromthe accelerator pedal, recuperation occurs.The electricmotor is then used as a alternatorand energy is recovered while driving. The

Transmission 131

Drivingandparking

Z

recuperated electrical energy is stored in thehigh-voltage battery. A higher energy recu-peration level means that the vehicle isbraked more powerfully.The various recuperation levels are shown inthe transmission position display once D hasbeen selected (Y page 129).The following recuperation levels are availa-ble in overrun mode:Rno recuperation (D+, coasting mode)Rmoderate recuperation (D)Rhigh recuperation (D-)Rrecuperation depending on the traffic sit-uation (DAUTO, radar-based)

You can see the intensity of recuperation inoverrun mode by reading the recuperationperformance value shown in the power dis-play (Y page 173).The transmission shifts into recuperationlevel DAUTO each time the ignition is switchedon.

: Left-hand steering wheel paddle shifter -; Right-hand steering wheel paddle shifter

+X To reduce recuperation: pull right-handsteering wheel paddle shifter; towardsyou.

X To increase recuperation: pull left-handsteering wheel paddle shifter: towardsyou.

The various different levels are to be usedunder the following conditions:

D+ Driving without much brakingand without the presence ofobstacles or sharp bendsThe vehicle retains the maxi-mum possible amount of kineticenergy.

D Normal driving (standard set-ting)

D- Sporty drivingThe brake pedal does not needto be used as often because theextent of the deceleration isgreater than in D.Energy usewhen decelerating isconsiderably higher than whenthe vehicle is braked with thebrake pedal.

DAUTO

(radar-based)

The intensity of recuperation isautomatically adjusted to thecurrent traffic situation.

In levels D and D-, deceleration can be con-trolled in an infinitely variable manner usingthe accelerator pedal.The braking performance of the electricmotor using recuperative braking is, in someoperating modes, either reduced or not effec-tive:Rwhen the condition of charge of the high-voltage battery increasesRif the high-voltage battery is not yet at anormal operating temperatureRwhen the vehicle is almost stationaryRin transmission position NRduring and after ESP stability control

Radar-based recuperation

i Radar-based recuperation is not a dis-tance control function and therefore can-


not maintain the distance to the vehicle infront.Maintain a safe distance.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you acti-vate COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST as avisual and acoustic aid.

The vehicle uses the sensors of COLLISIONPREVENTION ASSIST during radar-basedrecuperation (DAUTO). The sensors detect thedistance to the vehicle ahead and its speed.The intensity of recuperation is then auto-matically adjusted to the current traffic sit-uation.The range can then be increased by storingenergy efficiently. Adjustment is infinitely var-iable from overrun mode (no recuperation) tomaximum recuperation.Examples of radar-based recuperation:RApproaching a slower vehicle, a decelerat-ing vehicle or when following a vehicledownhill. Your vehicle decelerates slightlyand increases recuperation.RDriving when no vehicle is detected in frontor when a vehicle is detected in the far dis-tance or an accelerating vehicle is detec-ted. Your vehicle switches to overrun modeat higher speeds.RDriving on a steep downhill slope. Acceler-ation downhill is reduced and recuperationis increased. This is comparable with shift-ing down when driving downhill.

X To activate radar-based recuperation:pull one steering wheel paddle shifter:or; towards you and hold forabout one second.

X To deactivate radar-based recupera-tion: briefly pull one steering wheel paddleshifter: or; towards you.

If you change between radar-based and man-ual recuperation, the following levels are acti-vated depending on the steering wheel pad-dle shifter selected:

; Steeringwheel paddleshifter +

selects D+ (overrun)

: Steeringwheel paddleshifter -

selects D- (maximumrecuperation)

In particular, the function of the radar sensorscan be impaired in the case of:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, forexample in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a different linerelative to the center of your vehicle

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation ofthe radar sensor checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at slow speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.

i If the radar sensor is not available, thesystem switches automatically to level Dwith moderate recuperation. In this casehave the radar sensor checked at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Automatic adjustment of recuperationon downhill gradients

i Automatic adjustment of recuperation ondownhill gradients is available in levelDAUTO or on vehicleswithout steeringwheelpaddle shifters in level D.

The vehicle can detect steep downhill gradi-ents. To reduce acceleration downhill and to

Transmission 133

Drivingandparking

Z

charge the high-voltage battery, recuperationis increased steplessly. This is comparable tothe engine brake in a combustion enginewhen you downshift a gear on a downhill gra-dient.

Drive programDrive program E is characterized by the fol-lowing:Rfull power output by using kickdown.Rthe vehicle pulling away more gently inforward gear unless the accelerator pedalis depressed fully.Rreduced power on the accelerator pedalincreases sensitivity. This supports an evenand economical driving style.Rthe wheels are less likely to spin.Drive program S is characterized by the fol-lowing:Rthe entire power output can be utilized bydepressing the accelerator pedal.

Charging the high-voltage battery


G DANGERThe vehicle's high voltage electrical system isunder high voltage. If you modify componentsin the vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemor touch damaged components, you may beelectrocuted. The components in the vehi-cle's high-voltage electrical system may bedamaged in an accident, although the damageis not visible. There is a risk of fatal injury.Following an accident, do not touch any high-voltage components and never modify thevehicle's high-voltage electrical system. Havethe vehicle towed away after an accident andthe vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemchecked by a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIn the event of a vehicle fire, the internal pres-sure of the high-voltage battery can exceed acritical value. In this case flammable gasescapes through a ventilation valve on theunderbody. The gas can ignite. There is a riskof injury.Leave the danger zone immediately. Securethe danger area at a suitable distance, whilstobserving legal requirements.

G DANGERIf you use incorrectly installed mains socketsor adapters, extension cables or similar toconnect the charging cable to amains socket,this could lead to fires or an electric shock.There is a risk of fatal injury.To avoid hazardous situations, observe thefollowing:ROnly connect the charging cable to mainssockets that:- are installed correctly and- have been approved by an electrical spe-cialist.

RFor safety reasons, only use the chargingcables supplied with the vehicle, or charg-ing cables which have been approved foruse with this vehicle.RNever use a damaged charging cable.RDo not use:

- Extension cables- Cable drums- Multiple socketsRDo not use a socket adapter to connect thecharging cable to the mains socket. Theonly exception is if the adapter has beentested and approved by the manufacturerfor charging the high-voltage battery in anelectric vehicle.RAlways observe the safety notes in thesocket adapter's operating instructions.

134 Charging the high-voltage batteryDrivingandparking

The vehicle's high voltage electrical system isunder high voltage.RDo not handle high-voltage components orthe orange cables of the vehicle's high-volt-age electrical system.RDo not touch high-voltage components orthe orange cables of the high-voltage elec-trical system when a vehicle has beeninvolved in a crash.RDo not touch any damaged components orthe damaged orange cables of the vehicle'shigh-voltage electrical system.RDo not remove the covers of the high-volt-age electrical system components that aremarked with a warning sticker.

General notes

Method of operationThe vehicle is equipped with a high-voltagebattery for driving. The high-voltage batterystores the energy needed to operate the elec-tric motor and releases it again.The electric motor uses energy that has beenstored in the high-voltage battery when pull-ing away, accelerating and during the jour-ney.In overrun mode, kinetic energy is convertedby means of energy recuperation into electri-cal energy and stored in the high-voltage bat-tery.The high-voltage battery can be charged asfollows:Rthrough energy recuperation while thevehicle is in motionRwith the charging cable at a mains socketwhile the vehicle is stationaryRwith the charging cable at a charging sta-tion while the vehicle is stationary

The high-voltage battery can be charged in avoltage range from 110 V to 240 V.

i If the condition of charge drops to lessthan 13%, the high-voltage battery reserveindicator lamp lights up in the instrument

cluster. Charge the high-voltage battery assoon as possible.Below a condition of charge of 5%, the per-formance of the vehicle is reduced.The vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemswitches off at a condition of charge of 0%.

i Use of the pre-entry climate control (viakey) may mean that the high-voltage bat-tery is not fully charged.

Discharged batteryThe vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemswitches off if the high-voltage battery is com-pletely discharged. 30 seconds prior to this,you are informed of the switch-off by theBattery level too low. Stop andBattery level too low. Stop andcharge immediatelycharge immediately message. This pro-tects the battery from exhaustive discharge.

i It is not possible to restart the drive sys-tem until after charging.

Do not leave the vehicle parked for longerthan 14 days with a high-voltage battery con-dition of charge below 20%.You can check the condition of charge in thecharge level display (Y page 174).Further information on the "Energy flow dis-play" can be found in the "Trip" menu(Y page 176).

High and low outside temperaturesLow outside temperaturesThe efficiency of the high-voltage battery issignificantly reduced at very low outside tem-peratures. The high-voltage battery is then nolonger able to provide the normal electricalpower output.High outside temperaturesTo prevent damage to the high-voltage bat-tery due to very high outside temperatures,the maximum power output of the high-volt-age battery is reduced automatically.The E-CELL display indicates the maximumamount of power available (Y page 173).

Charging the high-voltage battery 135

Drivingandparking

Z

Energy consumption and rangeThis range is reduced by:Rhigh and low outside temperaturesRthe use of air conditioning or heatingRswitching on consumersThe battery's physical characteristics aresuch that leaving the vehicle parked for anextended period at low outdoor temperatureswithout charging it can lead to:Ra reduction in battery performanceRlonger charge timesIn extreme cases, this could mean that thevehicle cannot be started. For this reason,connect the charging cable when leaving thevehicle parked for long periods at low outdoortemperatures.As a result of its basic characteristics, theamount of energy available from the high-voltage battery decreases over the course ofits life.This reduces:Rthe maximum range that can be achievedby the vehicleRthe maximum output (acceleration) of thevehicle

You can actively reduce the energy consump-tion of your vehicle in a number of ways, forexample, by:Ran anticipatory driving styleRreducing the use of electrical consumersRhaving the vehicle regularly maintainedThe charging time of the high-voltage batterymay change over the course of its life.

RANGE PLUS

i Using RANGE PLUS shortens the servicelife of the battery. Therefore, only useRANGE PLUS if, for example:Rlong journeys are planned orRthe availability of charging stations at thedestination is limited

If you activate RANGE PLUS, the operatingwindow of the battery will be extended at thenext charging process. An extended drivingrange will be available to you for the nextjourney.

i The more often RANGE PLUS is used, themore the extended range is reduced.Therefore always check the range displaybefore every journey.

X To switch on: press button:.The green Indicator lamp lights up.

X To switch off: press button:.The indicator lamp goes out.

RANGE PLUS switches off automatically if:Rthe charging cable is disconnected orRthe charging process is complete

Notes on battery careAvoid storing or transporting the vehicle inhigh temperatures over a long period (e.g.container transport).If you park the vehicle and leave it stationaryfor longer periods, connect it to a power sup-ply.Temperatures below Ò13 ‡ (Ò25 †) and over104 ‡ (40 †), which affect the vehicle for aperiod of more than seven days, can causeirreversible damage.


Conditions of useObserve the following notes:Rinformation on exceptions to the high-volt-age battery terms of use in the batteryrental agreementRinformation on exceptions and limitationsin warranty documentation and in the rela-ted Maintenance BookletRmaintenance notes for the high-voltagebattery in the Maintenance Booklet

Handling the charging cable and charg-ing cable controlsDo not leave the charging cable controls(Y page 138) hanging loose from an electricaloutlet. Otherwise, this could result in a poorcontact with the electrical outlet and mal-functions when charging the vehicle.To ensure that the brackets within the charg-ing cable controls are not subjected to incor-rect loads, observe the following:RNever lift or carry the controls by the charg-ing cable connector or the mains plug.RTo transport the charging cable, the coiledpart can be:- wrapped around the controls or- secured to the housing of the controls

Heat generated by the charging cableand connectorPay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 134).During the charging process, the chargingcable and connector may heat up.The charging cable and connector will onlyheat up within the permissible limiting values,provided that:Rthe power supply and the charging cableare not damagedRthe instructions for handling the chargingcable and controls on the charging cableare observed

Should the permissible heating temperaturelimits be exceeded, have the mains powersupply checked.

Protection device against overvoltage

! Overvoltage in the mains supply maydamage the vehicle. For this reason, thevehicle is equippedwith a protection deviceagainst overvoltage in the mains supply.This device may be triggered during severethunderstorms, for example, and may leadto the building's fuse being tripped and aninterruption in the power supply. Thesefunctions protect the vehicle. After thebuilding fuse is switched on again, thecharging process resumes automatically.Following an interruption in the power sup-ply or tripping of the building's fuse, it maytake up to 10 minutes for charging toresume automatically.

Switch on the building protection systemagain after it has been triggered. Otherwise,the charging process cannot be continued.The high-voltage battery will not be chargedand you may not be able to drive the vehicle.If other devices are protected by the sameprotective device, these are switched off aswell when the protective device is triggered.Ensure that these other devices are stilloperational after reactivating the protectiondevice.

Charging the high-voltage battery viathe electrical outlet

Charging cable

Important safety notesThe vehicle is supplied with a single-phase12 A charging cable. Only use the chargingcable included with the vehicle, which hasbeen approved for vehicle use.Pay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 134).


Drivingandparking

Z

! Only use the charging cable to charge thehigh-voltage battery. Do not use the charg-ing cable for other purposes. It may other-wise be damaged.

i If you use the supplied 12 A chargingcable to charge a high-voltage battery:Rthe charge time increases considerablyRelectrical consumption increases consid-erably

Where possible, charge the high-voltagebattery at a charging station (Y page 140).Only then can certified electrical energyconsumption levels be reached.

i The charging process can vary dependingon the charging station. Therefore, alwaysobserve the local information.

Information about charging at a charging sta-tion can be found at (Y page 140).

Stowing the charging cableThe charging cable can be stowed in a bag inthe trunk of the vehicle. To do so, the bagmust be secured to the cargo tie-down ringsusing the retaining strap provided.

Controls on the charging cable

: Alternating current status indicator; Control/protection system indicator= Charge current indicator? Charge current setting buttonWhen displays: and; on the chargingcable light up, this means the following:

Display::

Lights upgreen

The external power supplyconnection is working prop-erly. The high-voltage bat-tery can be charged.

Flashes red A malfunction has beendetected in the externalpower supply. The high-volt-age battery is recharged assoon as the electricity signalregisters normal values.

Lights up red There is a malfunction. Thecharging cable must beremoved from the electricaloutlet and then re-inserted.

Display;;

Lights upgreen

There are no malfunctions.The high-voltage batterycan be charged.

Lights up red There is a malfunction. Thehigh-voltage battery cannotbe charged.

i For information on problems relating tothe charging process, see (Y page 142).

Setting the maximum charge currentG WARNINGIf the charge current draw via a mains socketis too high during the charging process, theexternal electrical system may overheat.There is a risk of fire.Before beginning the charging process, checkthe maximum permissible charge currentlocally. Consult a qualified expert to do sowhere necessary.If necessary, adjust your vehicle's settings.

! An excessive charge current can blow afuse or lead to overheating of the externalpower supply. Check whether the externalpower supply is compatible with the set


charge current. If necessary, lower the setcharge current or use another powersocket.

You can set a limit for the values of the chargecurrent used in charging the high-voltage bat-tery. This acts as a means of preventing thepower supply from overloading. You can setthis limit by using the controls on the chargingcable or in the on-board computer's menu.Only set the maximum charge current in theon-board computer menu if there are nocharge current settings on the chargingcable.The default standard value is the minimumcharge current setting. This corresponds tothe minimum available charge current fromthe power supply.

i The value of the maximum setting and theadjustment values may vary depending onthe country.

Before charging the high-voltage battery,have the maximum permissible charge cur-rent for the relevant power socket checked byan electrician.X To adjust the setting: press button?repeatedly until the desired setting is selec-ted in display=.RTwo LEDs are flashing: minimum settingRAll LEDs are flashing: maximum setting

Information about the charging time(Y page 311)If, after the charging process, the chargingcable is:Rleft connected to the power socket, thecurrently selected values will be used forthe next charging process.Rremoved from the power socket, the valueswill be reset to the minimum setting for thenext charging process. You may then needto reset the values of the maximum chargecurrent.

i If more time than usual is required whencharging the high-voltage battery, checkthe maximum charge current setting using

the controls on the charging cable or in theon-board computer's menu.

Connecting the charging cable

: To open the charge socket flap; Tire pressure table= Vehicle charge socket cover? FastenerA Vehicle socketB Warning stickerX Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to positionP.

X Switch the ignition off.X Press the charge socket flap in the direc-tion of arrow:.The charge socket flap swings up.

X Slide fastener? to the right.Vehicle charge socket cover= is open.

X Insert the power supply plug into the elec-trical outlet to the stop.

X Insert the charging cable connector intovehicle socketA to the stop.The high-voltage battery is being charged.


Drivingandparking

Z

i The vehicle must not be moved while thecharging cable is connected or duringcharging.

i Depending on the temperature, theengine cooling system and battery coolingsystem may audibly switch on when thecharging cable is connected or during thecharging process.

Removing the charging cableWhen the charge level display reaches 100%,the battery is fully charged (Y page 174).


When the battery is charged:X Press and hold buttonC on the chargingcable connector and remove the chargingcable from vehicle socketA.

X Close vehicle socket cover=.X Close the charge socket flap.X Remove the charging cable from the elec-trical outlet.

X Stow the charging cable safely in the vehi-cle (Y page 138).

Charging the high-voltage battery atthe charging station

General notesPay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 134).

Charging communication at a chargingstationThe charging station first has to be activatedbefore you can charge at a charging station.You can activate the charging station by usingan RFID card or via telephone activation.Observe the on-site operator instructions forthe charging station.When the vehicle is connected to the chargingstation, information and details on technicalparameters are exchanged. It can thus takeup to 30 seconds for the charging process tobegin.

Connecting the charging cable

: To open the charge socket flap; Tire pressure table


= Vehicle charge socket cover? FastenerA Vehicle socketB Warning stickerX Set the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P.X Switch the ignition off.X Press the charge socket flap in the direc-tion of arrow:.The charge socket flap swings up.

X Slide fastener? to the right.Vehicle charge socket cover= is open.

X Insert the charging cable connector intovehicle socketA to the stop.

i The vehicle must not be moved while thecharging cable is connected or duringcharging.

i Depending on the temperature, theengine cooling system and battery coolingsystem may audibly switch on when thecharging cable is connected or during thecharging process.

Removing the charging cableWhen the charge level display reaches 100%,the battery is fully charged (Y page 174).


When the battery is charged:X Press and hold buttonC on the chargingcable connector and remove the chargingcable from vehicle socketA.

X Close vehicle socket cover=.X Close the charge socket flap.


Drivingandparking

Z

Problems with the charging process


The charge socket flapcannot be opened.

The charge socket flap is not unlocked.X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 72).

The SmartKey batteries are discharged.X Unlock the vehicle manually using the SmartKey (Y page 73).

The charge socket flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism isjammed.X Lock and unlock the vehicle.

If, after that, the opening mechanism is still jammed:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The high-voltage bat-tery is not beingcharged.

Amalfunction has occurred during the initialization of the chargingprocess.X Ensure that the charging cable is connected to the electricaloutlet.

X Remove the charging cable connector from the vehicle socketand wait 30 seconds; then re-insert it into the vehicle socket.

X If the problem persists, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The high-voltage bat-tery is not charged dur-ing the charging proc-ess when connected toa power socket.

The electrical outlet is faulty.X Have the electrical outlet checked to test if it is functioningproperly.

orX Use a different electrical outlet.

The charging cable con-nector cannot beremoved from the vehi-cle socket.

The snap fastener on the charging cable connector is locked.X Press and hold the button on the charging cable connector. Thesnap fastener on the vehicle socket is unlocked.

X Remove the charging cable connector from the vehicle socket.

The snap fastener on the charging cable connector is blocked.X Press and hold the button on the charging cable connector.X Try to remove the blockage.


Online access to the vehicle

General information

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate the equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently drivingwhen operating integrated information sys-tems and communications equipment.Only use information systems and communi-cations devices if this is permitted while driv-ing and if the traffic situation permits. Youmay otherwise be distracted from the trafficconditions, cause an accident and injureyourself and others.From the "My Mercedes Electric - VehicleHomepage", you can call up remote query andremote configuration functions for your vehi-cle. This is possible from an Internet-enabledcomputer, as well as many modern smart-phones.You can access the "Vehicle Homepage" viayour web browser.The Internet address was not available at thetime of going to press. Please call theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center(USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)to obtain the relevant Internet address.In order to use the "Vehicle Homepage", youmust agree to the applicable terms of use.The contractual periods of mbrace apply tothe "Vehicle Homepage". To use the "VehicleHomepage", you require an activated mbraceaccess and a separate activation/registra-tion for the "Vehicle Homepage".

Further information about the supported enddevices and available languages is availableat any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.In order to call up the "Vehicle Homepage",the vehicle must be connected to the Inter-net.This is possible via the radio module(Y page 144).

Notes on data protectionBear in mind that the "Vehicle Homepage"offers access to your data. Therefore, lookafter the vehicle verification code (VVC) andyour user details carefully.The vehicle verification code (VVC) is requiredwhen you register for the first time on the"Vehicle Homepage". This code is used to linkthe vehicle and the user access on the "Vehi-cle Homepage" and enables correct use. Youcan obtain further information from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Prevent unauthorized persons fromaccessing this data.Every person who has access to the informa-tion stated can use the functions on the "Vehi-cle Homepage".RIf you sell your vehicle, you are obliged todelete the vehicle from your personal areaon the "Vehicle Homepage". Additionally,you must destroy documents containingthe vehicle verification code (VVC).RIf you have bought a used vehicle, it is pos-sible that the previous owner still hasaccess to the "Vehicle Homepage". If indoubt, have a new vehicle verification code(VVC) issued by the Mercedes-Benz Centerafter purchase. With the new code you canset up the access to your vehicle, as descri-bed in the section "Setting up a personalarea". There, you may also deactivate theexisting access of the previous owner.


Drivingandparking

Z

Calling up functions in the "MyMercedes Electric - Vehicle Homepage"The "My Mercedes Electric - Vehicle Home-page" allows you access to your vehicle'sfunctions using remote query and remoteconfiguration. For example, climate controlcan be activated using remote configurationwhich means that it need not be set in thevehicle. Power for the climate control is pri-marily supplied via the charging cable con-nected to the mains supply. In this way, therange of the vehicle in most cases is notreduced. If climate control is activated, thebattery charge level and thus the range maybe reduced. The "Vehicle Homepage" pro-vides you with information all about how touse your vehicle.If the vehicle is entered in your personal areaof the "Vehicle Homepage", you can alsoaccess the following functions:Rrequest the current condition of chargeRprogram the departure timeRorder and activate the "Pre-entry climatecontrol at departure time" function

If the vehicle is charging, the predicted charg-ing time and the predicted range will also beshown.This data is estimated and may be influencedby the following factors:Routside temperatureRswitched on consumers, e.g. climate con-trol and seat heatingRpersonal driving styleRroad and traffic conditionsRroute characteristicsTherefore, allow for a sufficient reserve.

Connecting the vehicle to the Internet

Via a radio modulei This function is not available in all coun-tries and requires an activated mbraceaccess.

You can use the "Vehicle Homepage" if thevehicle has a connection to the Internet via amobile phone. The radio module uses amobile phone connection and transmits thenecessary data by radio. The vehicle auto-matically recognizes whether a connection tothe Internet via the radio module is possibleor not. No presets are necessary.

i Restrictions in reception are possible ifthe vehicle is in an underground car park,for example. Restrictions may also occur inareas with poor mobile network coverage.

Parking


G WARNINGIf you release the parking brake on uphill ordownhill gradients, the vehicle can begin tomove when in park position P. There is a riskof an accident.To avoid hazardous situations:Rprevent the parked vehicle from rolling onuphill or downhill gradients by alwaysapplying the parking brake.Rdo not park the vehicle on uphill or downhillgradients if the parking brake is malfunc-tioning.

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the transmission out of park positionP.Rstart the vehicle's drive system.They could also operate the vehicle's equip-ment. There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

144 ParkingDrivingandparking

! While the vehicle is rolling, do not shift thetransmission directly fromD toR, from R toD or directly to P.Do not open the driver's door while thevehicle is in motion. Otherwise, at lowspeeds in transmission position D or R,park position P is engaged automaticallyand the electrical parking brake is applied.The transmission could be damaged.

! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, the vehicleor its drivetrain could be damaged.

To ensure that the vehicle is secured againstrolling away unintentionally:Rthe electric parking brake must be applied.Rthe transmission must be in position P.Rthe key in the ignition lock must be turnedto position 0 and removed from the ignitionlock.Ron steep uphill or downhill gradients, turnthe front wheels towards the curb.

Switching off the drive system


G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This can affectthe power steering and the brake boostingeffect, for example. You will require consider-ably more effort to steer and brake. There is arisk of an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to positionP.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock and remove it.The immobilizer is activated.

Electric parking brake

General notes

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the transmission out of park positionP.Rstart the vehicle's drive system.They could also operate the vehicle's equip-ment. There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

i The function of the electric parking brakeand the parking lock is dependent on theon-board voltage. If the on-board voltage islow or if there is a malfunction in the sys-tem, it may not be possible to apply thereleased parking brake or to shift the trans-mission to the P position.

X If this is the case, only park the vehicle onlevel ground and secure it to prevent it roll-ing away.

X Shift the transmission to position P.It may not be possible to release an appliedparking brake if the on-board voltage is low orthere is a malfunction in the system. Contacta qualified specialist workshop.

i The electric parking brake carries out afunction check at regular intervals whenthe drive system is switched off. Thesounds that can be heard while this isoccurring are normal.

Parking 145

Drivingandparking

Z

Applying/releasing manually

ApplyingX Push handle:.When the electric parking brake is applied,the redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp lights up in the instru-ment cluster.

i The electric parking brake can also beapplied when the SmartKey is removed.

ReleasingX Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X Pull handle:.The redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clus-ter goes out.

Applying automaticallyWhen the vehicle's HOLD function is holdingthe vehicle at a standstill, the electric parkingbrake is engaged automatically.In addition, at least one of the following con-ditions must be fulfilled:Rthe drive system is switched off.Rthe driver's door is open and the seat belt isnot fastened.Rthere is a system malfunction.Rthe power supply is insufficient.Rthe vehicle is stationary for a lengthyperiod.

The redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clusterlights up.

Releasing automaticallyYour vehicle's electric parking brake is auto-matically released if all of the following con-ditions are met:Rthe vehicle has been started.Rthe transmission is in position D or R.Rthe seat belt has been fastened.Ryou depress the accelerator pedal.If the transmission is in positionR, the tailgatemust be closed.If your seat belt is not fastened, the followingconditions must be fulfilled to automaticallyrelease the electric parking brake:Rthe driver's door is closed.Ryou have shifted out of transmission posi-tion P or you have previously driven fasterthan 2 mph (3 km/h).

i Ensure that you do not depress the accel-erator pedal unintentionally. Otherwise theparking brake will be released and the vehi-cle will start to move.

Emergency brakingThe vehicle can also be braked during anemergency by using the electric parkingbrake.X While driving, push handle:of the electricparking brake (Y page 145).

i The vehicle is braked for as long as han-dle: of the electric parking brake ispressed. The longer electric parking brakehandle: is depressed, the greater thebraking force.

146 ParkingDrivingandparking

During braking:Ra warning tone soundsRthe Please Release Parking BrakePlease Release Parking Brakemessage appearsRthe redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clus-ter flashes

When the vehicle has been braked to a stand-still, the electric parking brake is applied.

Parking the vehicle for a long periodIf you leave the vehicle parked for longer thanfour weeks, the battery may be damaged byexhaustive discharging.If you leave the vehicle parked for longer thansix weeks, the vehiclemay suffer damage as aresult of lack of use.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop andseek advice.

i You can obtain information about tricklechargers from a qualified specialist work-shop.

Driving tips

General notes



G WARNINGIf you operate mobile communication equip-ment while driving, you will be distracted from

traffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate this equipment when the vehicleis stationary.

Observe the legal requirements for the coun-try in which you are driving. Some jurisdic-tions prohibit the driver from using a mobilephone while driving a vehicle.If you make a call while driving, always usehands-freemode. Only operate the telephonewhen the traffic situation permits. If you areunsure, pull over to a safe location and stopbefore operating the telephone.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle coversa distance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) persecond.

Drive sensibly – save energyObserve the following tips to save energy:RThe tires should always be inflated to therecommended tire pressure.RRemove unnecessary loads.RRemove roof racks when they are not nee-ded.RAvoid frequent acceleration or braking.Energy consumption also increases whendriving in low or high outside temperatures, instop-start traffic, on short journeys and inhilly terrain.

Drinking and driving

G WARNINGDrinking and driving and/or taking drugs anddriving are very dangerous combinations.Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs canaffect your reflexes, perceptions and judg-ment.The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-dent is greatly increased when you drink ortake drugs and drive.

Driving tips 147

Drivingandparking

Z

Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allowanyone to drive who has been drinking or tak-ing drugs.

ECO displayThe ECOdisplay gives you information on howeconomical your driving style is. The ECO dis-play assists you in achieving the optimumdriving style in terms of consumption, takingthe actual and selected conditions into con-sideration. Your driving style can significantlyinfluence the vehicle's consumption.

ECO display (example: multifunction display)

The ECO display consists of three bars:RAccelerationAccelerationRConstantConstantRCoastingCoastingThe percent value is the average value of thethree bars. The three bars and themean valuebegin at the value of 50%. A higher percent-age indicates a more economical drivingstyle.The ECO display does not indicate the actualfuel consumption and a fixed percentagecount in the ECO display does not indicate afixed consumption figure.Apart from driving style, consumption isdependent on many factors such as, e.g.:RloadRtire pressureRcold startRchoice of routeRelectrical consumers switched onThese factors are not taken into considera-tion by the ECO display.

The evaluation of your driving style is carriedout using the following three categories:RAccelerationAcceleration (evaluation of all accelera-tion processes):- The bar fills up: moderate acceleration,especially at higher speeds

- The bar empties: sporty accelerationRConstantConstant (assessment of driving behaviorat all times):- The bar fills up: constant speed andavoidance of unnecessary accelerationand deceleration

- The bar empties: fluctuations in speedRCoastingCoasting (assessment of all decelerationprocesses):- The bar fills up: anticipatory driving,keeping your distance and early releaseof the accelerator. The vehicle can coastwithout use of the brakes.

- The bar empties: frequent brakingTo achieve a higher value in the categoriesAccelerationAcceleration and ConstantConstant, drive the vehi-cle in drive program E:

i On long journeys at a constant speed, e.g.on the highway, only the bar for ConstantConstantwill change.

i The ECO display summaries the drivingcharacteristics from the start of the journeyto its completion. For this reason, the barschange dynamically at the beginning of thejourney. On longer journeys, there arefewer changes. Formore dynamic changes,carry out a manual reset.

Further information on the ECO display(Y page 177).

Braking


G WARNINGIf you increase the recuperation level on slip-pery road surfaces, the drive wheels may lose

148 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

their traction. There is an increased danger ofskidding and accidents.Do not increase the recuperation level on slip-pery road surfaces.

The braking performance of the electricmotor using recuperative braking is, in someoperating modes, either reduced or not effec-tive:Rwhen the condition of charge of the high-voltage battery increasesRif the high-voltage battery is not yet at anormal operating temperatureRwhen driving close to the maximum speedRwhen driving at speeds close to zeroRin transmission position NRduring and after ESP stability control.If you do not make an additional effort toapply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counter-act the reduced regenerative braking effectby applying the brake yourself.

Downhill gradientsOn long, steep gradients, youmust reduce theload on the brakes by selecting maximumrecuperation. This helps you to avoid over-heating the brakes and wearing them outexcessively.Recuperation allows the vehicle to be decel-erated without placing a load on the brakingsystem.Do not depress the brake pedal continuouslywhile the vehicle is in motion, e.g. causing thebrakes to rub by constantly applying lightpressure to the pedal. This results in exces-sive and premature wear to the brake pads.

Heavy and light loads

G WARNINGIf you rest your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving, the braking system can overheat. Thisincreases the stopping distance and can even

cause the braking system to fail. There is arisk of an accident.Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Neverdepress the brake pedal and the acceleratorpedal at the same time.

! Depressing the brake pedal constantlyresults in excessive and premature wear tothe brake pads.

If the brakes have been subjected to a heavyload, do not stop the vehicle immediately.Drive on for a short while. This allows the air-flow to cool the brakes more quickly.

Wet roadsIf you have driven for a long time in heavy rainwithout braking, theremay be a delayed reac-tion from the brakeswhen braking for the firsttime. Thismay also occur after the vehicle hasbeen washed or driven through deep water.You have to depress the brake pedal morefirmly. Maintain a greater distance from thevehicle in front.After driving on a wet road or having the vehi-cle washed, brake firmly while paying atten-tion to the traffic conditions. This will warmupthe brake discs, thereby drying them morequickly and protecting them against corro-sion.

Limited braking performance on salt-treated roadsIf you drive on salted roads, a layer of saltresidue may form on the brake discs andbrake pads. This can result in a significantlylonger braking distance.RBrake occasionally to remove any possiblesalt residue. Make sure that you do notendanger other road users when doing so.RCarefully depress the brake pedal and thebeginning and end of a journey.RMaintain a greater distance to the vehicleahead.

Driving tips 149

Drivingandparking

Z

Servicing the brakes

! If the red brake warning lamp lights up inthe instrument cluster and you hear awarn-ing tone while the engine is running, thebrake fluid level may be too low. Observeadditional warning messages in the multi-function display.The brake fluid level may be too low due tobrake pad wear or leaking brake lines.Have the brake system checked immedi-ately. This work should be carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

! A function or performance test shouldonly be carried out on a 2-axle dynamom-eter. If you are planning to have the vehicletested on such a dynamometer, contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center toobtain further information first. Otherwise,you could damage the drive train or thebrake system.

! As the ESP® system operates automati-cally, the engine and the ignition must beswitched off (the SmartKeymust be in posi-tion 0 or 1 in the ignition lock) if:Rthe electric parking brake is tested on abrake dynamometer (for a maximum often seconds)Rthe vehicle is towed with the front axleraised.

Braking triggered automatically by ESP®may seriously damage the brake system.

All checks and maintenance work on thebrake system must be carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop. Consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop to arrange this.Have brake pads installed and brake fluidreplaced at a qualified specialist workshop.If the brake system has only been subject tomoderate loads, you should test the function-ality of your brakes at regular intervals.You can find a description of Brake Assist(BAS) on (Y page 63).Mercedes-Benz recommends that you onlyhave brake pads/linings installed on your

vehicle which have been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles or which correspondto an equivalent quality standard. Brakepads/linings which have not been approvedfor Mercedes-Benz vehicles or which are notof an equivalent quality could affect your vehi-cle's operating safety.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you onlyuse brake fluid that has been speciallyapproved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz,or which corresponds to an equivalent qualitystandard. Brake fluid which has not beenapproved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles orwhich is not of an equivalent quality couldaffect your vehicle's operating safety.

Checking brake lining thicknessYou can measure the break pad/lining thick-ness using a test gage. Color-coding (green orred) on the test gage allows you to determinewhether the brake pad/lining thickness is stillsufficient. The test gage is in the vehicle docu-ment wallet in the glove box.

Front wheel

150 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

Rear wheelX Bring the vehicle and wheels into a suitableposition so that you can attach test gageA.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 144).

X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P.X Switch off the drive system.X Place test gageA between the wheel'sspokes on brake pad/lining=.

X Hold test gageA vertically on brakedisc: and slide measuring pin; ontobrake disc:.

X Check which color field? the arrow onmeasuring pin; is pointing to.Green: the brake pad/lining thickness issufficient.Red: the brake pad/lining thickness is notsufficient. Have the brake pads/liningchecked at a qualified specialist workshop.

i To avoid an inaccurate measurement:Rmake sure you position the wheels suit-ablyRdo not put the measuring pin on a recessin the brake disc

Driving on wet roads

HydroplaningIf water has accumulated to a certain depthon the road surface, there is a danger ofhydroplaning occurring, even if:Ryou drive at low speeds.Rthe tires have adequate tread depth.For this reason, in the event of heavy rain or inconditions in which hydroplaning may occur,you must drive in the following manner:Rlower your speed.Ravoid ruts.Rbrake carefully.

Driving on flooded roads

! Bear in mind that vehicles traveling infront or in the opposite direction createwaves. This may cause the maximum per-missible water depth to be exceeded.Failure to observe these notesmay result indamage to the engine, electrical systemsand transmission.

! Do not drive through flooded areas.Check the depth of anywater before drivingthrough it. Drive slowly through standingwater. Otherwise, water could enter thevehicle interior or the drive system.These notes must be observed under allcircumstances. Otherwise, the drive sys-tem, electrical systems and transmissioncould be damaged.

If you have to drive on stretches of road onwhich water has collected, please bear inmind that:Rthe maximum permissible fording depth instill water is 10 in (25 cm)Ryou should drive no faster than at a walkingpace

Driving tips 151

Drivingandparking

Z

Winter driving

General notes

G WARNINGIf you increase the recuperation level on slip-pery road surfaces, the drive wheels may losetheir traction. There is an increased danger ofskidding and accidents.Do not increase the recuperation level on slip-pery road surfaces.

At the onset of winter, have your vehicle win-terized at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g.at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Drive particularly carefully on slippery roadsurfaces. Avoid sudden acceleration, steeringand braking maneuvers. Do not use cruisecontrol.If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot bestopped when moving at low speed:X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to positionN.

The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning deviceand is therefore unsuitable for that purpose.Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.Indicated temperatures just above the freez-ing point do not guarantee that the road sur-face is free of ice. The road may still be icy,especially in wooded areas or on bridges. Youshould pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.For more information on driving with snowchains, see (Y page 280).For more information on driving with summertires, see (Y page 280).Observe the notes in the "Winter operation"section (Y page 280).

Driving systems

Cruise control

Important safety notesCruise control maintains a constant roadspeed for you. In order to avoid exceeding theset speed, it decelerates automatically.If you fail to adapt your driving style, cruisecontrol can neither reduce the risk of an acci-dent nor override the laws of physics. Cruisecontrol cannot take into account the road,traffic and weather conditions. Cruise controlis only an aid. You are responsible for the dis-tance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed,for braking in good time and for staying inyour lane.Use cruise control only if road and traffic con-ditions make it appropriate to maintain asteady speed for a prolonged period. You canset any road speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).Do not use cruise control:Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you to maintain a constant speed e.g.in heavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel-erating could cause the drivewheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog,heavy rain or snow

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

Cruise control leverYou can operate cruise control with the cruisecontrol lever.

152 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

: To activate or increase speed; To activate or reduce speed= To deactivate cruise control? To activate at the current speed/last

stored speedWhen you activate cruise control, the storedspeed is shown in the multifunction displayfor 5 seconds.

Activation conditionsTo activate cruise control, all of the followingactivation conditions must be fulfilled:Rthe electric parking brake must bereleased.Ryou are driving faster than 20 mph(30 km/h).RESP® must be active, but not intervening.Rthe DIRECT SELECT lever must be in posi-tion D.

Storing, maintaining and calling up aspeed

Storing and maintaining the currentspeedYou can store the current speed if you aredriving faster than 20 mph (30 km/h).

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desiredspeed.

X Briefly press the cruise control lever up:or down;.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.Cruise control is activated. The vehicleautomatically maintains the stored speed.

i Cruise control may be unable to maintainthe stored speed on uphill gradients. Thestored speed is resumedwhen the gradientevens out. Cruise control maintains thestored speed on downhill gradients byautomatically decelerating the vehicle.

Storing the current speed or calling up thelast stored speedG WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it differsfrom the current speed, the vehicle acceler-ates or decelerates. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle could accelerate orbrake unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou?.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.The first time cruise control is activated, itstores the current speed or regulates thespeed of the vehicle to the previouslystored speed.

Setting a speedKeep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has accelerated or braked tothe speed set.

Driving systems 153

Drivingandparking

Z

X Press the cruise control lever up: for ahigher speed or down; for a lower speed.

X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): brieflypress the cruise control lever up: ordown; to the pressure point.Every time the cruise control lever ispressed up: or down; the last speedstored is increased or reduced.

X To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10 km/h increments): brieflypress the cruise control lever up: ordown; to the pressure point.Every time the cruise control lever ispressed up: or down; the last speedstored is increased or reduced.

i Cruise control is not deactivated if youdepress the accelerator pedal. For exam-ple, if you accelerate briefly to overtake,cruise control adjusts the vehicle's speedto the last speed stored after you have fin-ished overtaking.

Deactivating cruise controlThere are several ways to deactivate cruisecontrol:X Briefly press the cruise control lever for-wards= .

orX Brake.Cruise control is automatically deactivated if:Rthe vehicle is secured with the electricparking brakeRyou are driving at less than 20 mph(30 km/h)RESP® intervenes or you deactivate ESP®Ryou shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to posi-tion N while driving

If cruise control is deactivated, you will hear awarning tone. You will see the Cruise Con‐Cruise Con‐trol Offtrol Off message in the multifunction dis-play for approximately 5 seconds.

i The last speed stored is cleared when youswitch off the drive system.

HOLD function


G WARNINGWhen leaving the vehicle, it can still roll awaydespite being braked by the HOLD function if:Rthere is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supply.Rthe HOLD function has been deactivated bypressing the accelerator pedal or the brakepedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.Rthe electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses havebeen tampered with.Rthe battery is disconnectedThere is a risk of an accident.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offthe HOLD function and secure the vehicleagainst rolling away.

! If theHOLD function is activated, the vehi-cle brakes automatically in certain situa-tions. To prevent damage to the vehicle,deactivate the HOLD function in the follow-ing or other similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

Deactivating the HOLD function(Y page 155).

General notesThe HOLD function can assist the driver in thefollowing situations:Rwhen pulling away, especially on steepslopesRwhen maneuvering on steep slopesRwhen waiting in trafficThe vehicle is kept stationary without thedriver having to depress the brake pedal.


The braking effect is canceled and the HOLDfunction deactivated when you depress theaccelerator pedal to pull away.

Activation conditionsYou can activate the HOLD function if:Rthe vehicle is stationaryRthe drive system is switched onRthe driver's door is closed or your seat beltis fastenedRthe electric parking brake is releasedRthe transmission position D, R or N isengaged

Activating the HOLD function

X Make sure that the activation conditionsare met.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Quickly depress the brake pedal furtheruntil: appears in the multifunction dis-play.The HOLD function is activated. You canrelease the brake pedal.

i If depressing the brake pedal the firsttime does not activate the HOLD function,wait briefly and then try again.

Deactivating the HOLD functionThe HOLD function is deactivated automati-cally if:Ryou accelerate and the transmission is inposition D or R.Rthe transmission is in position P.

Ryou depress the brake pedal again with acertain amount of pressure until: disap-pears from the multifunction display.Ryou secure the vehicle using the electricparking brake.

i After a time, the electric parking brakesecures the vehicle and relieves the servicebrake.

The electric parking brake automaticallysecures the vehicle if the HOLD function isactivated and:Rthe driver's door is open and the driver'sseat belt is unfastened.Rthe drive system is switched off.Ra system malfunction occurs.Rthe power supply is not sufficient.If amalfunction occurs, then the transmissionmay be shifted into position P automatically.

i If you do not deactivate the HOLD func-tion before you switch off the drive system,you can no longer start the drive system.Deactivate the HOLD function before youswitch off the drive system.

PARKTRONIC

Important safety notesPARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid withultrasonic sensors. It monitors the areaaround your vehicle using six sensors in thefront bumper and four sensors in the rearbumper. PARKTRONIC indicates visually andaudibly the distance between your vehicleand an object.PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is not a replace-ment for your attention to your immediatesurroundings. You are always responsible forsafe maneuvering, parking and exiting a park-ing space. When maneuvering, parking orpulling out of a parking space, make sure thatthere are no persons, animals or objects inthe area in which you are maneuvering.

Driving systems 155

Drivingandparking

Z

! When parking, pay particular attention toobjects above or below the sensors, suchas flower pots or trailer drawbars. PARK-TRONIC does not detect such objects whenthey are in the immediate vicinity of thevehicle. You could damage the vehicle orthe objects.The sensorsmay not detect snow and otherobjects that absorb ultrasonic waves.Ultrasonic sources such as an automaticcar wash, the compressed-air brakes on atruck or a pneumatic drill could causePARKTRONIC to malfunction.PARKTRONICmay not function correctly onuneven terrain.

PARKTRONIC is activated automatically whenyou:Rswitch on the ignitionRshift the transmission to position D, R or NRrelease the electric parking brake.PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above11 mph (18 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

Range of the sensors

General notesPARKTRONIC does not take objects into con-sideration that are:Rbelow the detection range, e.g. people, ani-mals or objectsRabove the detection range, e.g. overhang-ing loads, truck overhangs or loadingramps.

: Example: sensors in the front bumper,right-hand side

Side view

Top view

The sensors must be free from dirt, ice orslush. They can otherwise not function cor-rectly. Clean the sensors regularly, takingcare not to scratch or damage them(Y page 259).

Front sensors

Center Approx. 40 in (approx.100 cm)

Corners Approx. 24 in (approx.60 cm)


Rear sensors



Minimum distance



If there is an obstacle within this range, therelevant warning displays light up and a warn-ing tone sounds. If the distance falls belowthe minimum, the distance may no longer beshown.

Warning displaysThe warning displays show the distancebetween the sensors and the obstacle. Thewarning display for the front area is locatedon the dashboard above the center air vents.The warning display for the rear area is loca-ted on the headliner in the rear compartment.

Warning display for the front area: Segments on the left-hand side of the

vehicle; Segments on the right-hand side of the

vehicle= Segments showing operational readinessThe warning display for each side of the vehi-cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg-

ments. PARKTRONIC is operational if yellowsegments showing operational readiness=light up.The selected transmission position and thedirection in which the vehicle is rolling deter-minewhichwarning display is activewhen thedrive system is running.

Transmissionposition

Warning display

D Front area activated

R, N or the vehicleis rolling back-wards

Rear and front areasactivated

P No areas activated

One or more segments light up as the vehicleapproaches an obstacle, depending on thevehicle's distance from the obstacle.From the:Rsixth segment onwards, you will hear anintermittent warning tone for approx-imately 2 secondsRseventh segment onwards, you will hear awarning tone for approximately 2 seconds.This indicates that you have now reachedthe minimum distance.

Deactivating/activating PARKTRONIC

: Indicator lamp; To deactivate/activate PARKTRONICIf indicator lamp: lights up, PARKTRONIC isdeactivated.

Driving systems 157

Drivingandparking

Z

i PARKTRONIC is automatically activatedwhen you turn the key to position 2 in theignition lock.


Problems with PARKTRONIC


Only the red segmentsin the PARKTRONICwarning displays are lit.You also hear a warningtone for approximately2 seconds.PARKTRONIC is deacti-vated after approx-imately 5 seconds, andthe indicator lamp inthe PARKTRONIC but-ton lights up.

PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off.X If problems persist, have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Only the red segmentsin the PARKTRONICwarning displays are lit.PARKTRONIC is deacti-vated after approx-imately 5 seconds.

The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference.X Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors (Y page 259).X Switch the ignition back on.

The problem may be caused by an external source of radio orultrasound waves.X See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location.

Active Parking Assist

General notesActive Parking Assist is an electronic parkingaid with ultrasound. It measures the road onboth sides of the vehicle. A parking symbolindicates a suitable parking space. Activesteering intervention can assist you duringmaneuvering and parking. You may also usePARKTRONIC (Y page 155).

Important safety notesActive Parking Assist is merely an aid. It is nota replacement for your attention to yourimmediate surroundings. You are alwaysresponsible for safe maneuvering, parkingand exiting a parking space. Make sure thatno persons, animals or objects are in themaneuvering range.When PARKTRONIC is switched off, ActiveParking Assist is also unavailable.

G WARNINGThe vehicle swings out when parking and indoing so could cross into the opposite lane.This could result in a collision with anotherroad user. There is a risk of an accident.Pay attention to other road users when park-ing. Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel theActive Parking Assist parking procedure.

! If unavoidable, you should drive overobstacles such as curbs slowly and not at asharp angle. Otherwise, you may damagethe wheels or tires.

Active Parking Assist may possibly indicateparking spaces which are not suitable forparking, for example:Rwhere parking or stopping is prohibitedRin front of driveways or entrances and exitsRon unsuitable surfaces

Driving systems 159

Drivingandparking

Z

Parking tips:ROn narrow roads, drive as close to the park-ing space as possible.RParking spaces that are littered or over-grown might be identified or measuredincorrectly.RParking spaces that are partially occupiedby trailer drawbars might not be identifiedas such or be measured incorrectly.RSnowfall or heavy rainmay lead to a parkingspace being measured inaccurately.RPay attention to the PARKTRONIC(Y page 157) warning messages during theparking procedure.RYou can intervene in the steering procedureto correct it at any time. Active ParkingAssist will then be canceled.RWhen transporting a load which protrudesfrom your vehicle, you should not useActive Parking Assist.RNever use Active Parking Assist when snowchains are installed.RMake sure that the tire pressures arealways correct. This has a direct influenceon the parking characteristics of the vehi-cle.

Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces:Rthat are parallel to the direction of travelRthat are on straight roads, not bendsRthat are on the same level as the road, e.g.not on the pavement

Detecting parking spacesObjects located above the height range ofActive Parking Assist will not be detectedwhen the parking space is measured. Theseare not taken into account when the parkingprocedure is calculated, e.g. overhangingloads, tail sections or loading ramps of goodsvehicles.

G WARNINGIf there are objects above the detection range,Active Parking Assist may turn prematurely.

You may cause a collision as a result. There isa risk of an accident.If there are objects above the detection range,stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist.

For further information on the detectionrange (Y page 156).Active Parking Assist does not support youwith parking spaces parallel to the directionof travel if:Rthe parking space is on a curbRthe parking space is apparently blocked,for example by foliage or grass pavingblocksRthe range of movement is too smallRthe parking space is bordered by an obsta-cle which is not clearly defined such as atree or a trailer

: Detected parking space on the left; Parking symbol= Detected parking space on the rightActive Parking Assist is automatically activa-ted when driving forwards. The system isoperational at speeds of up to approximately22 mph (35 km/h). While in operation, thesystem independently locates and measuresparking spaces on both sides of the vehicle.Active Parking Assist will only detect parkingspaces:Rthat are parallel to the direction of travelRthat are at least 59 in (1.5 m) wideRthat are at least 39 in (1m) longer than yourvehicle

When driving at speeds below 19 mph(30 km/h), you will see parking symbol as astatus indicator in the instrument cluster.When a parking space has been detected, an


arrow towards the right or the left alsoappears. By default, Active Parking Assistonly displays parking spaces on the front-passenger side. Parking spaces on the driv-er's side are displayed as soon as the turnsignal on the driver's side is activated. Thismust remain switched on until you acknowl-edge the use of Active Parking Assist bypressing thea button on the multifunc-tion steering wheel.A parking space is displayed while you aredriving past it, and until you are approx-imately 50 ft (15 m) away from it.

Parking

G WARNINGActive Parking Assist merely aids you by inter-vening actively in the steering. If you do notbrake there is a risk of an accident.Always apply the brakes yourself whenmaneuvering and parking.

X Stop the vehicle when the parking spacesymbol shows the desired parking space inthe instrument cluster.

X Shift the transmission to position R.The Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No:Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No:%message appears in themultifunctiondisplay.

X To cancel the procedure: press the%button on the multifunction steering wheelor pull away.

X To park using Active Parking Assist:press thea button on the multifunctionsteering wheel.The Park Assist Active AcceleratePark Assist Active Accelerateandand BrakeBrake ObserveObserve SurroundingsSurroundingsmes-sage appears in the multifunction display.

X Let go of the multifunction steering wheel.X Back up the vehicle, being ready to brake atall times. Do not exceed a maximum speedof approximately 5 mph (10 km/h) whenbacking up. Otherwise Active ParkingAssist will be canceled.

i In tight parking spaces, you will achievethe best parking results by backing up asfar as possible. When doing so, alsoobserve the PARKTRONIC messages.

X Stop as soon as PARKTRONIC sounds thecontinuous warning tone, if not before.Maneuvering may be required in tight park-ing spaces.

The Park Assist Active Select DPark Assist Active Select DObserveObserve SurroundingsSurroundingsmessage appears inthe multifunction display.X Shift the transmission to position D whilethe vehicle is stationary.Active Parking Assist immediately steers inthe other direction.The Park Assist Active AcceleratePark Assist Active Accelerateandand BrakeBrake ObserveObserve SurroundingsSurroundingsmes-sage appears in the multifunction display.i You will achieve the best results by wait-ing for the steering procedure to completebefore pulling away.

X Drive forwards and be ready to brake at alltimes.

X Stop as soon as PARKTRONIC sounds thecontinuous warning tone, if not before.

The Park Assist Active Select RPark Assist Active Select RObserveObserve SurroundingsSurroundingsmessage appears inthe multifunction display.Further transmission shifts may be neces-sary.As soon as the parking procedure is com-plete, the Park Assist FinishedPark Assist Finished messageappears in the multifunction display and youwill hear a tone.Active Parking Assist no longer supports youwith steering interventions. When ActiveParking Assist is finished, you must steeragain yourself. PARKTRONIC is still available.X Maneuver if necessary.X Always observe the warning messages dis-played by PARKTRONIC (Y page 157).

Parking tips:RThe way your vehicle is positioned in theparking space after parking is dependent

Driving systems 161

Drivingandparking

Z

on various factors. These include the posi-tion and shape of the vehicles parked infront and behind it and the conditions of thelocation. It may be the case that ActiveParking Assist guides you too far into aparking space, or not far enough into it. Insome cases, it may also lead you across oronto the curb. If necessary, you should can-cel the parking procedure with Active Park-ing Assist.RYou can also engage forward gear prema-turely. The vehicle redirects and does notdrive as far into the parking space. Should agear be changed too early, the parking pro-cedure will be canceled. A sensible parkingposition can no longer be achieved fromthis position.

Exiting a parking spaceIn order that Active Parking Assist can sup-port you when you exit the parking space:Rthe border of the parking space must behigh enough. A curb is too small, for exam-ple.Rthe border of the parking spacemust not betoo wide. Your vehicle can be maneuveredinto a position at a maximum of 45° to thestarting position in the parking space.Ra maneuvering distance of at least 3.3 ft(1.0 m) must be available.

Active Parking Assist can only assist you withexiting a parking space if you have parked thevehicle parallel to the direction of travel usingActive Parking Assist.X Start the drive system.X Switch on the turn signal in the directionyou will drive out of the parking space.

X Shift the transmission to position D or R.The Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No:Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No:%message appears in themultifunctiondisplay.

X To cancel the procedure: press the%button on the multifunction steering wheelor pull away.

or

X To exit a parking space using ActiveParking Assist: press thea button onthe multifunction steering wheel.The Park Assist Active AcceleratePark Assist Active Accelerateandand BrakeBrake ObserveObserve SurroundingsSurroundingsmes-sage appears in the multifunction display.

X Let go of the multifunction steering wheel.X Reverse the vehicle or drive forwards, beingready to brake at all times. Do not exceed amaximum speed of approximately 6 mph(10 km/h) when exiting a parking space.Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be can-celed.

X Stop when PARKTRONIC sounds the con-tinuous warning tone, if not before.

X Shift the transmission to position D or R asrequired while the vehicle is stationary.Active Parking Assist immediately steers inthe other direction. The Park AssistPark AssistActive Accelerate and BrakeActive Accelerate and BrakeObserveObserve SurroundingsSurroundingsmessage appearsin the multifunction display.i You will achieve the best results by wait-ing for the steering procedure to completebefore pulling away.If you back up after activation, the steeringwheel is moved to the straight-ahead posi-tion.

X Drive forwards and back up as prompted bythe PARKTRONIC warning displays, severaltimes if necessary.

X Stop as soon as PARKTRONIC sounds thecontinuous warning tone, if not before.

Once you have exited the parking space com-pletely, the steering wheel is moved to thestraight-ahead position. You hear a tone andthe Park Assist FinishedPark Assist Finished messageappears in the multifunction display. You willthen have to steer and merge into traffic onyour own. PARKTRONIC is still available.


Canceling Active Parking AssistYou can cancel Active Parking Assist at anytime.X Stop the movement of the multifunctionsteering wheel or steer yourself.Active Parking Assist will be canceled atonce. The Park Assist CanceledPark Assist Canceled mes-sage appears in the multifunction display.

orX Press the PARKTRONIC button on the cen-ter console (Y page 157).PARKTRONIC is switched off and ActiveParking Assist is immediately canceled.The Park Assist CanceledPark Assist Canceled messageappears in the multifunction display.

Active Parking Assist is canceled automati-cally if:Rthe electric parking brake is engagedRtransmission position P is selectedRparking using Active Parking Assist is nolonger possibleRyou are driving faster than6mph (10 km/h)Ra wheel spins, ESP® intervenes or fails. The

÷ warning lamp lights up in the instru-ment cluster.

A warning tone sounds. The parking symbolgoes out and the Park Assist CanceledPark Assist Canceledmessage appears in the multifunction dis-play.If Active Parking Assist is canceled, you muststeer again yourself.

Rear view camera

General notes

Rear view camera: is in the handle on thetailgate.The rear view camera is an optical parking andmaneuvering aid. It uses guide lines to showthe area behind your vehicle in the Audio/COMAND display.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image, as in the rear view mirror.

i The text shown in the COMAND displaydepends on the language setting. The fol-lowing are examples of rear view cameramessages in the COMAND display.

Observe the notes on cleaning (Y page 260).

Important safety notesThe rear view camera is only an aid. It is not areplacement for your attention to your imme-diate surroundings. You are always responsi-ble for safe maneuvering, parking and exitinga parking space. When maneuvering or park-ing, make sure that there are no persons, ani-mals or objects in the area in which you aremaneuvering.Under the following circumstances, the rearview camera will not function, or will functionin a limited manner:Rif the tailgate is openRif there is heavy rain, snow or fogRat night or in very dark placesRif the camera is exposed to very bright light

Driving systems 163

Drivingandparking

Z

Rif the area is lit by fluorescent light or LEDlighting (the display may flicker)Rif there is a sudden change in temperature,e.g. when driving into a heated garage fromthe coldRif the camera lens is dirty or obstructedRif the rear of your vehicle is damaged. In thiscase, have the camera position and settingchecked at a qualified specialist workshop

The field of vision and other functions of therear view camera may be restricted due toadditional accessories on the rear of the vehi-cle (e.g. license plate holder, bicycle rack).

Activating/deactivating the rear viewcameraX To activate:make sure that the SmartKeyis in position 2 in the ignition lock.

X Make sure that the "Activation by R gear"setting is active in the audio system/COMAND (see the separate audio system/COMAND operating instructions).

X Engage reverse gear.Guide lines are used to show the areabehind the vehicle in the Audio/COMANDdisplay.

To deactivate: the rear view camera deacti-vates if you shift the transmission toP or afterdriving forwards a short distance.

Displays in the Audio/COMAND displayThe rear view camera may show a distortedview of obstacles, show them incorrectly ornot at all. The rear view camera does not showobjects in the following positions:Rvery close to the rear bumperRunder the rear bumperRin the area immediately above the tailgatehandle

! Objects not at ground level may appear tobe further away than they actually are, e.g.:Rthe bumper of a parked vehicleRthe drawbar of a trailer

Rthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitchRthe rear section of an HGVRa slanted postUse the guidelines only for orientation.Approach objects no further than the bot-tom-most guideline.

Lanes: White guide line without turning the steer-

ing wheel, vehicle width including theexterior mirrors (static)

; Yellow lanemarking tires at current steer-ing wheel angle, vehicle width to the outerside of the wheels (dynamic)

= Red guide line for the vehicle width includ-ing the exterior mirrors, for current steer-ing wheel angle (dynamic)

? Bumper

Guide lines? BumperA Red guide line at a distance of approx-

imately 10 in (0.25m) from the rear of thevehicle


B Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 13 ft (4.0 m) from the rear of thevehicle

C Vehicle center axle (marker assistance)D Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-

imately 3 ft (1.0 m) from the rear of thevehicle

The lanes and guide lines are only displayed ifyou have engaged reverse gear.The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.

Additional displays on vehicles with PARKTRONICand COMAND: Front warning display; Additional PARKTRONIC measurement

operational readiness indicator= Rear warning displayVehicles with PARKTRONIC and COMAND:when PARKTRONIC is operational, the addi-tional measurement operational indicatorappears in the COMAND display. If the PARK-TRONIC warning displays light up, warningdisplays: and= in the COMAND displayare also active.

"Reverse parking" functionX Make sure that the rear view camera isactivated and the "Reverse parking" func-tion is selected (see the separate operatinginstructions for the audio system/COMAND).The lane and the guide lines are shown.

Backing up straight into a parking spacewithout turning the steering wheel

: White lane with steering wheel straight; Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-

imately 3 ft (1.0 m) from the rear of thevehicle

= Red guide line at a distance of approx-imately 10 in (0.25 m) from the rear of thevehicle

X Use white lane: to check whether thevehicle will fit into the parking space.

X Using the white lane as a guide, carefullyback up until you reach the end position.Red guide line= is then at the end of theparking space. The vehicle is almost paral-lel in the parking space.

Reverse perpendicular parking with thesteering wheel at an angleX Drive past the parking space and bring thevehicle to a standstill.

Driving systems 165

Drivingandparking

Z

Turning the steering wheel: Red lane indicating the route the vehicle

will take with the steering wheel in its cur-rent position

; Parking space markingX While the vehicle is at a standstill, turn thesteering wheel in the direction of the park-ing space until the red lane reaches parkingspace marking;.

X Keep the steering wheel in that positionand back up carefully.

Backing up with the steering wheel turned: Red lane indicating the route the vehicle

will take with the steering wheel in its cur-rent position

X Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly infront of the parking space.Thewhite lane should be as close to parallelwith the parking space marking as possi-ble.

Driving to the final position: White lane at current steering wheel angle; Parking space markingX Turn the steering wheel to the center posi-tion while the vehicle is stationary.

: Red guide line at a distance of approx-imately 10 in (0.25 m) from the rear of thevehicle

; White lane with steering wheel straight= End of parking spaceX Back up carefully until you have reachedthe final position.Red guide line: is then at end of parkingspace=. The vehicle is almost parallel inthe parking space.

ATTENTION ASSIST

General notesATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long,monotonous journeys, such as on highways.It is active in the range between 50 mph(80 km/h) and 112 mph (180 km/h).


If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typical indica-tors of fatigue or increasing lapses in con-centration on the part of the driver, it sug-gests you take a break.

Important safety notesATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to thedriver. It might not always recognize fatigueor increasing inattentiveness in time or fail torecognize them at all. The system is not asubstitute for a well-rested and attentivedriver.ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level offatigue or lapses in concentration by takingthe following criteria into account:Ryour personal driving style, e.g. steeringcharacteristicsRjourney details, e.g. time of day and lengthof journey

The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST isrestricted and warnings may be delayed ornot occur at all:Rif the road condition is poor, e.g. if the sur-face is uneven or if there are potholesRif there is a strong side windRif you have adopted a sporty driving stylewith high cornering speeds or high rates ofaccelerationRif you are predominantly driving slowerthan 50 mph (80 km/h) or faster than112 mph (180 km/h)Rif you are currently using COMAND or mak-ing a telephone call with itRif the time has been set incorrectlyRin active driving situations, such as whenyou change lanes or change your speed

Warning and display messages in themultifunction displayX Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on-board computer (Y page 184).If ATTENTION ASSIST is active, you will bewarned no sooner than 20 minutes afteryour journey has begun. You then hear an

intermittent warning tone twice and theAttention Assist: Take a Break!Attention Assist: Take a Break!message appears in the multifunction dis-play.

X If necessary, take a break.X Press thea or% button to confirmthe message.

On long journeys, take regular breaks in goodtime to allow yourself to rest properly. If youdo not take a break, you will be warned againafter 15 minutes at the earliest. The precon-dition for this is that ATTENTION ASSIST stilldetects typical indicators of fatigue orincreasing lapses in concentration.ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con-tinue your journey and starts assessing yourtiredness again if:Ryou switch off the drive system.Ryou take off your seat belt and open thedriver's door, e.g. for a change of drivers orto take a break.

When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theé symbol appears in the multifunctiondisplay in the assistance graphic display.

Blind Spot Assist

General notesBlind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor systemto monitor the areas on both sides of yourvehicle. It supports you from a speed ofapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h). A warningdisplay in the exterior mirrors draws yourattention to vehicles detected in the moni-tored area. If you then switch on the corre-sponding turn signal to change lanes, you willalso receive a visual and audible collisionwarning. For this purpose, Blind Spot Assistuses sensors in the rear bumper.

Driving systems 167

Drivingandparking

Z


G WARNINGBlind Spot Assist does not react to:Rvehicles overtaken too closely on the side,placing them in the blind spot areaRvehicles which approach with a large speeddifferential and overtake your vehicle

As a result, Blind Spot Assist may not givewarnings in such situations. There is a risk ofan accident.Always observe the traffic conditions care-fully, and maintain a safe lateral distance.

Blind Spot Assist is only an aid. It may fail todetect some vehicles and is no substitute forattentive driving.

i USA only:This device has been approved by the FCCas a "Vehicular Radar System". The radarsensor is intended for use in an automotiveradar system only. Removing, tamperingwith, or altering the device will void anywarranties, and is not permitted by theFCC. Do not tamper with, alter, or use inany non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

Monitoring range of the sensorsIn particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavyrain or snowRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbike or bicycleRthe road has very wide lanesRthe road has narrow lanesRyou are not driving in the middle of the laneRthere are barriers or similar lane borders

Vehicles in the monitoring range are then notindicated.

Blind Spot Assistmonitors the area up to 10 ft(3.0 m) behind your vehicle and directly nextto your vehicle, as shown in the diagram. Forthis purpose, Blind Spot Assist uses radarsensors in the rear bumper.If the lanes are narrow, vehicles driving in thelane beyond the lane next to your vehicle maybe indicated, especially if the vehicles are notdriving in themiddle of their lane. This may bethe case as soon as the vehicles are driving onthe inner side of their lane.Due to the nature of the system:Rwarnings may be issued in error when driv-ing close to crash barriers or similar solidlane borders.Rwarnings may be interrupted when drivingalongside particularly long vehicles, e.g.trucks, for a prolonged time.

The two sensors for Blind Spot Assist areintegrated into the sides of the rear bumper.Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt, iceor slush in the vicinity of the sensors. Forexample, the radar sensors must not be cov-ered by bicycle racks or overhanging loads.Following a severe impact or in the event ofdamage to the bumpers, have the function ofthe radar sensors checked at a qualified spe-


cialist workshop. Blind Spot Assist may oth-erwise not work properly.

Warning and indicator lampsBlind Spot Assist is not active at speeds belowapproximately 20mph (30 km/h). Vehicles inthe monitoring range are then not indicated.

: Red warning lamp/yellow indicator lampWhen Blind Spot Assist is activated, indicatorlamp: in the exterior mirrors lights up yel-low at speeds of up to 20 mph (30 km/h). Atspeeds above 20 mph (30 km/h), the indica-tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist isoperational.if a vehicle is detected at speeds of approx-imately 20 mph (30 km/h), warning lamp:on the corresponding side lights up red. Thiswarning occurs when a vehicle enters theblind spot monitoring range from behind orfrom the side. When you overtake a vehicle,the warning only occurs as long as the differ-ence in speed is less than 7 mph (12 km/h).The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reversegear is engaged. In this event, Blind SpotAssist is no longer active.The brightness of the warning/indicatorlamps is adjusted automatically according tothe ambient light.

Collision warningIf a vehicle is detected in themonitoring rangeof Blind Spot Assist and you switch on thecorresponding turn signal, a double warningtone sounds. Red warning lamp: flashes. If

the turn signal remains on, vehicles detectedare indicated by the flashing of red warninglamp:. There are no further warning tones.

Switching on Blind Spot AssistX Make sure that Blind Spot Assist is activa-ted in the on-board computer(Y page 184).

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.Warning lamps: in the exterior mirrorslight up red for approximately 1.5 secondsand then turn yellow.

Driving systems 169

Drivingandparking

Z

170

Useful information ............................ 172Important safety notes .................... 172Displays and operation .................... 172Menus and submenus ...................... 176Display messages ............................. 190Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster ............................ 216

171

On-board

computerand

displays

Useful information




G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate the equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

G WARNINGIf the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognize functionrestrictions in systems relevant to safety. Theoperating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.Drive on carefully. Have the vehicle checkedat a qualified specialist workshop immedi-ately.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently drivingwhen operating the on-board computer.The on-board computer only showsmessagesor warnings from certain systems in the mul-tifunction display. You should therefore makesure your vehicle is operating safely at all

times. Otherwise, a vehicle that is not oper-ating safely may cause an accident.If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, pull over as soon as it is safe to doso. Contact a qualified specialist workshop.For an overview, see the instrument panelillustration (Y page 31).

Displays and operation

Instrument cluster lightingThe lighting in the instrument cluster, in thedisplays and the controls in the vehicle inte-rior can be adjusted using the brightness con-trol knob.The brightness control knob is located on thebottom left of the instrument cluster(Y page 31).X Turn the brightness control knob clockwiseor counter-clockwise.If the light switch is set toÃ, T orL, the brightness is dependent uponthe brightness of the ambient light.

i The light sensor in the instrument clusterautomatically controls the brightness ofthe multifunction display.In daylight, the displays in the instrumentcluster are not illuminated.

READY indicator

When the drive system is started and thevehicle is ready to drive, READY indicator:appears in themultifunction display. This indi-cates that the vehicle is operational.

172 Displays and operationOn

-board

computerand

displays

Outside temperature displayYou should pay special attention to road con-ditions when temperatures are around freez-ing point.Bear in mind that the outside temperaturedisplay indicates the temperature measuredand does not record the road temperature.The outside temperature display is in themul-tifunction display (Y page 176).Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.

E-CELL display

G WARNINGThere is a risk of an accident if you accelerateor overtake when the power output of thedrive system is reduced.You should therefore adapt your driving styleand drive particularly carefully. Charge thehigh-voltage battery at a charge station imme-diately.

X Start the drive system (Y page 127).E-CELL display: shows the availablepower of the drive system.

Under normal operating conditions, E-CELLdisplay: is in the maximum range.The power output available may deviate fromthe maximum range in the event of:Rvery high or low outside temperaturesRvery high performance requirements for alonger period of time

Rvery low condition of charge of the high-voltage batteryRa malfunction in the drive systemThe reduced power output can be improvedby charging the high-voltage battery(Y page 134).

Power display

Power display: contains two areas:RArea above 0Here, the current amount of power that thedrive system is feeding to the wheels is dis-played.RArea below 0Here, the vehicle's recuperative power inoverrun mode is displayed.

If the needle for the power display is in theOFF position, the vehicle is not ready to drivebecause:Rthe drive system has not yet startedRthe charging cable is still connected to thevehicle socketRthere is insufficient power available fromthe high-voltage batteryRthe vehicle's high-voltage electrical systemis malfunctioning

When the drive system is started, the needlein the power display moves to position 0. Thedisplay ReadyReady appears in the lower multifunc-tion display. The vehicle is ready to drive.The boost area formaximumacceleration canbe reached using kickdown (Y page 131).

Displays and operation 173

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

The braking performance of the electricmotor using recuperative braking is, in someoperating modes, either reduced or not effec-tive:Rwhen the condition of charge of the high-voltage battery increasesRif the high-voltage battery is not yet at anormal operating temperatureRwhen the vehicle is almost stationaryRin transmission position NRduring and after ESP stability controlIf necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brakeyourself.

Charge level display

Condition of charge display: shows thecondition of charge of the high-voltage bat-tery. The charge values are shown as a per-centage in the COMAND display (see the sep-arate operating instructions).The condition of charge of the high-voltagebattery has dropped into the reserve range ifthe drive system is running and:Rthe DriveDrive BatteryBattery ReserveReserve LevelLevelmes-sage appears in the displayRthe indicator lamp in the instrument clusterlights up

i Charge the high-voltage battery from acondition of charge of less than 20% at:Ran electrical outletRa charging station

The braking performance of the electricmotor using recuperative braking is, in someoperating modes, either reduced or not effec-tive:Rwhen the condition of charge of the high-voltage battery increasesRif the high-voltage battery is not yet at anormal operating temperatureRwhen the vehicle is almost stationaryRin transmission position NRduring and after ESP stability controlIf necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brakeyourself.

Operating the on-board computer

Overview

: Multifunction display; Switches on the Voice Control System

(see the separate operating instructions)= Right control panel? Left control panelA Back buttonX To activate the on-board computer: turnthe SmartKey to position 1 in the ignitionlock.

174 Displays and operationOn

-board

computerand

displays

You can control the multifunction display andthe settings in the on-board computer usingthe buttons on the multifunction steeringwheel.

Left control panel

=

;

RCalls up the menu and menu bar

9

:

Press briefly:RScrolls in listsRSelects a submenu or functionRIn the AudioAudio menu: selects astored station, an audio track ora video sceneRIn the TelTel (telephone) menu:switches to the phone book andselects a name or telephonenumber

9

:

Press and hold:RIn the AudioAudio menu: selects theprevious/next station or selectsan audio track or a video sceneusing rapid scrollingRIn the TelTel (telephone) menu:starts rapid scrolling through thephone book

a RConfirms a selection/displaymessageRIn the TelTel (Telephone) menu:switches to the telephone bookand starts dialing the selectednumberRIn the AudioAudio menu: stops thestation search function at thedesired station

Right control panel

~ RRejects or ends a callRExits phone book/redial mem-ory

6 RMakes or accepts a callRSwitches to the redial memory

WX

RAdjusts the volume

8 RMute

Back button

% Press briefly:RBackRSwitches off the Voice ControlSystem (see the separate oper-ating instructions)RHides display messages/callsup the last TripTrip menu functionusedRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

% Press and hold:RCalls up the standard display inthe TripTrip menu

Displays and operation 175

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Multifunction display

Multifunction display: Range; Time= Text field? Menu barA Drive programB Permanent display: outside temperature

or speed(Y page 187)C Transmission position(Y page 129)X To show menu bar?: press the=or; button on the steering wheel.

Menu bar? disappears after a few seconds.Text field= shows the selected menu orsubmenu as well as display messages.

i You can set the time using the Audio sys-tem or COMAND (see the separate operat-ing instructions).

The following messages may appear in themultifunction display:XjY Active Parking Assist (Y page 159)¯ Cruise control (Y page 152)CRUISECRUISE Cruise control (Y page 152)ë HOLD function (Y page 154)

Menus and submenus

Menu overviewOperating the on-board computer(Y page 174).Depending on the equipment installed in thevehicle, you can call up the following menus:RTripTrip menu (Y page 176)RNaviNavi menu (navigation instructions)(Y page 179)RAudioAudio menu (Y page 180)RTelTel menu (telephone) (Y page 181)RDriveAssistDriveAssist menu (assistance)(Y page 183)RServ.Serv. menu (Y page 184)RSettSett menu (Y page 185)The AudioAudio, NaviNavi and TelTelmenus differ slightlyin vehicles with an audio system and in vehi-cles with COMAND. The examples given inthis Operator's Manual apply to vehiclesequipped with COMAND.

Trip menu

Standard display

Standard displayX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.The TripTrip menu with trip odometer: andodometer; is shown.

176 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Digital speedometer

Digital speedometer: Digital speedometerX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select thedigital speedometer.

Trip computer "From Start" or "FromReset"

"From Start" trip computer: Distance; Time= Average speed? Average electrical consumptionX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectFrom StartFrom Start or From ResetFrom Reset.

The values in the From StartFrom Start submenu arecalculated from the start of a journey whilstthe values in the From ResetFrom Reset submenu arecalculated from the last time the submenuwas reset (Y page 177).The From StartFrom Start trip computer is automati-cally reset when:Rthe ignition has been switched off for morethan 4 hours.R999 hours have been exceeded.R9,999 miles have been exceeded.

The From ResetFrom Reset trip computer is automati-cally reset if the value exceeds 999 hours or9999 miles.

Resetting values

Resetting the "From start" trip computer

You can reset the values of the following func-tions:RTrip odometerR"From Start" trip computerR"From Reset" trip computerRECO displayX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select thefunction that you wish to reset.

X Press thea button.X Press the: button to select YesYes andpress thea button to confirm.

i When you reset the values in the "ECOdisplay", the values in the trip computer"From Start" are likewise reset. When youreset the values in the trip computer "FromStart", the values in the "ECO display" arelikewise reset.

ECO display

ECO display

Menus and submenus 177

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectECO DISPLAYECO DISPLAY.

If the ignition remains switched off for longerthan 4 hours, the ECO display will be auto-matically reset.Further information on the ECO display(Y page 148).

Displaying the range and current con-sumption

Range and current consumptionX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to view theapproximate range and current consump-tion.

The approximate range depends on the con-dition of charge of the high-voltage batteryand your current driving style. If the high-volt-age battery condition of charge is low, thedisplay shows a vehicle being chargedinstead of the approximate range.The specified values for range depend on thedriving program selected and may vary as aresult of:Rhigher and lower outside temperaturesRthe style of drivingRactivated electrical consumers

Energy flowThe energy flow display can be displayed inthe multifunction display and in the COMANDdisplay (see separate operating instructions).

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TripTrip menu.

X Confirm by pressinga on the steeringwheel.

X Use: or9 to select Energy FlowEnergy Flow.The active components are highlighted inthe energy flow display.i The energy flow is indicated by arrows.The arrows have a different color depend-ing on the operating state:RGreen: energy recuperationRWhite: normal energy consumptionRRed: increased energy consumption

Drive system switched on when the vehi-cle is stationary or in overrun mode

The drive system is switched on while thevehicle is stationary. Alternatively, the drivesystem is switched on while the vehicle is intransmission position D+ or N.The arrows indicating energy flow are notshown.

Drive system switched off and high-volt-age battery being charged

The drive system is switched off. The chargingcable is connected and the high-voltage bat-tery is being charged.The arrows for the energy flow are shown ingreen.


-board

computerand

displays

Normal driving

The drive system powers the vehicle.The arrows for the energy flow are shown inwhite.

Boost driving mode

The boost mode takes effect if you depressthe accelerator pedal quickly.The arrows for the energy flow are shown inred.

Energy recuperation mode

The kinetic energy of the vehicle is convertedinto electrical energy. The high-voltage bat-tery is being charged.The arrows for the energy flow are shown ingreen.

Navigation system menu

Displaying navigation instructionsX Switch on the audio system or COMAND(see the separate operating instructions).

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the NaviNavi menu.

In the NaviNavi menu, the multifunction displayshows navigation instructions. You can findfurther information in the separate operatinginstructions.

Route guidance not active

Route guidance not active: Direction of travel; Current road

Route guidance active

No change of direction announced

No change of direction announced: Distance to the destination; Distance to the next change of direction= Current road? "Follow the road's course" symbol


On-board

computera

nddisplays

Z

Change of direction announced without alane recommendation

Change of direction announced without a lane rec-ommendation: Road into which the change of direction

leads; Distance to change of direction and visual

distance display= Change-of-direction symbolWhen a change of direction is announced, youwill see symbol= for the change of directionand distance graphic;. The distance indi-cator shortens towards the top of the displayas you approach the point of the announcedchange of direction.

Change of direction announced with alane recommendation

Change of direction announced with a lane recom-mendation: Road into which the change of direction

leads; Distance to change of direction and visual

distance display= New lane during a change of direction? Uninterrupted laneA Lane recommendationB Change-of-direction symbolOn multilane roads, the system can displaylane recommendation= for the next changeof direction. During the change of direction,additional lanes may be displayed.

Lane recommendations are only displayed ifthe relevant data is available on the digitalmap.

Other status indicators of the naviga-tion systemRO: you have reached the destination or anintermediate destination.RNew Route...New Route... or Calculating RouteCalculating Route:calculating a new routeROff MapOff Map or OffOff MappedMapped RoadRoad: the vehicleposition is outside the area of the digitalmap (off-map position).RNo RouteNo Route: no route could be calculated tothe selected destination.

Audio menu

Selecting a radio station

Example: radio station (multifunction display): Waveband; Channel frequency with memory position

i The memory position is only displayedalong with station; if this has beenstored.

X Switch on the audio system or COMANDand select Radio (see the separate operat-ing instructions).

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the AudioAudio menu.

X To select a stored station: briefly pressthe9 or: button.


-board

computerand

displays

X To select a station from the station list:press and briefly hold the9 or:button.

If no station list is received:X To select a station using the stationsearch: press and briefly hold the9or: button.

i Information on how to switch wavebandsand store stations can be found in the sep-arate operating instructions.

i SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like anormal radio.You can find further information on operat-ing the satellite radio in the separate oper-ating instructions.

Operating audio devices or media

Example: CD/DVD changer display (multifunctiondisplay): Current titleAudio data from various audio devices ormedia can be played, depending on the equip-ment installed in the vehicle.X Switch on the audio system or COMANDand select audio CD, audio DVD or MP3mode (see the separate operating instruc-tions).


X To select the next/previous track:briefly press the9 or: button.

X To select a track from the track list(rapid scrolling): press and hold the9or: button until desired track: hasbeen reached.If you press and hold9 or:, therapid scrolling speed is increased. Not all

audio drives or data carriers support thisfunction.

If track information is stored on the audiodevice or medium, the multifunction displaywill show the number and title of the track.The current track does not appear in audioAUX mode (Auxiliary audio mode: externalaudio source connected).

Video DVD operation

Example: CD/DVD changer display (multifunctiondisplay): Current sceneX Switch on COMAND and select video DVD(see the separate operating instructions).


X To select the next/previous scene:briefly press the9 or: button.

X To select a scene from the scene list(rapid scrolling): press and hold the9or: button until desired scene: hasbeen reached.

Telephone menu

Introduction

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate the equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attention


On-board

computera

nddisplays

Z

to traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

When telephoning, you must observe thelegal requirements for the country in whichyou are currently driving.X Switch on the mobile phone and audio sys-tem or COMAND (see the separate operat-ing instructions).

X Establish a Bluetooth® connection to theaudio system or COMAND (see the sepa-rate operating instructions).

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TelTel menu.

You will see one of the following display mes-sages in the multifunction display:RPleasePlease EnterEnter PINPIN: the mobile phone hasbeen placed in the mobile phone bracketand the PIN has not been entered.When you enter your PIN via the mobilephone, the Voice Control System, the audiosystem or COMAND, the mobile phonesearches for a network.RPhone READYPhone READY or the name of the networkprovider: the mobile phone has found anetwork and is ready to receive.RPhone No ServicePhone No Service: there is no networkavailable or the mobile phone is searchingfor a network.

i You can obtain further information aboutsuitable mobile phones and connectingmobile phones via Bluetooth®:Rfrom your authorized Mercedes-BenzCenterRon the Internet at http://www.mercedes-benz.com/connect

Accepting a call

Example: incoming call (multifunction display)X Press the6 button on the steeringwheel to accept an incoming call.

If someone calls you when you are in the TelTelmenu, a display message appears in the mul-tifunction display.You can accept a call even if you are not in theTelTel menu.Rejecting or ending a callX Press the~ button on the steeringwheel.

You can end or reject a call even if you are notin the TelTel menu.Dialing a number from the phone bookX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TelTel menu.

X Press the9,: ora button toswitch to the phone book.

X Press the9 or: button to select thedesired name.To start scrolling rapidly, press and hold the9 or: button for longer than onesecond.Rapid scrolling stops when you release thebutton or reach the end of the list.

X If only one telephone number is storedfor a name: press the6 ora buttonto start dialing.

orX If there is more than one number for aparticular name: press the6 orabutton to display the numbers.


-board

computera

nddisplays

X Press the9 or: button to select thenumber you want to dial.

X Press the6 ora button to start dial-ing.

orX If you do not want to make a call: pressthe~ or% button.

RedialingThe on-board computer saves the last namesor numbers dialed in the redial memory.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the TelTel menu.

X Press the6 button to switch to theredial memory.

X Press the9 or: button to select thedesired name or number.

X Press the6 ora button to start dial-ing.

orX If you do not want to make a call: pressthe~ or% button.

Assistance menu

Introduction

Example: Assistance menu view options

In the DriveAssistDriveAssist menu, you have the fol-lowing options:RDisplaying the assistance graphic(Y page 183)RDeactivating/activating ESP®(Y page 183)RActivating/deactivating the distance warn-ing system (Y page 184)

RActivating/deactivating ATTENTIONASSIST (Y page 184)RActivating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist(Y page 184)

Displaying the assistance graphicX Press the=or;button on the steer-ingwheel to select theDriveAssistDriveAssistmenu.

X Press9 or: to select AssistanceAssistancegraphicgraphic.

X Press thea button.The assistance graphic can display the statusof and information fromother driving systemsor driving safety systems.The assistance graphic shows:Rthe è symbol, when the rear windowwiper (Y page 109) is activated.Rtheé symbol when ATTENTION ASSIST(Y page 166) is deactivated.


i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion in the description of ESP (Y page 67).

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

It may be best to deactivate ESP® in the fol-lowing situations:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravelFor further information about ESP®, see(Y page 66).X Start the drive system.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ingwheel to select theDriveAssistDriveAssistmenu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectESPESP.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

X Press thea button.The current selection is displayed.

X To activate/deactivate: press theabutton again.ESP® is deactivated if the å warninglamp in the instrument cluster lights upcontinuously when the drive system is run-ning.

If the ÷ warning lamp and the å warn-ing lamp are lit continuously, ESP® is notavailable due to a malfunction.Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 221).Observe the information on displaymessages(Y page 191).

Activating/deactivating the distancewarning functionX Press the=or;button on the steer-ingwheel to select theDriveAssistDriveAssistmenu.

X Press9 or: to select DistanceDistanceWarningWarning.


X To activate/deactivate: press theabutton again.If the distance warning function is activa-ted, the multifunction display does not dis-play a symbol.When the distance warning function isdeactivated, theæ symbol appears inthe multifunction display in the assistancegraphics display.

Further information on the distance warningfunction (Y page 64).

Activating/deactivating ATTENTIONASSISTX Press the=or;button on the steer-ingwheel to select theDriveAssistDriveAssistmenu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectATTENTION ASSISTATTENTION ASSIST.


X To activate/deactivate: press theabutton again.When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated,theé symbol appears in the multifunc-tion display in the assistance graphics dis-play.

For further information about ATTENTIONASSIST, see (Y page 166).

Activating/deactivating Blind SpotAssistX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the DriveAssist.DriveAssist.menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectBlind Spot AssistBlind Spot Assist.


X To activate/deactivate: press theabutton again.

For further information about Blind SpotAssist, see (Y page 167).When the Blind Spot Assist SensorsBlind Spot Assist SensorsDeactivatedDeactivated message is shown, the radarsensor system is deactivated.X Switch on the radar sensor system(Y page 188).

Maintenance menu

Service menu view options

In the Serv.Serv. menu, you have the followingoptions:


-board

computerand

displays

RCalling up display messages in messagememory (Y page 190)RChecking the tire pressure electronically(Y page 286)RCalling up the service due date(Y page 254)

Settings menu

Introduction

Example: settings menu view

In the Sett.Sett. menu, you have the followingoptions:RChanging the E-CELL settingsRChanging the instrument cluster settingsRChanging the light settingsRChanging the vehicle settingsRRestoring the factory settings

E‑CELL menu

Departure timeIn the E‑CELLE‑CELL menu you can choose to cooldown or heat the vehicle interior for a prede-fined departure time.If you have selected Park P, the on-boardcomputer displays the expected batterycharge time or the RANGE PLUS condition ofcharge for the departure time set.Changing the departure timeX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettingsSettings menu.

X Press the9or:button on the steer-ing wheel to select the E‑CELLE‑CELL menu.

X Press9 or: to select DepartureDepartureTimeTime.

X Pressa to confirm.You will see the selected setting.

X Press: or9 to select AA, BB or CCChangeChange.

X Press= or; to select DepartureDepartureTime HoursTime Hours.

X Press the9 or: button to set thehour.

X Press= or; to select DepartureDepartureTime MinutesTime Minutes.

X Press9 or: to set the minutes.X Pressa to confirm.After changing from one menu to another,the departure time setting is stored.

Selecting the departure timeX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettingsSettings menu.

X Press the9or:button on the steer-ing wheel to select the E‑CELLE‑CELL menu.

X Press9 or: to select DepartureDepartureTimeTime.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to selectone of the three departure times or TimerTimerOffOff (no timer active).

X Pressa to confirm.

Charging with RANGE PLUSIf you have selected Park P, the on-boardcomputer displays the expected batterycharge time or the RANGE PLUS condition ofcharge for the departure time set.RANGE PLUS charges when:Ryou have activated RANGE PLUS via thecenter console prior to charging andRthe high-voltage battery is fully charged.If charging is not complete by departure time,the maximum range will not be available.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Example:RSet departure time: 6:41 a.m.REnd time for standard high-voltage batterycharging: 6:00 a.m.RRANGE PLUS condition of charge at6:41 a.m.: 50%RThe maximum additional range isdecreased by 50 percent.

Pre-entry climate control at time of depar-tureIf you activate the "Rem. Climate Control atdeparture time" function, the vehicle interioris heated or cooled prior to a desired depar-ture time.

i To heat or cool the vehicle interior for adesired departure time, the high-voltagebattery must be sufficiently charged. Acti-vate the climate control function primarilywhen the high-voltage battery is beingcharged. You must also set a departuretime using the E-CELLE-CELL submenu(Y page 185).

Switching "Pre-entry climate control at depar-ture time" on/offX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettingsSettings menu.

X Use9 or: to select the E-CELLE-CELLsubmenu.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press9 or: to select Rem. Cli‐Rem. Cli‐mate Control At Departure Timemate Control At Departure Time.

X Pressa to activate or deactivate.The vehicle interior will then be heated orcooled prior to the predefined departuretime.

If a departure time is selected, the yellowindicator lamp lights up on the auxiliaryheating button.

You can use the on-board computer to specifyup to three departure times in the E-CELLE-CELLsubmenu. One of the specified departuretimes may be preselected (Y page 185).

Pre-entry climate control (via SmartKey)Pre-entry climate control (via SmartKey) isswitched on temporarily when the vehicle isunlocked using the SmartKey. In order toswitch on pre-entry climate control via theSmartKey, the function has to be activatedusing the on-board computer.Activating/deactivating pre-entry climatecontrol (via SmartKey)X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettingsSettings menu.


X Pressa to confirm.X Press9 or: to select Pre-EntryPre-EntryClimate Cont. (Via Key)Climate Cont. (Via Key).

X Pressa to activate or deactivate.If pre-entry climate control (via SmartKey)is activated, pre-entry climate control (viaSmartKey) is switched on temporarily whenyou unlock the vehicle.

Setting the maximum charge currentBefore charging the high-voltage battery,check the maximum permissible charge cur-rent for the relevant power socket.You can set a maximum charge current in theE‑CELLE‑CELL menu.It is only necessary to select the maximumcharge current if there are no charge currentsettings on the charging cable.

i The maximum charge current values inthe on-board computer may deviate fromthe charging cable values.


-board

computerand

displays

Example: changing the charge current: Setting the maximum charge current

i This menu is not available in some coun-tries. In this case, the maximum chargecurrent for the power socket is limited to afixed level, depending on the country con-cerned.

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Sett.Sett. menu.


X Press the9 or: button to selectMax. Charge CurrentMax. Charge Current.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press9 or: in the submenu toselect desired maximum charge cur-rent:.

X Press thea button on the multifunctionsteering wheel to confirm.The high-voltage battery is charged withthe selected maximum charge current.

Instrument cluster

Selecting the display unitYou can determine whether the multifunctiondisplay shows some messages in miles orkilometers.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettSett menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theInstrument ClusterInstrument Cluster submenu.


X Press the: or9 button to select theDisplay Unit Speed-/OdometerDisplay Unit Speed-/Odometer func-tion.You will see the selected setting: kmkm ormilesmiles.

X Press thea button to save the setting.The selected unit of measurement for dis-tance applies to:Rthe digital speedometer in the TripTrip menuRthe odometer and the trip odometerRthe trip computerRthe current consumption and the rangeRnavigation instructions in the NaviNavi menuRcruise controlRASSYST PLUS service interval display

Selecting the permanent display functionYou can determine whether the multifunctiondisplay permanently shows your speed or theoutside temperature.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Sett.Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theInstrument ClusterInstrument Cluster submenu.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select thePermanent Display:Permanent Display: function.You will see the selected setting: OutsideOutsideTemperatureTemperature or Speedometer [km/h]Speedometer [km/h].

X Press thea button to save the setting.

Lights

Switching the daytime running lamps on/offCanada only: daytime running lamps arerequired by law. You cannot set the DaytimeDaytimeRunning LightsRunning Lights function via the on-boardcomputer.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettSett menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theLightLight submenu.



On-board

computera

nddisplays

Z

X Press the: or9 button to select theDaytime Running LightsDaytime Running Lights function.If the Daytime Running LightsDaytime Running Lights functionhas been switched on, the cone of light andtheW symbol in the multifunction dis-play are shown in orange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.Further information on daytime runninglamps (Y page 98).

Setting the brightness of the ambientlightingX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Sett.Sett. menu.


X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theAmb. Light +/-Amb. Light +/- function.

X Press thea button to change the set-tings.

X Press the: or9 button to adjust thebrightness to a level from OffOff to Level 5Level 5(bright).

X Press thea or% button to save thesetting.

Activating/deactivating the interior light-ing delayed switch-offIf you activate the Interior LightingInterior LightingDelayDelay function, the interior lighting remainson for 20 seconds after you remove the keyfrom the ignition lock.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettSett menu.


X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theInterior Lighting DelayInterior Lighting Delay function.If the InteriorInterior LightingLighting DelayDelay functionhas been switched on, the vehicle interior isdisplayed in orange in the multifunctiondisplay.


Vehicle

Activating/deactivating the automaticdoor locking mechanismX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettSett menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theVehicleVehicle submenu.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theAutomatic Door LockAutomatic Door Lock function.When the AutomaticAutomatic DoorDoor LockLock functionis activated, the vehicle doors are displayedin orange in the multifunction display.

X Press thea button to save the setting.If you activate the Automatic Door LockAutomatic Door Lockfunction, the vehicle is centrally locked abovea speed of approximately 9 mph (15 km/h).For further information on the automatic lock-ing feature, see (Y page 78).

Activating/deactivating the acousticlocking verification signalIf you switch on the Acoustic Lock Feed‐Acoustic Lock Feed‐backback function, an acoustic signal soundswhen you lock the vehicle.X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Sett.Sett. menu.


X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theAcoustic LockAcoustic Lock function.If the AcousticAcoustic LockLock function is activated,the& symbol in the multifunction dis-play lights up orange.


Activating/deactivating the radar sensorsystemX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettSett menu.




-board

computerand

displays

X Press the9 or: button to selectRadar Sensor (See Oper. Manual):Radar Sensor (See Oper. Manual):.You will see the selected setting: EnabledEnabledor DisabledDisabled.

X Press thea button to save the setting.If the radar sensor system is switched off,Blind Spot Assist is deactivated (Y page 167).

Restoring the factory settingsX Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the SettSett menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theFactory settingFactory setting submenu.

X Pressa to confirm.The Reset All Settings?Reset All Settings? messageappears.

X Press the: or9 button to select NoNoor YesYes.

X Pressa to confirm the selection.If you have selected YesYes, the multifunctiondisplay shows a confirmation message.

For safety reasons, the Daytime RunningDaytime RunningLightsLights function in the LightLight submenu is onlyreset if the vehicle is stationary.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Display messages

General notesDisplay messages appear in the multifunction display.Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator'sManual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display.Please respond in accordancewith the displaymessages and follow the additional notes in thisOperator's Manual.Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone.When the ignition is switched off, all display messages are deleted, apart from some high-priority display messages. Once the causes of the high-priority display messages have beenrectified, the corresponding display messages are also deleted.When you stop and park the vehicle, please observe the notes on the HOLD function(Y page 154) and parking (Y page 144).

Hiding display messagesX Press thea or% button on the steering wheel to hide the display message.The display message is cleared.

The multifunction display shows high-priority display messages in red. Some high-priority dis-play messages cannot be hidden.The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes-sages have been remedied.

Message memoryThe on-board computer saves certain displaymessages in themessagememory. You can callup the display messages:X Press the= or; button on the steering wheel to select the ServiceService menu.If there are display messages, the multifunction display shows 2 Messages2 Messages, for example.

X Press the9 or: button to select the entry, e.g. 2 Messages2 Messages.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the9 or: button to scroll through the display messages.

190 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andMM Solutions

!÷Currently Unavail‐Currently Unavail‐able See Opera‐able See Opera‐tor's Manualtor's Manual

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System), ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram), BAS (Brake Assist), RBS (Recuperative Brake System), theHOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable.COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed.In addition, the÷,é,å and!warning lamps light upin the instrument cluster.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.Possible causes are:Rself-diagnosis is not yet complete.Rthe on-board voltage may be insufficient.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road,making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph(20 km/h).If the display message disappears, the functions mentionedabove are available again.

If the display message continues to be displayed:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

!÷Inoperative SeeInoperative SeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

ABS, ESP®, BAS, RBS, the HOLD function and hill start assist arenot available due to a malfunction.COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed.In addition, theJ, é, ÷, å and ! warning lampslight up in the instrument cluster.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

Display messages 191

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andMM SolutionsG WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


-board

computerand

displays


÷Currently Unavail‐Currently Unavail‐able See Opera‐able See Opera‐tor's Manualtor's Manual

ESP®, BAS, RBS, the HOLD function and hill start assist are tem-porarily unavailable.COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed.In addition, the ÷, é and å warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.The self-diagnosis function might not be complete, for example.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road,making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph(20 km/h).If the display message disappears, the functions mentionedabove are available again.

If the display message continues to be displayed:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


÷Inoperative SeeInoperative SeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

ESP®, BAS, RBS, the HOLD function and hill start assist are notavailable due to a malfunction.COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed.In addition, the ÷, é and å warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computerand

displays


T!÷Inoperative SeeInoperative SeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

EBD (electronic brake force distribution), ABS, ESP®, BAS, RBS,the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to amalfunction.COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed.In addition, the ÷,é, å and ! warning lamps in theinstrument cluster light up and a warning tone sounds.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

éInoperative SeeInoperative SeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

RBS (Recuperative Brake System) is unavailable due to a malfunc-tion.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.Braking efficiency may be impaired.X Drive on taking extra care.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


F(USA

only)!(Canadaonly)Please ReleasePlease ReleaseParking BrakeParking Brake

The redF (USA only)/! (Canada only) indicator lampflashes and a warning tone sounds. A condition for automaticrelease of the electric parking brake is not fulfilled (Y page 145).You are driving with the electric parking brake applied.X Release the electric parking brake manually.

The redF (USA only)/! (Canada only) indicator lampflashes and a warning tone sounds.You are using the electric parking brake for emergency braking(Y page 145).

F(USA

only)!(Canadaonly)Parking Brake SeeParking Brake SeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

The yellow! warning lamp lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To apply:X Switch the ignition off.X Press the electric parking brake handle for at least 10 seconds.X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow!warning lamp and the redF (USA only)/!(Canada only) indicator lamp light up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Release the electric parking brake manually.orX Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 145).

If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computerand

displays


The redF (USA only)/! (Canada only) indicator lampflashes and the yellow! warning lamp lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Release the electric parking brake manually.To apply:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply the electric parking brake manually.

If the redF (USA only)/! (Canada only) indicator lampcontinues to flash:X Do not drive on.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P.X Turn the front wheels towards the curb.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. The redF (USAonly)/! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about10 seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied orreleased. It then goes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply the electric parking brake.

If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake:X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake:X Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 145).

If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


The yellow! warning lamp lights up. If you manually apply orrelease the electric parking brake, the redF (USA only)/!(Canada only) indicator lamp flashes.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning. It is not possible toapply the electric parking brake manually.X Shift the transmission to P.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

F(USA

only)!(Canadaonly)ParkingParking BrakeBrake Inop‐Inop‐erativeerative

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. The redF (USAonly)/! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about10 seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied orreleased. It then goes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning, e.g. because of over-voltage or undervoltage.X Rectify the cause of the overvoltage or undervoltage, e.g. bycharging the battery or restarting the drive system.

X Engage or release the electric parking brake.

If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parkingbrake:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Engage or release the electric parking brake.

If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The display message is only shown while the vehicle is in motion.The yellow! warning lamp lights up and the redF (USAonly)/! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes.It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually.X Shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to P.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

F(USA

only)!(Canadaonly)Turn On the Igni‐Turn On the Igni‐tion to Releasetion to Releasethe Parking Brakethe Parking Brake

The redF (USA only)/! (Canada only) indicator lamp lightsup.You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the igni-tion was switched off.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock.


-board

computerand

displays


$(USA

only)J(Canadaonly)Check Brake FluidCheck Brake FluidLevelLevel

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.In addition, the$ (USA only)/J (Canada only) warninglamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tonesounds.

G WARNINGThe braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not add brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.

#Check Brake PadCheck Brake PadWearWear

The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

GInoperativeInoperative

One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc-tioning.X Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


PRE-SAFEPRE-SAFEFunctions Cur‐Functions Cur‐rentlyrently LimitedLimited SeeSeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

Adaptive Brake Assist is temporarily inoperative. Possible causesare:Rthe front bumper is dirty.Rfunction is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta-tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.Rthe on-board voltage is too low.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display mes-sage disappears.Adaptive Brake Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 144).X Clean the front bumper (Y page 259).X Start the drive system again.

PRE-SAFEPRE-SAFEFunctions LimitedFunctions LimitedSeeSee Operator'sOperator's Man‐Man‐ualual

Adaptive Brake Assist is faulty. The distance warning signal mayalso have failed.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

6SRS MalfunctionSRS MalfunctionService RequiredService Required

The restraint system is faulty. The 6 warning lamp also lightsup in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.Further information on occupant safety (Y page 40).


-board

computerand

displays


6FrontFront LeftLeft Malfunc‐Malfunc‐tion Servicetion ServiceRequiredRequired or FrontFrontRight MalfunctionRight MalfunctionService RequiredService Required

The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left orright. The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus-ter.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

6Rear Left Malfunc‐Rear Left Malfunc‐tion Servicetion ServiceRequiredRequired or RearRearRight MalfunctionRight MalfunctionService RequiredService Required

The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear on the left orright. The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus-ter.


6Rear Center Mal‐Rear Center Mal‐function Servicefunction ServiceRequiredRequired

The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear center. The6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.


6Left Side CurtainLeft Side CurtainAirbagAirbag MalfunctionMalfunctionService RequiredService Requiredor Right Side Cur‐Right Side Cur‐tain Airbag Mal‐tain Airbag Mal‐function Servicefunction ServiceRequiredRequired

There is a malfunction in the left-hand or right-hand window cur-tain air bag. The6warning lamp also lights up in the instrumentcluster.

G WARNINGThe left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggeredunintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be trig-gered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Front PassengerFront PassengerAirbag DisabledAirbag DisabledSeeSee Operator'sOperator's Man‐Man‐ualual

The front-passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey, eventhough:Ran adultorRa person larger than a certain size is occupying the front-passenger seat

If additional forces are applied to the seat, the system may inter-pret the occupant's weight as lower than it actually is.

G WARNINGThe front-passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Switch the ignition off.X Have the occupant get out of the vehicle.X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in thecenter console and the multifunction display and check the fol-lowing:

Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Rthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up andremain lit. If the indicator lamp is on, OCS has disabled the front-passenger air bag (Y page 49).Rthe Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sFront Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sManualManual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper‐Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper‐ator's Manualator's Manual display messages must not appear in the mul-tifunction display.

X Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys-tem checks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul-tifunction display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can beoccupied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies theoccupant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating cor-rectly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


-board

computerand

displays

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andMM SolutionsFor further information about the Occupant Classification System,see (Y page 49).

Front PassengerFront PassengerAirbagAirbag EnabledEnabled SeeSeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

The front-passenger air bag is enabled during the journey, eventhough:Ra child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys-tem's weight threshold is located on the front-passenger seatorRthe front-passenger seat is unoccupiedThe system may detect objects or forces applying additionalweight on the seat.

G WARNINGThe air bag may deploy unintentionally.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Switch the ignition off.X Open the front-passenger door.X Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front-passenger seat.

X Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to theweight.The system may otherwise detect the additional weight andinterpret the seat occupant's weight as greater than it actuallyis.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in thecenter console and the multifunction display and check the fol-lowing:

Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Rthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up andremain lit. If the indicator lamp is on, OCS (Occupant Classifi-cation System) has disabled the front-passenger air bag(Y page 49).Rthe Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sFront Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sManualManual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper‐Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper‐ator's Manualator's Manual display messages must appear in the multi-function display.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andMM SolutionsX Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys-tem checks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul-tifunction display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can beoccupied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies theoccupant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating cor-rectly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.For further information about the Occupant Classification System,see (Y page 49).

Lightsi Display messages about LEDs:This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed.


bCheck Left Corner‐Check Left Corner‐ing Lighting Light or CheckCheckRight CorneringRight CorneringLightLight

The left or right-hand cornering light is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).

orX Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bCheck Left LowCheck Left LowBeamBeam or CheckCheckRight Low BeamRight Low Beam

The left or right-hand low-beam headlamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Rear LeftCheck Rear LeftTurn SignalTurn Signal orCheck Rear RightCheck Rear RightTurn SignalTurn Signal

The rear left-hand or rear right-hand turn signal is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).



-board

computerand

displays


bCheck Front LeftCheck Front LeftTurn SignalTurn Signal orCheck Front LeftCheck Front LeftTurn SignalTurn Signal

The front left-hand or front right-hand turn signal is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Left MirrorCheck Left MirrorTurn SignalTurn Signal orCheckCheck RightRight MirrorMirrorTurn SignalTurn Signal

The turn signal in the left-hand or right-hand exterior mirror isdefective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bCheckCheck CenterCenter BrakeBrakeLampLamp

The high-mounted brake lamp is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bCheck Left BrakeCheck Left BrakeLampLamp or CheckCheckRight Brake LampRight Brake Lamp

The left or right-hand brake lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Left TailCheck Left Tailand Brake Lampsand Brake Lamps orCheck Right TailCheck Right Tailand Brake Lampsand Brake Lamps

The left or right-hand tail lamp/brake lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Left HighCheck Left HighBeamBeam or CheckCheckRight High BeamRight High Beam

The left or right-hand high beam is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bLicense Plate LampLicense Plate Lamp

The left or right-hand license plate lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).



On-board

computerand

displays

Z


bRear Fog LampRear Fog Lamp

The rear fog lamp is faulty.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Front LeftCheck Front LeftParking LampParking Lamp orCheck Front RightCheck Front RightParking LampParking Lamp

The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bBackup LightBackup Light

The backup lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Left TailCheck Left TailLampLamp or CheckCheckRight Tail LampRight Tail Lamp

The left or right-hand tail lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheck Front LeftCheck Front LeftSidemarker LampSidemarker Lamp orCheck Front RightCheck Front RightSidemarker LampSidemarker Lamp

The left or right front side marker lamp is defective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bCheck Rear LeftCheck Rear LeftSidemarker LampSidemarker Lamp orCheck Rear RightCheck Rear RightSidemarker LampSidemarker Lamp

The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).


bCheckCheck LeftLeft DaytimeDaytimeRunning LightRunning Light orCheck Right Day‐Check Right Day‐time Running Lighttime Running Light

The left or right-hand daytime running lamp is faulty.X Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 102).



-board

computerand

displays


bMalfunction SeeMalfunction SeeOperator's ManualOperator's Manual

The exterior lighting is defective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bAutoAuto LampLamp FunctionFunctionInoperativeInoperative

The light sensor is defective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bSwitch Off LightsSwitch Off Lights

The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. Awarning tone also sounds.X Turn the light switch toÃ.

Drive system


# The 12 V battery is no longer being charged.X Do not drive on.X Do not tow the vehicle.X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traf-fic conditions.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

+Check CoolantCheck CoolantLevel See Opera‐Level See Opera‐tor's Manualtor's Manual

The coolant level is too low.

! Avoidmaking long journeys with too little coolant in the enginecooling system. The engine will otherwise be damaged.

X If the coolant needs topping up more often than usual, have thecooling system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

High-voltage battery

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and MM Solutions

Battery ReserveBattery ReserveLevelLevel

The charge level of the high-voltage battery has dropped into thereserve range.X Charge the high-voltage battery.

ÛBattery Level TooBattery Level TooLow, Stop, ChargeLow, Stop, ChargeImmediatelyImmediately

The charge level of the high-voltage battery is so low that it is nolonger possible to drive the vehicle.X Park the vehicle and charge the high-voltage battery.

ìMalfunction VisitMalfunction VisitWorkshopWorkshop

There are malfunctions in the drive system and/or the coolingsystem.X Visit an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Without startingWithout startingengine again, con‐engine again, con‐sult workshopsult workshop

There is a malfunction in the high-voltage electrical system. Awarning tone also sounds.X Do not switch off the drive system.X Visit an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately.

ìStopStop SwitchSwitch EngineEngineOffOff

There is a serious malfunction in the drive system. A warning tonealso sounds.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Do not tow the vehicle.X Visit an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately.

Driving systems


ÀAttention Assist:Attention Assist:Take a Break!Take a Break!

Based on certain criteria, ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigueor a lack of concentration on the part of the driver. A warning tonealso sounds.X If necessary, take a break.On long journeys, take regular breaks in good time to allow your-self to rest.

ÀAttention AssistAttention AssistInoperativeInoperative

ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computerand

displays


ëOffOff

The HOLD function is deactivated. The vehicle is skidding.A warning tone also sounds.X Reactivate the HOLD function later (Y page 154).

The HOLD function is deactivated. When the brake pedal is firmlydepressed, an activation condition is not fulfilled.A warning tone also sounds.X Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function(Y page 154).

RadarRadar SensorsSensors Deac‐Deac‐tivated See Opera‐tivated See Opera‐tor's Manualtor's Manual

The radar sensor system is deactivated.X Switch on the radar sensor system (Y page 188).

Blind Spot AssistBlind Spot AssistCurrently Unavail‐Currently Unavail‐able See Opera‐able See Opera‐tor's Manualtor's Manual

Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative. Possible causes are:Rthe sensors are dirty.Rfunction is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is outside the operating temperaturerange.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta-tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.

The yellow9 indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir-rors.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display mes-sage disappears.Blind Spot Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Clean the sensors (Y page 259).X Start the drive system again.

Blind Spot AssistBlind Spot AssistInoperativeInoperative

Blind Spot Assist is defective.The yellow9 indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir-rors.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Park Assist Can‐Park Assist Can‐celedceled

The driver's door is open and the driver's seat belt has not beenfastened.X Repeat the parking process with the seat belt fastened and thedriver's door closed.

You have inadvertently touched the multifunction steering wheelwhile steering intervention was active.X While steering intervention is active, make sure that the multi-function steering wheel is not touched unintentionally.

The vehicle has started to skid and ESP® has intervened.X Use Active Parking Assist again later (Y page 159).

ParkPark AssistAssist Inoper‐Inoper‐ativeative

You have just carried out a large number of turning or parkingmaneuvers.Active Parking Assist will become available again after approx-imately 10(Y page 159).X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Switch off the drive system and start it again.

If the display message continues to be displayed:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

PARKTRONIC is defective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Cruise ControlCruise ControlInoperativeInoperative

Cruise control is faulty.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Cruise ControlCruise Control- - - mph- - - mph

A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled.You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph (30 km/h), forexample.X If conditions permit, drive faster than 20 mph (30 km/h) andstore the speed.

X Check the activation conditions for cruise control (Y page 153).


-board

computerand

displays

Tires


CheckCheckTiresTires

The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly.The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display.

G WARNINGWith tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the fol-lowing hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.Rthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybe greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 264).

X Check the tire pressures and, if necessary, correct the tire pres-sure.

X

WarningWarningTire MalfunctionTire Malfunction

The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. Thewheel position is shown in the multifunction display.

G WARNINGIf you drive with a flat tire, there is a risk of the following hazards:Ra flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.Ryou could lose control of the vehicle.Rcontinued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-up and possibly a fire.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 264).


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


TireTire Press.Press. MonitorMonitorCurrently Unavail‐Currently Unavail‐ableable

Due to a source of radio interference, no signals can be receivedfrom the wheel sensors. The tire pressure monitor is temporarilymalfunctioning.X Drive on.The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as theproblem has been solved.

TirePress.TirePress.Sensor(s) MissingSensor(s) Missing

There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or severalwheels. The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in themultifunction display.X Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Tire Pressure Mon‐Tire Pressure Mon‐itoritorInoperative NoInoperative NoWheel SensorsWheel Sensors

The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor.The tire pressure monitor is deactivated.X Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.The tire pressuremonitor is activated automatically after drivingfor a few minutes.

TireTire Press.Press. MonitorMonitorInoperativeInoperative

The tire pressure monitor is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Please CorrectPlease CorrectTire PressureTire Pressure

The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the tirepressure difference between the wheels is too great.X Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity (Y page 284).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor (Y page 287).

Vehicle


ShiftShift toto 'P''P' oror 'N''N'to Start Engineto Start Engine

You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission inposition R or D.X Shift the transmission to position P or N.

Depress Brake toDepress Brake toStart EngineStart Engine

You have attempted to start the drive system with the transmis-sion in position N without depressing the brake pedal.X Depress the brake pedal.


-board

computerand

displays


ToTo DeselectDeselect PP oror N,N,Depress Brake andDepress Brake andStart EngineStart Engine

You have attempted to shift the transmission to position R or Dwithout starting the drive system.X Start the drive system.X Depress the brake pedal.

i It is only possible to shift the transmission from position P tothe desired position if you depress the brake pedal. Only thencan the parking lock be deactivated. If you do not depress thebrake pedal, the DIRECT SELECT lever can still bemoved but theparking lock remains engaged.

Apply Brake toApply Brake toShift from 'P'Shift from 'P'

You have attempted to move the transmission selector lever toposition R, N or D without depressing the brake pedal.X Depress the brake pedal.

Transmission NotTransmission Notin Pin PRisk of VehicleRisk of VehicleRolling AwayRolling Away

G WARNINGThe driver's door is open and the transmission is in positionR,N orD.A warning tone also sounds.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).

Service RequiredService RequiredDoDo NotNot ShiftShift GearsGearsVisit DealerVisit Dealer

You cannot change the transmission position due to amalfunction.A warning tone also sounds.If transmission position D is selected:X Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting thetransmission from position D.

If transmission position R, N or P is selected:X Do not tow the vehicle.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Only ShiftOnly Shiftto 'P' when Vehi‐to 'P' when Vehi‐cle is Stationarycle is Stationary

The vehicle is moving.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Shift the transmission to position P.

Reversing Not Pos‐Reversing Not Pos‐sible Servicesible ServiceRequiredRequired

The transmission is malfunctioning. You cannot back up.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

A The tailgate is open.X Close the tailgate.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


? The hood is not closed properly.

G WARNINGIf the hood is not closed properly it may open and block your viewwhen the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traf-fic conditions.

X Apply the electric parking brake.X Close the hood.

C At least one door is open. A warning tone also sounds.X Close all the doors.

ÐPowerPower SteeringSteering Mal‐Mal‐function See Oper‐function See Oper‐ator's Manualator's Manual

Power assistance for steering is malfunctioningA warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGYou will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

Phone No ServicePhone No Service Your vehicle is outside the network provider's transmitter/receiver range.X Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbolappears in the multifunction display.

¥Check Washer FluidCheck Washer Fluid

The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has droppedbelow the minimum.

i If you do not mix antifreeze with the washer fluid in the wintermonths, then the washer fluid could freeze in the washer fluidreservoir. In this case, the Check Washer FluidCheck Washer Fluid display mes-sage may appear in the multifunction display.

X Add washer fluid (Y page 254).

Wiper Malfunction‐Wiper Malfunction‐inging

The windshield wipers are malfunctioning.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computerand

displays


Hazard WarningHazard WarningFlashers Malfunc‐Flashers Malfunc‐tioningtioning

The hazard warning lamps are faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Charger Cable Con‐Charger Cable Con‐nectednected

The charging cable is still connected to the vehicle socket.X Remove the charging cable from vehicle socket.

SmartKey


+ReplaceReplace KeyKey BatteryBattery

The SmartKey batteries are discharged.X Change the batteries (Y page 74).

+Key Not DetectedKey Not Detected(red display message)

The SmartKey is not in the vehicle. A warning tone also sounds.When you switch off the ignition, you will be unable to start thevehicle.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Locate the SmartKey.

The SmartKey is not detected while driving because a powerfulradio transmitter is causing interference. A warning tone alsosounds.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to thedesired position (Y page 127).

+Key Not DetectedKey Not Detected(white display mes-sage)

You are in the vehicle and the SmartKey currently cannot bedetected by the vehicle.X Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.

If the SmartKey still cannot be detected:X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to thedesired position (Y page 127).

+Obtain a New KeyObtain a New Key

The SmartKey needs to be replaced.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

+Key Does NotKey Does NotBelong to VehicleBelong to Vehicle

You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock.X Use the correct SmartKey.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


+Close Doors toClose Doors toLock VehicleLock Vehicle

At least one door is open. A warning tone also sounds.X Close all doors and lock the vehicle again.

+Take Your KeyTake Your Keyfrom Ignitionfrom Ignition

The SmartKey is in the ignition lock.X Remove the SmartKey.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Seat belts


ü

After starting the drivesystem, the red warn-ing lamp lights up for6 seconds.

The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passengerto fasten their seat belts.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).

ü

After starting the drivesystem, the red seatbelt warning lamp lightsup. In addition, a warn-ing tone sounds for upto 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt is not fastened.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).The warning tone ceases.

ü

After you have startedthe drive system, thered seat belt warninglamp comes on as soonas the driver's door orthe front-passengerdoor is closed.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).The warning lamp goes out.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat.X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stowthem in a secure place.The warning lamp goes out.

216 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computerand

displays


ü

The red seat belt warn-ing lamp flashes and anintermittent audiblewarning sounds.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. Thevehicle is being driven faster than 15mph (25 km/h) or has brieflybeen driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h).X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning toneceases.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat. The vehicle is beingdriven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been drivenfaster than 15 mph (25 km/h).X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stowthem in a secure place.The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning toneceases.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 217

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Safety systems


$ (USA only)J (Canada only)The red brake systemwarning lamp is lit whilethe drive system is run-ning. A warning tonealso sounds.

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

G WARNINGThe braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Do not add brake fluid. Adding more will not remedy the mal-function.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

! é

The yellow ABS andRBS warning lamps areon while the drive sys-tem is running.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) is deactivated due to a malfunc-tion. Therefore, BAS (Brake Assist), COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST, ESP® (Electronic Stability Program), RBS, the HOLD func-tion and hill start assist are also deactivated, for example.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning, other systems may alsonot be available, e.g. the navigation system.


-board

computerand

displays


! é

The yellow ABS andRBS warning lamps areon while the drive sys-tem is running.

ABS is temporarily unavailable. BAS, COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST, ESP®, EBD (electronic brake force distribution), the HOLDfunction and hill start assist are therefore also deactivated, forexample.Possible causes are:RSelf-diagnosis is not yet complete.RThe on-board voltage may be insufficient.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is a risk of an accident.X Carefully drive a suitable distance, making slight steering move-ments at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).The functions mentioned above are available again when thewarning lamp goes out.

If the warning lamp is still on:X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


! é

The yellow ABS andRBS warning lamps areon while the drive sys-tem is running. A warn-ing tone also sounds.

EBD is malfunctioning. Therefore, ABS, BAS, COLLISION PREVEN-TION ASSIST, ESP®, RBS, the HOLD function and hill start assistare unavailable, for example.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.



-board

computerand

displays


$ (USA only)J (Canada only)÷ å ! é

The red brake warninglamp, the yellow ESP®and ESP® OFF warninglamps, the yellow ABSand RBS warning lampsare lit while the drivesystem is running.

ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning. Therefore, BAS, RBS, COLLI-SION PREVENTION ASSIST, EBD, the HOLD function and hill startassist are also unavailable, for example.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.


÷

The yellow ESP® warn-ing lamp flashes whilethe vehicle is in motion.

ESP® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk ofskidding or at least one wheel has started to spin.Cruise control is deactivated.X When pulling away, only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.X Do not deactivate ESP®.For exceptions, see: (Y page 67).


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


å

The yellow ESP® OFFwarning lamp is lit whilethe drive system is run-ning.

G WARNING

If ESP® is switched off, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Reactivate ESP®.For exceptions, see: (Y page 67).

X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.

If ESP® cannot be activated:X Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

÷ å é

The yellow RBS, ESP®and ESP® OFF warninglamps are lit while thedrive system is running.

ESP®, RBS, BAS, COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST, the HOLDfunction and hill start assist are not available due to amalfunction.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.



-board

computerand

displays


÷ å é

The yellow RBS, ESP®and ESP® OFF warninglamps are lit while thedrive system is running.

ESP®, RBS, BAS, the HOLD function and hill start assist are tem-porarily unavailable.COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST may also have failed.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.Self-diagnosis is not yet complete.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Carefully drive a suitable distance, making slight steering move-ments at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).The functions mentioned above are available again when thewarning lamp goes out.

If the warning lamp is still on:X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.


F (USA only)! (Canada only)The red indicator lampfor the electric parkingbrake flashes or lightsup and/or the yellowwarning lamp for theelectric parking brakelights up.

X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


6

The red restraint sys-tem warning lamp is litwhile the drive systemis running.

The restraint system is faulty.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialistworkshop immediately.

For further information about the restraint system, see(Y page 40).

é

The yellow RBSwarninglamp is lit while thedrive system is running.

RBS (Recuperative Brake System) is unavailable due to a malfunc-tion.

G WARNINGThe braking performance of the electric motor using recuperativebraking may be either reduced or not effective. If you do not makean additional effort to apply the brake yourself, the braking effectmay not be sufficient. If necessary, counteract the reduced regen-erative braking effect by applying the brake yourself.The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.Braking efficiency may be impaired.X Drive on taking extra care.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Drive system


The yellow bat-tery chargewarning lampis on.

The charge level of the high-voltage battery has dropped into thereserve range.X Charge the high-voltage battery.


-board

computerand

displays

Driving systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences and MM Solutions

·

The red distance warn-ing lamp lights up whilethe vehicle is in motion.

The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speedselected.X Increase the distance.

·

The red distance warn-ing lamp lights up whilethe vehicle is in motion.A warning tone alsosounds.

You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your lineof travel at too high a speed.X Be prepared to brake immediately.X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have tobrake or take evasive action.

For further information about the distance warning function ofCOLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST (Y page 64).


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Tires

Problem Possible causes/consequences and MM Solutions

h

The yellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.

The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in atleast one of the tires.

G WARNINGWith tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the fol-lowing hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.Rthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybe greatly impaired.There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 300).X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 264).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 284).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

h

The yellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) flashes forapproximately oneminute and thenremains lit.

The tire pressure monitor is faulty.

G WARNINGThe system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tirepressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computera

nddisplays

Useful information ............................ 228Loading guidelines ............................ 228Stowage areas .................................. 228Features ............................................. 234

227

Stow

ageandfeatures

Useful information



Loading guidelines

G WARNINGIf objects, luggage or loads are not secured ornot secured sufficiently, they could slip, tipover or be flung around and thereby hit vehicleoccupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-den change in direction.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping before thejourney.

The handling characteristics of a laden vehi-cle are dependent on the distribution of theload within the vehicle. Observe the followingnotes when transporting a load:Rnever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle mass or the gross axle weightrating for the vehicle (including occupants).The values are specified on the vehicleidentification plate on the B-pillar of thedriver's door.RThe cargo compartment is the preferredplace to carry objects.RPosition heavy loads as far forwards as pos-sible and as low down in the cargo com-partment as possible.RThe load must not protrude above theupper edge of the seat backrests.

RAlways place the load against the rear orfront seat backrests. Make sure that theseat backrests are securely locked intoplace.RAlways place the load behind unoccupiedseats if possible.RUse the cargo tie-down rings and the parcelnets to transport loads and luggage.RUse cargo tie-down rings and fasteningmaterials appropriate for the weight andsize of the load.RHook in the cargo net when loading.RThemaximum load capacity of the stowagewell under the cargo compartment floor is55 lbs (25 kg).RSecure the load with sufficiently strong andwear-resistant tie-downs. Pad sharp edgesfor protection.

! Do not position the load on one part of thefolding cargo compartment floor only. Themaximum load capacity of the folding cargocompartment floor is 220 lbs (100 kg). Dis-tribute theweight evenly to avoid damagingthe cargo compartment floor. Place a solidboard under the load if necessary. Pleasenote that the load on the cargo compart-ment floor will be increased when the loadis lashed down.

Stowage areas

Stowage spaces


G WARNINGIf objects in the passenger compartment arestowed incorrectly, they can slide or bethrown around and hit vehicle occupants.There is a risk of injury, particularly in theevent of sudden braking or a sudden changein direction.

228 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

RAlways stow objects so that they cannot bethrown around in such situations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude from stowage spaces, parcel nets orstowage nets.RClose the lockable stowage spaces whiledriving.RStow and secure objects that are heavy,hard, pointy, sharp-edged, fragile or toolarge in the cargo compartment.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 228).

Stowage compartments in the front

Glove box

X To open: pull handle: and open glove boxflap;.

X To close: fold glove box flap; upwardsuntil it engages.

i There is a pen holder at the top of theglove box flap.

Stowage compartment in front of the arm-rest

Vehicles with DIRECT SELECT leverX To open: press the marking on cover:.

i You can remove the non-slip mat and theinsert for cleaning. When removing theinsert you will have to overcome someslight resistance.

Stowage compartment/telephone com-partment under the armrest

X To open: on vehicles with moveable armr-ests, make sure that the armrest is in therearmost position.

X Press button: and fold the armrest up.

i Depending on the vehicle's equipment, aUSB connection and an AUX IN connectionor a Media Interface are installed in thestowage compartment. A Media Interfaceis a universal interface for portable audioequipment, e.g. for an iPod® or MP3 player(see the separate Audio or COMAND Oper-ating Instructions).

Stowage areas 229

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Stowage compartment under the driver'sseat and front-passenger seatG WARNINGIf you exceed the maximum load for the stow-age compartment, the cover may not be ableto restrain the items. Itemsmay be thrown outof the stowage compartment and hit vehicleoccupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-den change in direction.Never exceed the maximum permissible loadfor the stowage compartment. Stow andsecure heavy objects in the cargo compart-ment.

The maximum permissible load of the stow-age compartment is 2.6 lbs (1.2 kg).

X To open: pull handle: up and foldcover; forwards.

Stowage space in the rear

Stowage compartment in the rear centerconsole

X To open: pull down the top of stowagecompartment: by the edge of the handle.

i Depending on the vehicle's equipment,theremay be an open stowage space abovethe stowage compartment.

Stowage netsStowage nets are located in the front-passenger footwell and on the back of thedriver's and the front-passenger seat.Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 228)and the safety notes regarding stowagespaces (Y page 228).

Cargo compartment enlargement


G WARNINGIf the rear bench seat/rear seat and seatbackrest are not engaged they could fold for-wards, e.g. when braking suddenly or in theevent of an accident.RThe vehicle occupant would thereby bepushed into the seat belt by the rear benchseat/rear seat or by the seat backrest. Theseat belt can no longer offer the intendedlevel of protection and could even causeinjuries.RObjects or loads in the trunk/cargo com-partment cannot be restrained by the seatbackrest.

There is an increased risk of injury.Before every trip, make sure that the seatbackrests and the rear bench seat/rear seatare engaged.

! Before folding the backrest in the rearcompartment forwards, make sure that therear compartment armrest and thecupholder are folded in. They may other-wise be damaged.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 228).


ageandfeatures

Cargo compartment enlargement with-out EASY-VARIO-PLUS system

Folding the rear seat backrest forwardThe left-hand and right-hand rear seat backr-ests can be folded forwards separately toincrease the cargo compartment capacity.

X Fully insert the backrest head restraints(Y page 90).

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatforward if necessary.

X Pull left-hand or right-hand release han-dle; of the seat backrest forwards.Corresponding seat backrest: isreleased.

X Fold backrest: forwards.X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatback if necessary.

Folding the rear seat backrest back

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatforward if necessary.

! Make sure that the seat belt does notbecome trapped when folding the rear seat

backrest back. Otherwise, it could be dam-aged.

X Fold seat backrest: back until it engages.Red lock status indicator; is no longervisible.

X Adjust the head restraints if necessary(Y page 90).

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatback if necessary.

Securing cargo

Cargo tie-down ringsObserve the following notes on securingloads:RObserve the loading guidelines(Y page 228).RSecure the load using the cargo tie-downrings.RDistribute the load on the cargo tie-downrings evenly.RDo not use elastic straps or nets to securea load, as these are only intended as ananti-slip protection for light loads.RDo not route tie-downs across sharp edgesor corners.RPad sharp edges for protection.

: Cargo tie-down rings

Stowage areas 231

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Bag hook

G WARNINGThe bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objectsor items of luggage. Objects or items of lug-gage could be flung around and thereby hitvehicle occupants when braking or abruptlychanging directions. There is a risk of injury.Only hang light objects on the bag hooks.Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragileobjects on the bag hooks.

! The bag hook can bear amaximum load of6.6lbs (3kg) and should not be used tosecure a load.

: Bag hook

Cargo compartment cover


G WARNINGOn its own, the cargo compartment covercannot secure or restrain heavy objects,items of luggage and heavy loads. You couldbe hit by an unsecured load during suddenchanges in direction, braking or in the event ofan accident. There is an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over, e.g. byusing tie downs, even if you are using thecargo compartment cover.

! When loading the vehicle, make sure thatyou do not stack the load in the cargo com-partment higher than the lower edge of theside windows. Do not place heavy objectson top of the cargo compartment cover.

! When removing and installing the cargocompartment cover, ensure that its endcaps do not scrape the light-colored partsof the vehicle.

The cargo compartment cover is locatedbehind the rear bench seat backrest.

Extending/retracting the cargo com-partment cover

X To extend: pull the cargo compartmentcover back by grab handle: and clip it intoretainers; on the left and right.

X To retract: unhook the cargo compartmentcover from retainers; on the left and rightand guide it forwards by grab handle:until it is fully retracted.


ageandfeatures

Installing/removing the cargo compart-ment cover

X To remove:make sure that the cargo com-partment cover is rolled up.

X Push in the end cap of cargo compartmentcover: in the direction of the arrow on theright or left side using grip=.

X Push cargo compartment cover: intoopposite anchorage;.

X Remove cargo compartment cover:upwards.

X To install: set cargo compartmentcover: on the right or left-hand side inanchorage;.

X Push in the opposite end cap of cargo com-partment cover: in the direction of thearrow and insert cargo compartmentcover: into opposite anchorage;.

Stowage well under the cargo com-partment floor


G WARNINGIf you drivewhen the cargo compartment flooris open, objects could be flung around, thusstriking vehicle occupants. There is a risk ofinjury, particularly in the event of suddenbraking or a sudden change in direction.Always close the cargo compartment floorbefore a journey.

! The maximum load capacity of the stow-age well under the cargo compartmentfloor is 55 lbs (25 kg).

Opening/closing the cargo compart-ment floorUnder the trunk floor you can find a foldingbox.

X To open: open the tailgate.X Holding ribbing;, press handle: down-wards.Handle: folds up.

X Swing the cargo compartment floorupwards using handle: until it restsagainst the cargo compartment cover.

X Fold out hook= on the underside of thecargo compartment floor.

Stowage areas 233

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

X Attach hook= to the cargo compart-ment's upper seal?.

X To close: detach hook= from seal?.X Fasten hook= to the bracket on theunderside of the cargo compartment floor.

X Fold the trunk floor down.X Press the cargo compartment floor downuntil it engages.

Setting the height of the cargo compart-ment floorThe stowage well under the cargo compart-ment floor can be increased or decreased insize as necessary. To do this, you can lock thefloor at two different heights. The upper catchgives a flat load surface when the rear benchseat is folded forward.

X To raise: using handle:, lift up cargocompartment floor; in the direction ofarrow= and pull it upwards.

X Lower cargo compartment floor; again.To do this, push the trunk floor away so thatit engages in the guide on the upper level.Cargo compartment floor; engages inthe upper position.i Carry out this step using both hands.X To lower: raise cargo compartmentfloor; slightly using handle: and pull ittowards you.

X Lower cargo compartment floor; againslowly. Whilst doing so, press the trunkfloor into the lower level.Cargo compartment floor; engages inthe lower position.

Features

Cup holder


G WARNINGThe cup holder cannot hold a container securewhilst traveling. If you use a cup holder whilsttraveling, the container may be flung aroundand liquid may be spilled. The vehicle occu-pants may come into contact with the liquidand if it is hot, they may be scalded. You maybe distracted from the traffic conditions andyou could lose control of the vehicle. There isa risk of an accident and injury.Only use the cup holder when the vehicle isstationary. Only use the cup holder for con-tainers of the right size. Always close the con-tainer, particularly if the liquid is hot.

G WARNINGIf objects in the passenger compartment arestowed incorrectly, they can slide or bethrown around and hit vehicle occupants.There is a risk of injury, particularly in theevent of sudden braking or a sudden changein direction.

234 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

RAlways stow objects so that they cannot bethrown around in such situations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude from stowage spaces, parcel nets orstowage nets.RClose the lockable stowage spaces whiledriving.RStow and secure objects that are heavy,hard, pointy, sharp-edged, fragile or toolarge in the cargo compartment.

! Only use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.

The stowage compartments in the doors pro-vide space for bottles:Rfront: capacity up to 51 fl. oz. (1.5 l)Rrear: capacity up to 17 fl. oz. (0.5 l)

Cup holder in the front-compartmentcenter consoleThe cup holder and the rubber mat under-neath can be removed for cleaning. Cleanthem with clean, lukewarm water only.

X To remove: carefully pull in upper sectionsof cup holder: on the driver's and front-passenger sides until they release.

X Lift the cup holder upwards; until it canbe removed.

X To install: insert cup holder into lateralcurved sections; in the stowage com-partment. Insert the cup holder so that thewedge of the upper section of cupholder: faces forwards.

X Press the cup holder downwards until itengages on the right and left-hand sides.

Sun visors

Overview

G WARNINGIf themirror cover of the vanitymirror is foldedup when the vehicle is in motion, you could beblinded by incident light. There is a risk of anaccident.Always keep the mirror cover folded downwhile driving.

: Mirror light; Bracket= Retaining clip, e.g. for a car park ticket

Features 235

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

? Vanity mirrorA Mirror cover

Vanity mirror in the sun visorMirror light: only functions if the sun visoris clipped into retainer; andmirror coverAhas been folded up.

Glare from the side

X Fold down the sun visor.X Pull the sun visor out of retainer;.X Swing the sun visor to the side.X Vehicles with mirror lights: slide the sunvisor horizontally as desired.

Ashtray

Front ashtray

! The stowage space under the ashtray isnot heat resistant. Before placing lit ciga-rettes in the ashtray, make sure that theashtray is properly engaged.Otherwise, thestowage space could be damaged.

Example: vehicles with a cover over the stowagecompartmentX To open: push the lower section ofcover:.The stowage compartment opens.

X To remove the insert: lift insert= up;and out.

X To re-install the insert: press insert=into the holder until it engages.

i If you remove the ashtray insert, you canuse the resulting compartment for stow-age.

Rear-compartment ashtray

X To open: pull cover= out by its top edge.X To remove: pull insert; by recess: inthe direction of arrow? until it audiblyreleases.

X Lift insert; up and out.X To install the insert: install insert; fromabove into the holder and press down untilit engages.

Cigarette lighter

G WARNINGYou can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the cigarettelighter.In addition, flammable materials can ignite if:Rthe hot cigarette lighter fallsRa child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob.Always make sure that the cigarette lighter isout of reach of children. Never leave childrenunsupervised in the vehicle.

Your attentionmust always be focused on thetraffic conditions. Only use the cigarette

236 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

lighter when road and traffic conditions per-mit.

Example: vehicles with a cover over the stowagecompartmentX Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X To open: push the lower section ofcover:.The stowage compartment opens.

X Press in cigarette lighter;.Cigarette lighter; will pop out automati-cally when the heating element is red-hot.

12 V sockets

General notesX Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

The sockets can be used for accessories witha maximum draw of 180 W (15 A). Accesso-ries include such items as bulbs or chargersfor mobile phones.If the sockets are used for a very long time thebattery may discharge.

i An emergency cut-out ensures that theon-board voltage does not drop too low. Ifthe on-board voltage is too low, the powerto the sockets is automatically cut.

Socket in the rear-compartment centerconsole

X Pull cover: out by its top edge.X Lift up the cover of socket;.

Socket in the cargo compartment

X Lift up the cover of socket:.

mbrace

General notesYou must have a license agreement to acti-vate the mbrace service. Make sure that yoursystem is activated and operational. To log in,press the ï MB Info call button. If any ofthe steps mentioned are not carried out, thesystem may not be activated.If you have questions about the activation,contact the following telephone assistanceservice:Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367

Features 237

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Shortly after successfully registering with theservice, a user ID and passwordwill be sent toyou by post.The system is available if:Rit has been activated and is operationalRthe correspondingmobile phone network isavailable for transmitting data to the Cus-tomer CenterRa service subscription is availableRthe starter battery is sufficiently charged

i Determining the location of the vehicle ona map is only possible if:RGPS reception is available.Rthe vehicle position can be forwarded tothe Customer Assistance Center.

The mbrace systemTo adjust the volume during a call, proceed asfollows:X Press theW orX button on the mul-tifunction steering wheel.

orX Use the volume controller of the audio sys-tem/COMAND.

The system offers various services, e.g.:RAutomatic and manual emergency callRRoadside Assistance callRMB Info call

System self-testAfter you have switched on the ignition, thesystem carries out a self-diagnosis.A malfunction in the system has been detec-ted if one of the following occurs:RThe indicator lamp in the SOS button doesnot come on during the system self-test.RThe indicator lamp in the F RoadsideAssistance button does not light up duringself-diagnosis of the system.RThe indicator lamp in the ï MB Info callbutton does not light up during self-diag-nosis of the system.

RThe indicator lamp in one or more of thefollowing buttons continues to light up redafter the system self-diagnosis:- SOS button- F Roadside Assistance call button- ï MB Info call buttonRAfter the system self-diagnosis, the Inop‐Inop‐erativeerative or Service Not ActivatedService Not Activatedmessage appears in the multifunction dis-play.

If a malfunction is indicated as outlinedabove, the systemmay not operate as expec-ted. In the event of an emergency, help willhave to be summoned by other means.Have the system checked at the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or call thefollowing telephone assistance service:Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367

Emergency call

Important safety notesG WARNINGIt can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle,even if you have pressed the SOS button in anemergency if:Ryou see smoke inside or outside of the vehi-cle, e.g. if there is a fire after an accidentRthe vehicle is on a dangerous section ofroadRthe vehicle is not visible or cannot easily beseen by other road users, particularly whendark or in poor visibility conditions

There is a risk of an accident and injury.Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi-lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so.Move to a safe location along with other vehi-cle occupants. In such situations, secure thevehicle in accordance with national regula-tions, e. g. with a warning triangle.

You must have a license agreement to acti-vate the mbrace service. Make sure that yoursystem is activated and operational. To reg-ister, press the ï MB Info call button. If

238 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

any of the steps mentioned are not carriedout, the system may not be activated.If you have questions about the activation,contact the following telephone assistanceservice:Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367

General notesThe emergency call is triggered automaticallyif an air bag is deployed or an EmergencyTensioning Device is triggered.

i You cannot end an automatically trig-gered emergency call yourself.

An emergency call can also be initiated man-ually.As soon as the emergency call has been ini-tiated, the indicator lamp in the SOS buttonflashes. The multifunction display shows theConnecting CallConnecting Call message.The audio output is muted.Once the connection has been made, theCall ConnectedCall Connected message appears in themultifunction display.All important information on the emergency istransmitted, for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicle (as deter-mined by the GPS system)Rvehicle identification numberRinformation on the severity of the accidentAfter the emergency call has been initiated, avoice connection is automatically establishedbetween the Customer Assistance Centerand the vehicle occupants.RIf the vehicle occupants respond, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter attempts to getmore information on theemergency.RIf there is no response from the vehicleoccupants, an ambulance is immediatelysent to the vehicle.

If no voice connection can be established tothe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter, the systemhas been unable to initiatean emergency call.

If, for example, the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available then voice connec-tion cannot be established. The indicatorlamp in the SOS button flashes continuously.The Call FailedCall Failed message appears in themultifunction display and must be confirmed.In this case, summon assistance by othermeans.

Making an emergency call

X To initiate an emergency call manually:press cover: briefly to open.

X Press SOS button; briefly.The indicator lamp in SOS button;flashes until the emergency call is conclu-ded.

X Wait for a voice connection to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter.

X After the emergency call, close cover:.

i If the mobile phone network is unavaila-ble, mbrace will not be able to make theemergency call. If you leave the vehicleimmediately after pressing the SOS button,you will not know whether mbrace placedthe emergency call. In this case, alwayssummon assistance by other means.

Features 239

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Roadside Assistance button

X Press Roadside Assistance button:.This initiates a call to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistancebutton: flashes while the call is active.The multifunction display shows the Con‐Con‐necting Callnecting Callmessage. The audio outputis muted.

If a connection can be made, the Call Con‐Call Con‐nectednectedmessage appears in themultifunctiondisplay.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicleRvehicle identification number

i The audio system or COMAND displayindicates that a call is active. During thecall, you can change to the navigationmenuby pressing the NAVI button on COMAND,for example.Voice output is not available.

A voice connection is established betweenthe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter and the vehicle occupants.From the remote fault diagnosis, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centercan ascertain the nature of the problem(Y page 243).The Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter either sends a qualified Mercedes-

Benz technician or makes arrangements foryour vehicle to be transported to the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.You may be charged for services such asrepair work and/or towing.Further details are available in your mbracemanual.

i If the system has not been able to initiatea Roadside Assistance call:Rthe indicator lamp in Roadside Assis-tance call button: flashes continuouslyRit was not possible to establish a voiceconnection to the Mercedes-Benz Cus-tomer Assistance Center.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available, for example.The Call FailedCall Failed message appears in themultifunction display.

X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding button for endinga phone call on the audio system or onCOMAND.

MB Info call button

X Press MB Info call button:.This initiates a call to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp inMB Info call button:flasheswhile the connection is beingmade.The multifunction display shows the Con‐Con‐

240 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

nectingnecting CallCallmessage. The audio systemis muted.

If a connection can be made, the Call Con‐Call Con‐nectednectedmessage appears in themultifunctiondisplay.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicleRvehicle identification number

i The audio system or COMAND displayindicates that a call is active. During thecall, you can change to the navigationmenuby pressing the NAVI button on COMAND,for example.Voice output is not available.

A voice connection is established betweenthe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter and the vehicle occupants.You receive information about operating yourvehicle, about the nearest authorizedMercedes-Benz Center and about other prod-ucts and services from Mercedes-Benz.

i The system has not been able to initiatean MB Info call, if:Rthe indicator lamp in MB Info call but-ton: is flashing continuously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center wasestablished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available, for example.The Call FailedCall Failed message appears in themultifunction display.

X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding button for endinga phone call on the audio system or onCOMAND.

Call priorityWhen service calls are active, e.g. RoadsideAssistance or MB Info calls, an emergencycall can still be initiated. In this case, an emer-gency call will take priority and override allother active calls.The indicator lamp of the respective buttonflashes until the call is ended.An emergency call can only be terminated bythe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter.All other calls can be ended by pressing:Rthe~ button on themultifunction steer-ing wheelRthe corresponding button on the audio sys-tem or on COMAND for ending a telephonecall

i When a call is initiated, the audio systemis muted. The mobile phone is no longerconnected to COMAND. However, if youwant to use your mobile phone, do so onlywhen the vehicle is stationary and in a safelocation.

Downloading destinations in COMAND

Downloading destinationsi The Destination Download function isonly possible when:

Rthe relevant mobile phone network isavailable and data transfer is possible.Rthe vehicle is equipped with a navigationsystem.

Downloading destinations gives you accessto a database with over 15 million points ofinterest (POIs). These can be downloaded onthe navigation system in your vehicle. If youknow the destination, the address can bedownloaded. Alternatively, you can obtaininformation on the location of points of inter-est (POIs)/important destinations in thevicinity.Furthermore, you can download routes withup to 20 way points.

Features 241

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

You are prompted to confirm route guidanceto the address entered.The system calculates the route and subse-quently starts the route guidance with theaddress entered.

i If you select NoNo, the address can be savedin the address book.

Route AssistanceThis service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack-age and cannot be purchased separately.

i You can use the route assistance functioneven if the vehicle is not equipped with anavigation system.

Within the framework of this service, youreceive a professional and reliable form ofnavigation support without having to leaveyour vehicle.The customer service representative finds asuitable route depending on your vehicle'scurrent position and the desired destination.You will then be guided live through the cur-rent route section.

Search & Send

General notesi To use "Search & Send", your vehiclemust be equipped with mbrace and a navi-gation system. Additionally, anmbrace ser-vice subscription must be completed.

"Search & Send" is a destination entry ser-vice. A destination address which is found onGoogle Maps® can be transferred via mbracedirectly to your vehicle's navigation system.

Specifying and sending the destinationaddressX Go to the website http://www.maps.google.com and enter a desti-nation address into the entry field.

X To send the destination address to thee-mail address of your mbrace account:click on the corresponding button on thewebsite.

i Example:If you select "Send to vehicle" and then"Mercedes-Benz", the destination addresswill be sent to your vehicle.

X When the "Send" dialog window appears:Enter the e-mail address you specifiedwhen setting up your mbrace account intothe corresponding field.

X Click "Send".

i Information on specific commands suchas "Address entry" or "Send" can be foundon the website.

Calling up destination addressesX Switch on the ignition.The destination address is loaded into thevehicle's navigation system.A display message appears, askingwhether navigation should be started.

X Select YesYes by turning cVd or sliding XVYthe COMAND controller and pressW toconfirm.The system calculates the route and sub-sequently starts the route guidance withthe address entered.

i If you select NoNo, the address can be savedin the address book.

i If you have sent more than one destina-tion address, each individual destinationmust be confirmed separately.

i Destination addresses are loaded in thesame order as the order in which they weresent.If you own multiple Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles with mbrace and activated mbraceaccounts:If multiple vehicles are registered under thesame e-mail address, the destination willbe sent to all the vehicles.

242 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Vehicle remote openingYou can use vehicle remote unlocking if youhave unintentionally locked your vehicle anda replacement key is not available.The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.The vehicle can be immediately remotelyunlocked within 4 days of the ignition beingturned off. After this time, the remote unlock-ingmay be delayed by 15 to 60minutes. After30 days, the vehicle can no longer be openedremotely.X Contact the following telephone assistanceservice:Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367You will be asked for your password.

X Return to your vehicle at the time agreedupon with the Mercedes-Benz CustomerAssistance Center.

To do this, you will need your identificationnumber and password.

i Vehicle remote unlocking is only possibleif the relevant mobile phone network isaccessible.

Vehicle remote closingThe remote closing feature can be used whenyou have forgotten to lock the vehicle and youare no longer nearby.The vehicle can then be locked by theMercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter.The vehicle can be immediately remotelylocked within 4 days of the ignition beingturned off. After this time, remote closingmaybe delayed by 15 to 60minutes. After 30 daysthe vehicle can no longer be locked remotely.X Contact the following telephone assistanceservice:Customer Service at 1-888-923-8367You will be asked for your password.

The next time you are inside the vehicle andyou switch on the ignition, the DoorsDoorsLocked RemotelyLocked Remotely message appears in themultifunction display.

To do this, you will need your identificationnumber and password.

i The vehicle valet locking feature is onlyavailable when the relevant mobile phonenetwork is accessible and a data connec-tion is possible.

Stolen vehicle recovery serviceIf your vehicle has been stolen:X Notify the police.The police will issue a numbered incidentreport.

X This number will be forwarded to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter together with your PIN.The Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter then tries to locate the system. TheMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter contacts you and the local law enforce-ment agency if the vehicle is located.However, only the law enforcement agencyis informed of the location of the vehicle.

i If the anti-theft alarm system is activatedfor longer than 30 seconds, the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center is auto-matically notified.

Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosisWith the remote fault diagnosis (VehicleHealth Check), theCustomer AssistanceCen-ter can provide improved support for prob-lemswith your vehicle. During an existing call,vehicle data is transferred to the CustomerAssistance Center. The customer service rep-resentative can use the received data todecide what kind of assistance is required.You are then, for example, guided to the near-est authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or arecovery vehicle is called.Vehicle data transfer during anMB Info call orRoadside Assistance call is initiated by theCustomer Assistance Center. You will see theRoadside Assistance ConnectedRoadside Assistance Connected mes-sage in the COMAND display. If the vehicle

Features 243

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

remote fault diagnosis can be started, theRequest for vehicle diagnosisRequest for vehicle diagnosisreceived. Start vehicle diagnosis?received. Start vehicle diagnosis?message appears in the display.X Confirm the message with YesYes.X When the VehicleVehicle diagnosis:diagnosis: PleasePleasestart ignitionstart ignition message appears, turnthe key to position 2 in the ignition lock(Y page 127).

X When the PleasePlease followfollow thethe instruc‐instruc‐tions received by phone and movetions received by phone and moveyour vehicle to a safe positionyour vehicle to a safe positionmessage appears, follow the customer ser-vice representative's instructions.The message in the display disappears.If you select CancelCancel the remote fault diag-nosis is canceled completely.The vehicle operating state check begins.You will see the Vehicle diagnosisVehicle diagnosisactivated.activated. message.

When the diagnosis is completed, the SendSendvehiclevehicle diagnosticsdiagnostics datadata (Voice(Voice con‐con‐nection may be interrupted duringnection may be interrupted duringdata transfer)data transfer) message appears. Thevehicle data can now be sent to the CustomerAssistance center.X Press OKOK to confirm the message.The voice connection with the CustomerAssistance Center is terminated.You will see the Vehicle Diagnosis:Vehicle Diagnosis:Transferring data...Transferring data... message.The vehicle data is sent to the CustomerAssistance Center.

Depending on what the customer service rep-resentative agreed with you, the voice con-nection is re-established after the transfer iscomplete. If necessary, you will be contactedat a later time by another means, e.g. by e-mail or phone.Another function of the remote fault diagno-sis is the transfer of service data to the Cus-tomer Assistance Center. If a service is over-due, the COMAND display shows a messageabout various special offers at your work-shop.

Information on the data stored in the vehicle(Y page 26).Information on Roadside Assistance(Y page 21).

Downloading routesDownloading routes allows you to transferand save predefined routes in the navigationsystem. To do this, an SD memory card mustbe inserted into the COMAND system. If noSD memory card is inserted, you must insertthe card into the card slot on the COMANDsystem before saving.A route can be prepared and sent either by acustomer service representative or via thembrace portal on the Internet.Each route can include up to 20 way points.Once a route has been received by the navi-gation system, you will see the <route<routename>name> hashas beenbeen savedsaved toto memorymemory card.card.DoDo youyou wantwant toto startstart routeroute guidance?guidance?message in the COMANDdisplay. The route issaved to the SD memory card.X To start route guidance: select YesYes.An overview of the route is shown in thedisplay.i If you select NoNo, the saved route can becalled up later via the navigation menu.

X Select StartStart.Route guidance is started.

i Downloaded and saved data can be calledup again in COMAND.You can find further information in the sep-arate COMAND Operating Instructions.

Speed alertYou can define the upper speed limit, whichmust not be exceeded by the vehicle.If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi-cle, a message will be sent to the CustomerAssistance Center. The Customer AssistanceCenter then forwards this information to you.You can select the way in which you receivethis information beforehand. Possible options

244 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

include text message, e-mail or an automatedcall.The data you receive contains the followinginformation:Rthe location where the speed limit wasexceededRthe time at which the speed limit wasexceededRthe selected speed limit which was excee-ded

Geo fencingGeo fencing allows you to select areas whichthe vehicle should not enter or leave. You willbe informed if the vehicle crosses the boun-daries of the selected areas. You can selectthe way in which you receive this informationbeforehand. Possible options include textmessage, e-mail or an automated call.The area can be determined as either a circleor a polygon with a maximum of ten corners.You can specify up to ten areas simultane-ously. Different settings are possible for eacharea.Alternatively, you can trigger an MB Info calland inform the customer service representa-tive that you wish to activate geo fencing.Currently inactive areas can be activated bytext message.

Triggering the vehicle alarmWith this function, you can trigger the vehi-cle's panic alarm via text message. An alarmsounds and the exterior lighting flashes.Depending on the setting, the panic alarmlasts 5 or 10 seconds. Afterwards, the alarmswitches off.

Garage door opener


G WARNINGWhen you operate or program the garage doorwith the integrated garage door opener, per-sons in the range of movement of the garagedoor can become trapped or struck by thegarage door. There is a risk of injury.When using the integrated garage dooropener, always make sure that nobody iswithin the range of movement of the garagedoor.

Programming

Programming buttonsPay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 245).

Integrated garage door opener in the rear-viewmir-ror

Garage door remote controlA is not part ofthe integrated garage door opener.X Before programing for the first time, clearthe integrated garage door opener memory(Y page 248).

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Press and hold button;,= or? of theintegrated garage door opener.After a short time, indicator lamp: lightsup yellow.i Indicator lamp: lights up yellow as soonas button;,= or? is programmed for

Features 245

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

the first time. If the selected button hasalready been programmed, indicatorlamp: lights up yellow after 10 secondshave elapsed.

X Release button;,= or?. Indicatorlamp: flashes yellow.

X Point garage door remote controlAtowards buttons;,= or? on the rear-view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches (5to 20 cm).i The required distance between remotecontrolA and the integrated garage dooropener depends on the garage door drivesystem. Several attempts might be neces-sary. You should test every position for atleast 25 seconds before trying anotherposition.

X Press and hold buttonB on remote controlA until indicator lamp: lights up green.If indicator lamp: lights up green orflashes, then programing was successful.

X Release buttonB of remote controlA ofthe garage door drive.

X If indicator lamp: lights up red: repeat theprograming procedure for the correspond-ing button on the rear-view mirror. Whendoing so, vary the distance between remotecontrolA and the rear-view mirror.

i If the indicator lamp flashes green aftersuccessful programing, the garage doorsystem is using a rolling code. After pro-graming, you must synchronize the garagedoor opener integrated in the rear-viewmir-ror with the receiver of the garage doorsystem.

Synchronizing the rolling codePay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 245).


Your vehicle must be within reach of thegarage door or gate opener drive. Make surethat neither your vehicle nor any persons/objects are present within the sweep of thedoor or gate.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Press the programing button of the door orgate drive (see the door or gate drive oper-ating instructions, e.g. under "Programingadditional remote controls").i Usually, you now have 30 seconds to ini-tiate the next step.

X Press previously programmed button;,= or? of the integrated garage dooropener until the door closes.The rolling code synchronization is thencomplete.

Notes on programming the remote con-trolCanadian radio frequency laws require a"break" (or interruption) of the transmissionsignals after broadcasting for a few seconds.Therefore, these signals may not last longenough for the integrated garage dooropener. The signal is not recognized duringprogramming. Comparable with Canadianlaw, some U.S. garage door openers also fea-ture a "break".

246 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Proceed as follows:Rif you live in CanadaRif you have difficulties programming thegarage door opener (regardless of whereyou live) when using the programmingsteps.

Integrated garage door opener in the rear-viewmir-rorX Press and hold button;,= or? of theintegrated garage door opener.After a short time, indicator lamp: lightsup yellow.

X Release the button.Indicator lamp: flashes yellow.

X Press buttonB of remote controlA for2 seconds, then release it for 2 seconds.

X Press buttonB again and hold for2 seconds.

X Repeat this sequence on buttonB ofremote controlA until indicator lamp:lights up green.If indicator lamp: turns red, repeat theprocess.

X Continue with the other programing steps(see above).

Problems when programming


If you are experiencing problems programingthe integrated garage door opener on therear-view mirror, take note of the followinginstructions:RCheck the transmitter frequency of garagedoor drive remote controlA. This can usu-ally be found on the back of the remotecontrol.The integrated garage door opener is com-patible with devices that have units whichoperate in the frequency range of 280 to433 MHz.RReplace the batteries in garage doorremote controlA. This increases the like-lihood that garage door remote controlAwill transmit a strong and precise signal tothe integrated garage door opener.RWhen programming, hold remote controlA at varying distances and angles from thebuttonwhich you are programming. Try var-ious angles at a distance between 2and12 inches (5to 30 cm) or at the same anglebut at varying distances.RIf another remote control is available for thesame garage door drive, repeat the sameprogramming steps with this remote con-trol. Before performing these steps, makesure that new batteries have been installedin garage door drive remote controlA.RNote that some remote controls only trans-mit for a limited amount of time (the indi-cator lamp on the remote control goes out).

Features 247

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Press buttonB on remote controlA againbefore transmission ends.RAlign the antenna cable of the garage dooropener unit. This can improve signal recep-tion/transmission.

Opening/closing the garage door


After it has been programmed, the integratedgarage door opener performs the function ofthe garage door system remote control.Please also read the operating instructionsfor the garage door system.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Press button;,= or? which you haveprogrammed to operate the garage door.Garage door system with a fixed code: indi-cator lamp: lights up green.Garage door system with a rolling code:indicator lamp: flashes green.i The transmitter will transmit a signal aslong as the button is pressed. The trans-mission is halted after a maximum of10 seconds and indicator lamp: lights upyellow. Press button;,= or? again ifnecessary.

Clearing the memory


Make sure that you clear the memory of theintegrated garage door opener before sellingthe vehicle.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Press and hold buttons; and?.The indicator lamp initially lights up yellowand then green.

X Release buttons; and?.The memory of the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror is cleared.

Compass

Calling up the compassThe compass displays in which compassdirection the vehicle is currently traveling: NN,NENE, EE, SESE, SS, SWSW, WW or NWNW.

248 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

To receive a correct display in rear-view mir-ror:, the compass must be calibrated andthe magnetic field zone set.

Setting the compassX Determine your position using the followingzone maps.

North America zone map

South America zone map

X Push a round pen into opening=(Y page 248) for approximately 3 seconds.The zone currently selected appears incompass display; (Y page 248).

X To select the zone: push a round pen intoopening= (Y page 248) until the desiredzone is selected.If, after a few seconds, the display in com-pass display; (Y page 248) changesdirection, the zone has been selected.

Calibrating the compassX Make sure that there is sufficient space foryou to drive in a circle without impedingtraffic.

In order to calibrate the compass correctly,do the following:Rcalibrate the compass in the open and notin the vicinity of steel structures or high-voltage transmission lines.Rswitch off electrical consumers such as theclimate control, windshield wipers or rearwindow defroster.Rclose all doors and the tailgate.X Switch on the ignition.X Push a round pen into opening=(Y page 248) for approximately 6 seconds,until the CC symbol is shown in compass dis-play; (Y page 248).

X Drive your vehicle in a full circle at approx-imately 3 mph (5 km/h) to 6 mph(10 km/h).When the calibration has successfully beencompleted, the current direction is shownin compass display; (Y page 248).

Floormat on the driver's side

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.

Features 249

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not useloose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

X Slide the seat backwards.X To install: place the floormat in the foot-well.

X Press safety catch knobs: onto retain-ers;.

X To remove: pull the floormat off retain-ers;.

X Remove the floormat.

250 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Useful information ............................ 252Engine compartment ........................ 252Maintenance ...................................... 254Care .................................................... 256

251

Maintenance

andcare

Useful information



Engine compartment

Hood


G WARNINGIf the hood is unlatched, it may open up whenthe vehicle is in motion and block your view.There is a risk of an accident.Never unlatch the hood while driving.

G WARNINGWhen opening and closing the hood, it maysuddenly fall into the closed position. There isa risk of injury to persons within range ofmovement of the hood.Open and close the hood only when no one iswithin its range of movement.

G WARNINGOpening the hood when the engine is over-heated or when there is a fire in the enginecompartment could expose you to hot gasesor other service products. There is a risk ofinjury.Let an overheated engine cool down beforeopening the hood. If there is a fire in theengine compartment, keep the hood closedand contact the fire department.

G WARNINGThe engine compartment contains movingcomponents. Certain components, such asthe radiator fan, may continue to run or startagain suddenly when the ignition is off. Thereis a risk of injury.If you need to do any work inside the enginecompartment:Rswitch off the ignitionRnever reach into the area where there is arisk of danger from moving components,such as the fan rotation areaRremove jewelry and watchesRkeep items of clothing and hair, for exam-ple, away from moving parts

Opening the hood

G WARNINGCertain components on the engine may bevery hot. When carrying out work on theengine there is a risk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

! Make sure that the windshield wipers arenot folded away from the windshield. Youcould otherwise damage the windshieldwipers or the hood.

252 Engine compartmentMaintenance

andcare

X Make sure that the windshield wipers areswitched off.

X Pull release lever: on the hood.The hood is released.

X With your hand flat, palm facing down,reach into the gap between the hood andthe radiator trim.

X Press the hood catch lever; to the left.X Raise the hood.

X Pull support strut? out of bracketA.X Lift up support strut? and insert it intoyellow retaining clip=.

Closing the hoodX Raise the hood slightly and, at the sametime, remove support strut? from yellowretaining clip=.

X Swing support strut? down and press itinto bracketA until it engages.

X Lower the hood and let it fall from a heightof approximately 8 in (20 cm).

X Check that the hood has engaged properly.If the hood can be raised slightly, it is notproperly engaged. Do not press the hoodclosed. Open the hood again and close itwith a little more force.

Checking and adding other serviceproducts

Checking coolant level

G WARNINGThe engine cooling system is pressurized, par-ticularly when the engine is warm. Whenopening the cap, you could be scalded by hotcoolant spraying out. There is a risk of injury.Let the engine cool down before opening thecap. Wear eye and hand protection whenopening the cap. Open the cap slowly half aturn to allow pressure to escape.

! The coolantmay only be checked and cor-rected when the engine is cool (coolanttemperature below 104 ‡ (40 †). Check-ing the coolant when the coolant tempera-ture is above 104 ‡ (40 †) may result indamage to the engine or to the engine cool-ing system.

Engine compartment 253

Maintenance

andcare

Z

ExampleX Park the vehicle on a level surface.Only check the coolant level when the vehi-cle is on a level surface and the drive sys-tem has cooled down.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Check the coolant temperature display inthe instrument cluster.The coolant temperature must be below104 ‡ (40 †).

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 127).

X Slowly turn cap: half a turn counter-clockwise and allow excess pressure toescape.

X Turn cap: further counter-clockwise andremove it.If the coolant is at the level ofmarker bar=in the filler neck when cold, there is enoughcoolant in coolant expansion tank;.

X If necessary, add coolant that has been tes-ted and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Replace cap: and turn it clockwise as faras it will go.

For further information on coolant, see(Y page 309).

Windshield washer system

G WARNINGCertain components on the engine may bevery hot. When carrying out work on theengine there is a risk of injury.

Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate is highly flam-mable. If it comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the front compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

ExampleX To open: pull cap: upwards by the tab.X Add the premixed washer fluid.X To close: press cap: onto the filler neckuntil it engages.

The recommended minimum fluid level in thewasher fluid reservoir is 0.26 US gal (1 liter).If the washer fluid level drops below the rec-ommendedminimum fluid level of 0.26USgal(1 liter), a message appears in the multifunc-tion display prompting you to addwasher fluid(Y page 214).Further information on windshield washerfluid/antifreeze (Y page 310).

Maintenance

ASSYST PLUS

Service messagesThe ASSYST PLUS service interval displayinforms you of the next service due date.

254 MaintenanceMaintenance

andcare

For information on the type of service andservice intervals, see the separate Mainte-nance Booklet.You can obtain further information from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or athttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).The multifunction display shows a servicemessage for several seconds, e.g.:RService A in .. DaysService A in .. DaysRService A DueService A DueRService A Exceeded by .. DaysService A Exceeded by .. DaysDepending on the operating conditions of thevehicle, the remaining time or distance untilthe next service due date is displayed.The letter AA or BB, possibly in connection with anumber or another letter, indicates the typeof service. AA stands for a minor service and BBfor a major service.You can obtain further information from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The ASSYST PLUS service interval displaydoes not take into account any periods oftime during which the battery is disconnec-ted.Maintaining the time-dependent serviceschedule:X Note down the service due date displayedin the multifunction display before discon-necting the battery.

orX After reconnecting the battery, subtractthe battery disconnection periods from theservice date shown on the display.

Hiding a service messageX Press theaor%button on the steer-ing wheel.

Displaying service messagesX Switch on the ignition.X Press the= or; button to select theServ.Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select theASSYST PLUSASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm bypressing thea button.The service due date appears in the multi-function display.

Information about Service

Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service inter-val display! If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis-play has been inadvertently reset, this set-ting can be corrected at a qualified special-ist workshop.Have service work carried out as describedin the Maintenance Booklet. This may oth-erwise lead to increased wear and damageto the major assemblies or the vehicle.

A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center, will resetthe ASSYST PLUS service interval displayafter the service work has been carried out.You can also obtain further information onmaintenance work, for example.

Special service requirementsThe specifiedmaintenance interval takes onlythe normal operation of the vehicle intoaccount. Under arduous operating conditionsor increased load on the vehicle, mainte-nance work must be carried out more fre-quently, for example:Rregular city driving with frequent intermedi-ate stopsRif the vehicle is primarily used to travelshort distancesRuse in mountainous terrain or on poor roadsurfacesRif the engine is often left idling for long peri-ods

Maintenance 255

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Under arduous operating conditions, the tiresmust be checked more often. Further infor-mation can be obtained at a qualified special-ist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Driving abroadAnextensiveMercedes-Benz Service networkis also available in other countries. You canobtain further information from any author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Care

General notes

H Environmental noteDispose of empty packaging and cleaningcloths in an environmentally responsibleman-ner.

! For cleaning your vehicle, do not use anyof the following:Rdry, rough or hard clothsRabrasive cleaning agentsRsolventsRcleaning agents containing solventsDo not scrub.Do not touch the surfaces or protectivefilms with hard objects, e.g. a ring or icescraper. You could otherwise scratch ordamage the surfaces and protective film.

! Do not park the vehicle for an extendedperiod straight after cleaning it, particularlyafter having cleaned the wheels with wheelcleaner. Wheel cleaners could causeincreased corrosion of the brake discs andbrake pads/linings. For this reason, youshould drive for a few minutes after clean-ing. Braking heats the brake discs and thebrake pads/linings, thus drying them. Thevehicle can then be parked.

Regular care of your vehicle is a condition forretaining the quality in the long term.

Use care products and cleaning agents rec-ommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Exterior care

Automatic car wash

G WARNINGBraking efficiency is reduced after washingthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.After the vehicle has been washed, brakecarefully while paying attention to the trafficconditions until full braking power is restored.

! Never clean your vehicle in a TouchlessAutomatic Car Wash as these use specialcleaning agents. These cleaning agents candamage the paintwork or plastic parts.

! When washing your vehicle in a tow-through carwash,make sure that the selec-tor lever is in position N, otherwise thevehicle could be damaged.

! Make sure that:Rthe side windows are fully closed.Rthe ventilation/heating is switched off(the OFF button has been pressed/theairflow control is set to position 0).Rthe windshield wiper switch is at position0.

The vehicle may otherwise be damaged.You can wash the vehicle in an automatic carwash from the very start.If the vehicle is very dirty, pre-wash it beforecleaning it in an automatic car wash.After using an automatic car wash, wipe offwax from the windshield and the wiperblades. This will prevent smears and reducewiping noises caused by residue on the wind-shield.

Washing by handIn some countries, washing by hand is onlyallowed at specially equipped washing bays.

256 CareMaintenance

andcare

Observe the legal requirements in each coun-try.X Do not use hot water and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight.

X Use a soft sponge to clean.X Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a carshampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with agentle jet of water.

X Do not point the water jet directly towardsthe air inlet.

X Use plenty of water and rinse out thesponge frequently.

X Rinse the vehicle with clean water and drythoroughly with a chamois.

X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on thepaintwork.

Carefully remove all deposits of road salt assoon as possible when driving in winter.

Power washers

G WARNINGThe water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior damageto the tires or chassis components. Compo-nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replaced imme-diately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicle and thepower washer nozzle. Information aboutthe correct distance is available from theequipment manufacturer.Move the power washer nozzle aroundwhen cleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:RtiresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints, etc.Relectrical components

RbatteryRconnectorsRlightsRsealsRtrimRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.

Cleaning the paintwork

! Do not affix:RstickersRfilmsRmagnetic plates or similar itemsto painted surfaces. You could otherwisedamage the paintwork.

X Remove dirt immediately, where possible,while avoiding rubbing too hard.

X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off the treated areas afterwards.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff the treated areas afterwards.

X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin, oilsand greases by rubbing gently with a clothsoaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.X Use a suitable touch-up stick, e.g. MBTouch-Up Stick, to repair slight damage tothe paintwork quickly and provisionally.

The following cannot always be completelyrepaired:RscratchesRcorrosive depositsRareas affected by corrosionRdamage caused by inadequate careIn such cases, visit a qualified specialist work-shop.If water no longer forms "beads" on the paintsurface, use the paint care products recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.This is the case approximately every three to

Care 257

Maintenance

andcare

Z

five months, depending on the climate con-ditions and the care product used.If the dirt has penetrated the paint surface orif the paintwork has become dull, then thepaintwork should be cleaned. Use the clean-ing product Paint Cleaner, which has beenapproved by Mercedes-Benz.Do not use these care products in the sun oron the hood while the hood is hot.

Matte finish care

! Never polish the vehicle or the light alloywheels. Polishing causes the finish toshine.

! The following may cause the paint tobecome shiny and thus reduce the matteeffect:RVigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate-rials.RFrequent use of car washes.RWashing the vehicle in direct sunlight.

! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or pol-ishing products, or gloss preserver, e.g.wax. These products are only suitable forhigh-gloss surfaces. Their use on vehicleswith matte finish leads to considerable sur-face damage (shiny, spotted areas).Always have paintwork repairs carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

! Do not use wash programs with a hot waxtreatment under any circumstances.

Observe these notes if your vehicle has aclear matte finish. This will help you to avoiddamage to the paintwork due to incorrecttreatment.These notes also apply to light alloy wheelswith a clear matte finish.

i The vehicle should preferably be washedby hand using a soft sponge, car shampooand plenty of water.

i Use only insect remover and car shampoofrom the range of recommended andapproved Mercedes-Benz care products.

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNINGThe water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior damageto the tires or chassis components. Compo-nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replaced imme-diately.

! Donot use acidicwheel cleaning productsto remove brake dust. This could damagewheel bolts and brake components.

! Do not park the vehicle for an extendedperiod straight after cleaning it, particularlyafter having cleaned the wheels with wheelcleaner. Wheel cleaners could causeincreased corrosion of the brake discs andbrake pads/linings. For this reason, youshould drive for a few minutes after clean-ing. Braking heats the brake discs and thebrake pads/linings, thus drying them. Thevehicle can then be parked.

Cleaning the windows

G WARNINGYou could become trapped by the windshieldwipers if they start moving while cleaning thewindshield or wiper blades. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before cleaning the windshield orwiper blades.

! Only fold thewindshieldwipers away fromthe windshield when vertical. Otherwise,you will damage the hood.

! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive products,solvents or cleaning agents containing sol-vents to clean the inside of thewindows. Donot touch the insides of the windows withhard objects, e.g. an ice scraper or ring.

258 CareMaintenance

andcare

There is otherwise a risk of damaging thewindows.

! Clean the water drainage channels of thewindshield and the rear window at regularintervals. Deposits such as leaves, petalsand pollen may under certain circumstan-ces prevent water from draining away. Thiscan lead to corrosion damage and damageto electronic components.

X Clean the inside and outside of the win-dows with a damp cloth and a cleaningproduct that is recommended andapproved by Mercedes-Benz.

Cleaning wiper blades

G WARNINGYou could become trapped by the windshieldwipers if they start moving while cleaning thewindshield or wiper blades. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before cleaning the windshield orwiper blades.

! Only fold thewindshieldwipers away fromthe windshield when vertical. Otherwise,you will damage the hood.

! Do not pull the wiper blade. Otherwise,the wiper blade could be damaged.

! Do not clean wiper blades too often anddo not rub them too hard. Otherwise, thegraphite coating could be damaged. Thiscould cause wiper noise.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms away fromthe windshield.

X Carefully clean the wiper blades with adamp cloth.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms back againbefore switching on the ignition.

! Hold the wiper arm securely when foldingback. The windshield could be damaged ifthe wiper arm smacks against it suddenly.

Cleaning the exterior lighting

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths which are suitable for plastic lightlenses. Unsuitable cleaning agents orcleaning cloths could scratch or damagethe plastic light lenses.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the exteriorlighting using a wet sponge and a mildcleaning agent, e.g. Mercedes-Benz carshampoo or cleaning cloths.

Cleaning the mirror turn signals

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaningcloths could scratch or damage the plasticlenses of the mirror turn signals.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turnsignals in the exterior mirror housing usinga wet sponge or cleaning cloth. Use a mildcleaning agent, e.g. Mercedes-BenzAutoshampoo.

Cleaning the sensors

! If you clean the sensors with a powerwasher, make sure that you keep a dis-tance of at least 11.8 in (30 cm) betweenthe vehicle and the power washer nozzle.Information about the correct distance isavailable from the equipment manufac-turer.

Care 259

Maintenance

andcare

Z

X Clean sensors: of the driving systemswith water, car shampoo and a soft cloth.

Cleaning the rear view camera

! Do not clean the camera lens and the areaaround the rear view camera with a powerwasher.

X Use clear water and a soft cloth to cleancamera lens:.

Interior care

Cleaning the display

! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:Ralcohol-based thinner or gasolineRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available household clean-ing agents

These may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surfacewhen cleaning. This could lead to irrepara-ble damage to the display.

X Before cleaning the display, make sure thatit is switched off and has cooled down.

X Clean the display surface using a commer-cially available microfiber cloth andTFT/LCD display cleaner.

X Dry the display surface using a dry micro-fiber cloth.

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNINGCare products and cleaning agents containingsolvents cause surfaces in the cockpit tobecome porous. As a result, plastic parts maycome loose in the event of air bag deploy-ment. There is a risk of injury.Do not use any care products and cleaningagents to clean the cockpit.

! Do not affix the following to plastic surfa-ces:RstickersRfilmsRscented oil bottles or similar itemsYou can otherwise damage the plastic.

! Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellentor sunscreen to come into contact with theplastic trim. This maintains the high-qualitylook of the surfaces.

260 CareMaintenance

andcare

X Wipe the plastic trim with a damp, lint-freecloth, e.g. a microfiber cloth.

X Heavy soiling: use care and cleaning prod-ucts recommended and approved byMercedes-Benz.The surface may change color temporarily.Wait until the surface is dry again.

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector leverX Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or useleather care agents that have been recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele-ments

! Do not use solvent-based cleaning agentssuch as tar remover, wheel cleaners, pol-ishes or waxes. There is otherwise a risk ofdamaging the surface.

! Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces.The trim pieces have a chrome look but aremostly made of anodized aluminum andcan lose their shine if chrome polish isused. Use a damp, lint-free cloth insteadwhen cleaning the trim pieces.If the chrome-plated trim pieces are verydirty, you can use a chrome polish. If youare unsure as to whether the trim piecesare chrome-plated or not, consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

X Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces witha damp, lint-free cloth, e.g. a microfibercloth.

X Heavy soiling: use care and cleaning prod-ucts recommended and approved byMercedes-Benz.

Cleaning the seat covers

General notes! Do not usemicrofiber cloths to clean gen-uine leather, artificial leather or DINAMICA

covers. If used often, these can damage thecover.

i Note that regular care is essential toensure that the appearance and comfort ofthe covers is retained over time.

Genuine leather seat coversLeather is a natural product.It exhibits natural surface characteristics, forexample:Rdifferences in the textureRsigns of stretching and markingRslight nuances of colorThese are characteristics of leather and notmaterial defects.

! To retain the natural appearance of theleather, observe the following cleaninginstructions:RClean genuine leather covers carefullywith a damp cloth and then wipe the cov-ers down with a dry cloth.RMake sure that the leather does notbecome soaked. It may otherwisebecome rough and cracked.ROnly use leather care agents that havebeen tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. You can obtain these from a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Seat covers of other materials! Observe the following when cleaning:RClean artificial leather coverswith a clothmoistened with a solution containing 1%detergent (e.g. dish washing liquid).RClean cloth covers with a microfibercloth moistened with a solution contain-ing 1% detergent (e.g. dish washing liq-uid). Rub carefully and alwayswipe entireseat sections to avoid leaving visiblelines. Leave the seat to dry afterwards.Cleaning results depend on the type ofdirt and how long it has been there.RClean Alcantara® covers with a dampcloth. Make sure that you wipe entire

Care 261

Maintenance

andcare

Z

seat sections to avoid leaving visiblelines.

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNINGSeat belts can become severely weakened ifbleached or dyed. This could cause the seatbelts to tear or fail, for instance, in the event ofan accident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or fatal injury.Never bleach or dye the seat belts.

! Donot clean the seat belts using chemicalcleaning agents. Do not dry the seat beltsby heating at temperatures above 176 ‡(80 †) or in direct sunlight.

X Use clean, lukewarm water and soap solu-tion.

Cleaning the headliner and carpetsX Headliner: if it is very dirty, use a soft brushor a cleaning agent recommended andapproved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Carpets: use the carpet and textile clean-ing agents recommended and approved byMercedes-Benz.

262 CareMaintenance

andcare

Useful information ............................ 264Where will I find...? ........................... 264Flat tire .............................................. 26412 V battery (vehicle) ....................... 265Jump-starting .................................... 269Towing ............................................... 271Fuses .................................................. 274

263

Breakdow

nAssistance

Useful information



Where will I find...?

Vehicle tool kit

General notes

i Apart from certain country-specific varia-tions, the vehicles are not equipped with atire-change tool kit. Some tools for chang-ing a wheel are specific to the vehicle. Formore information on which tire changingtools are required and approved to performa wheel change on your vehicle, consult aqualified specialist workshop.Tools required for changing a wheel mayinclude, for example:RJackRWheel chockRLug wrench

Flat tire

Preparing the vehicleYour vehicle can be fitted with MOExtendedtires (tires with run-flat characteristics)(Y page 264).Check if your vehicle is fitted withMOExtended tires. Vehicle preparation is notnecessary on vehicles with MOExtended tiresInformation on changing/mounting a wheel(Y page 300).

X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground, as far away as possible fromtraffic.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 144).

X If possible, bring the front wheels into thestraight-ahead position.

X Switch off the drive system.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X All occupants must get out of the vehicle.Make sure that they are not endangered asthey do so.

X Make sure that no one is near the dangerarea while a wheel is being changed. Any-one who is not directly assisting in thewheel change should, for example, standbehind the barrier.

X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention to traf-fic conditions when doing so.

X Close the driver's door.

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flatproperties)

General notesWhen using tires with run-flat characteristics,you can continue to drive your vehicle even ifthere is a total loss of pressure in one or moretires. The affected tire must not show anyclearly visible damage.You can recognize tires with run-flat charac-teristics by the MOExtended marking whichappears on the tire sidewall. You will find thismarking next to the tire size designation, theload-bearing capacity and the speed index(Y page 293).Tires with run-flat characteristics may only beused in conjunction with an active tire pres-sure monitor.

264 Flat tireBreakdow

nAssistance

If the pressure loss warning messageappears in the multifunction display:RObserve the instructions in the displaymessages (Y page 211).RCheck the tire for damage.RIf driving on, observe the following notes.The maximum driving distance is approx-imately 50 miles (80 km) when the vehicle ispartially laden and approximately 18 miles(30 km) when the vehicle is fully laden.In addition to the vehicle load, the driving dis-tance possible depends upon:RSpeedRRoad conditionROutside temperatureThe driving distance possible in run-flat modemay be reduced by extreme driving condi-tions/maneuvers, or it can be increasedthrough a moderate style of driving.The maximum permissible distance whichcan be driven in run-flatmode is counted fromthe moment the tire pressure loss warningappears in the multifunction display.You must not exceed a maximum speed of50 mph (80 km/h).

i When replacing one or all tires, make surethat you use only tires:Rof the size specified for the vehicle andRmarked "MOExtended"If a tire has gone flat and cannot bereplaced with anMOExtended tire, a stand-ard tire may be used as a temporary meas-ure. Make sure that you use the proper sizeand type (summer or winter tire).

i Vehicles featuring tires with run-flat char-acteristics are not equipped with a TIREFITkit at the factory. It is therefore recommen-ded that you additionally equip your vehiclewith a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that donot feature run-flat properties, e.g. wintertires. A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from aqualified specialist workshop.


G WARNINGWhen driving in emergency mode, the drivingcharacteristics deteriorate, e.g. when corner-ing, accelerating quickly and when braking.There is a risk of an accident.Do not exceed the stated maximum speed.Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers,and driving over obstacles (curbs, potholes,off-road). This applies in particular to a ladenvehicle.Stop driving in emergency mode if:Ryou hear banging noises.Rthe vehicle starts to shake.Ryou see smoke and smell rubber.RESP® is intervening constantly.Rthere are tears in the sidewalls of the tire.After driving in emergency mode, have thewheel rims checked at a qualified specialistworkshop with regard to their further use. Thedefective tire must be replaced in every case.

12 V battery (vehicle)

Important safety notesWork on the 12 V battery, such as removal orinstallation, requires specialist knowledgeand the use of special tools. You should there-fore have all work involving the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

12 V battery (vehicle) 265

Breakdow

nAssistance

Z

G WARNINGWork carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. This canlead to function restrictions applying tosafety-relevant systems, e.g. the lighting sys-tem, ABS (anti-lock braking system) or ESP®(Electronic Stability Program). The operatingsafety of your vehicle may be restricted. Youcould lose control of the vehicle, for example:RbrakingRin the event of abrupt steering maneuverand/or when the vehicle's speed is notadapted to the road conditions

There is a risk of an accident.In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci-dent, contact a qualified specialist workshopimmediately. Do not drive any further. Youshould have all work involving the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

For further information about ABS and ESP®,see (Y page 63) and (Y page 66).

G WARNINGElectrostatic build-up can lead to the creationof sparks, which could ignite the highly explo-sive gases of a battery. There is a risk of anexplosion.Before handling the battery, touch the vehiclebody to remove any existing electrostaticbuild-up.

The highly flammable gasmixture formswhencharging the battery as well as when jump-starting.Always make sure that neither you nor thebattery is electrostatically charged. A build-up of electrostatic charge can be caused, forexample:Rby wearing clothing made from syntheticfibersRdue to friction between clothing and seatsRif you push or pull the battery across thecarpet or other synthetic materialsRif you wipe the battery with a cloth

G WARNINGDuring the charging process, a battery produ-ces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs orsparks are created, the hydrogen gas canignite. There is a risk of an explosion.RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come into con-tact with vehicle parts.RNever placemetal objects or tools on a bat-tery.RIt is important that you observe the descri-bed order of the battery terminals whenconnecting and disconnecting a battery.RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.RIt is particularly important to observe thedescribed order when connecting and dis-connecting the jumper cables.RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing.Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not leanover the battery. Keep children away frombatteries. Wash battery acid immediately withwater and seek medical attention.

H Environmental noteBatteries contain dangeroussubstances. It is against thelaw to dispose of them withthe household rubbish. Theymust be collected separatelyand recycled to protect theenvironment.Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally friendlymanner. Take dischargedbatteries to a qualified spe-cialist workshop or a specialcollection point for used bat-teries.

266 12 V battery (vehicle)Breakdow

nAssistance

! Have the battery checked regularly at aqualified specialist workshop.Observe the service intervals in the Main-tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop for more information.

! You should have all work involving thebattery carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop. In the exceptional case that it isnecessary for you to disconnect the batteryyourself, make sure that:Rengage gear P.Ryou switch off the ignition and removethe SmartKey. Make sure the ignition isswitched off. Check that all the indicatorlamps in the instrument cluster are off.Otherwise, electronic components, suchas the alternator, may be damaged.Ryou first remove the negative terminalclamp and then the positive terminalclamp. Never swap the terminal clamps.Otherwise, the vehicle's electronic sys-tem may be damaged.Rthe transmission is locked in position Pafter disconnecting the battery. The vehi-cle is secured against rolling away. Youcan then no longer move the vehicle.

The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be installed securelyduring operation.

Comply with safety precautions and take pro-tective measures when handling batteries.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open flames and smoking areprohibited when handling the bat-tery. Avoid creating sparks.

Battery acid is caustic. Avoid con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing.Wear suitable protective clothing,especially gloves, apron and face-guard.

Rinse any acid spills immediatelywith clear water. Contact a physi-cian if necessary.Wear eye protection.

Keep children away.

Observe this Operator's Manual.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use batteries which havebeen tested and approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz. These batteries provideincreased impact protection to prevent vehi-cle occupants from suffering acid burnsshould the battery be damaged in the event ofan accident.In order for the battery to achieve the maxi-mum possible service life, it must always besufficiently charged.Like other batteries, the vehicle battery maydischarge over time if you do not use thevehicle. In this case, have the battery discon-nected at a qualified specialist workshop. Youcan also charge the battery with a chargerrecommended by Mercedes-Benz. Contact aqualified specialist workshop for further infor-mation.Have the battery condition of charge checkedmore frequently if you use the vehicle mainlyfor short trips or if you leave it standing idlefor a lengthy period. Consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop if you wish to leave yourvehicle parked for a long period of time.Only replace a battery with a battery that hasbeen recommended by Mercedes-Benz.

i Remove the SmartKey if you park thevehicle and do not require any electricalconsumers. The vehicle will then use verylittle energy, thus conserving batterypower.

12 V battery (vehicle) 267

Breakdow

nAssistance

Z

i If the power supply has been interrupted,e.g. if the battery was discharged, you willhave to:Rset the clock (see separate audio sys-tem/COMAND operating instructions)

Charging the battery

G WARNINGDuring charging and jump-starting, explosivegases can escape from the battery. There is arisk of an explosion.Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficientventilation while charging and jump-starting.Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing.Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not leanover the battery. Keep children away frombatteries. Wash battery acid immediately withwater and seek medical attention.

G WARNINGA discharged battery can freeze at tempera-tures below freezing point. When jump-start-ing the vehicle or charging the battery, gasescan escape from the battery. There is a risk ofan explosion.Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.

! Only use battery chargers with a maxi-mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.

! Only charge the battery using the jump-starting connection point.

The jump-starting connection point is in theengine compartment (Y page 269).X Open the hood.X Connect the battery charger to the positiveterminal and ground point in the sameorder as when connecting the donor bat-

tery in the jump-starting procedure(Y page 269).

If, at low temperatures, the indicator lamps/warning lamps in the instrument cluster donot light up, it is highly likely that the dis-charged battery has frozen. In this case youmay neither jump-start the vehicle nor chargethe battery. The service life of a thawed-outbattery may be shorter. The starting charac-teristics can be impaired, particularly at lowtemperatures. Have the thawed-out batterychecked at a qualified specialist workshop.Only charge the installed battery with a bat-tery charger which has been tested andapproved by Mercedes-Benz. A batterycharger unit specially adapted for Mercedes-Benz vehicles and tested and approved byMercedes-Benz is available as an accessory.It permits the charging of the battery in itsinstalled position. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center for further informa-tion and availability. Read the battery charg-er's operating instructions before chargingthe battery.

268 12 V battery (vehicle)Breakdow

nAssistance

Jump-starting

For the jump-starting procedure, use only the jump-starting connection point, consisting of apositive terminal and an earth point, in the engine compartment.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean over thebattery. Keep children away from batteries. Wash battery acid immediately with water and seekmedical attention.

G WARNINGDuring charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. There is a riskof an explosion.Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficient ven-tilation while charging and jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNINGDuring the charging process, a battery produces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs or sparksare created, the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion.RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact withvehicle parts.RNever place metal objects or tools on a battery.RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connectingand disconnecting a battery.RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected.RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnectingthe jumper cables.RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running.

G WARNINGA discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-starting thevehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of an explosion.Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts.Do not use a rapid-charging device to start the engine.

If, at low temperatures, the indicator lamps/warning lamps in the instrument cluster do notlight up, it is highly likely that the discharged battery has frozen. In this case you may neitherjump-start the vehicle nor charge the battery. The service life of a thawed-out battery may beshorter. The starting characteristics can be impaired, particularly at low temperatures. Havethe thawed-out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.If the 12 V battery is discharged, or after the vehicle has been jump-started, the ServiceServiceRequiredRequired DoDo NotNot ShiftShift GearsGears VisitVisit DealerDealermessage appears. There is a malfunction inthe on-board voltage. Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Jump-starting 269

Breakdow

nAssistance

Z

The drive system cannot be started if the 12 V battery is discharged. This is not dependent onwhether the high-voltage battery is charged or not. The vehicle cannot be jump-started if thehigh-voltage battery is discharged. The high-voltage battery must be charged first.The drive system can be started using another vehicle.ROnly use batteries with an equal nominal voltage (12 volts).RMake sure that the battery of the donor vehicle does not have a significantly lower capacitythan the discharged battery.RUse jumper cables with a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps from aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch.RRoute the jumper cables so that they cannot be caught by rotating components in the enginecompartment.RDo not disconnect the discharged battery from the vehicle's electrical system.

X Switch off the engine of both vehicles.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Remove the battery cover.X Connect positive terminal; on the vehiclewith the flat battery to positive terminal= of thedonor vehicle using the red jumper cable. Begin with the flat battery.

X Connect negative terminal? of the donor vehicle to negative terminalA of the vehicle withthe flat battery using the black jumper cable, beginning with donor vehicle's batteryB.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed.X Switch on the ignition in the vehicle with the flat battery.X If the traction drive cannot be activated immediately, wait for approximately 60 secondsbetween starting attempts.If the drive system does not start, call a breakdown service.

270 Jump-startingBreakdow

nAssistance

i Jumper cables and further information regarding jump-starting can be obtained at anyqualified specialist workshop.

Towing


G WARNINGFunctions relevant to safety are restricted orno longer available if:Rthe ignition is switched offRthe brake system or the power steering ismalfunctioningRthere is a malfunction in the power supplyor the vehicle's electrical system

If your vehicle is being towed, much moreforce may be necessary to steer or brake.There is a risk of an accident.In such cases, use a tow bar. Before towing,make sure that the steering moves freely.

G WARNINGWhen towing or tow-starting another vehicleand its weight is greater than the permissiblegross weight of your vehicle, the:Rthe towing eye could detach itselfRthe vehicle/trailer combination could roll-over.

There is a risk of an accident.When towing or tow-starting another vehicle,its weight should not be greater than the per-missible gross weight of your vehicle.

Information on your vehicle's gross vehiclemass rating can be found in the "Dimensionsand weights" section (Y page 311).Make sure that no charging cable is pluggedin. The parking lock cannot be released if acharging cable is plugged in.

! Observe the following points when towingwith a tow rope:RSecure the tow rope on the same side onboth vehicles.REnsure that the tow cable is not longerthan legally permitted. Mark the towcable in the middle, e.g. with a whitecloth (30 x 30 cm). This will make otherroad users aware that the vehicle is beingtowed.ROnly secure the tow cable to the towingeye.RObserve the brake lamps of the towingvehicle while driving. Always maintain adistance so that the tow rope does notsag.RDo not use steel cables or chains to towyour vehicle. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.

! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehicle.If in doubt, recover the vehicle with a crane.

! If theHOLD function is activated, the vehi-cle brakes automatically in certain situa-tions. To prevent damage to the vehicle,deactivate the HOLD function in the follow-ing or other similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! Make sure that the electric parking brakeis released. If the electric parking brake isfaulty, visit a qualified specialist workshop.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you usean authorized Mercedes-Benz Center forthis purpose.

! When towing, pull away slowly andsmoothly. If the tractive power is too high,the vehicles could be damaged.

Towing 271

Breakdow

nAssistance

Z

! The vehicle can be towed a maximum of30 miles (50km). The towing speed of30 mph (50 km/h) must not be exceeded.If the vehicle has to be towed more than30miles (50km), the entire vehicle must beraised and transported.

! Do not tow with sling-type equipment.This could damage the vehicle.

Observe the legal requirements for the rele-vant countries when towing.If the vehicle can no longer be driven becauseof an accident or breakdown, you have thefollowing options:Rtransporting the vehicleAs a rule, you should have the vehicle trans-ported.Rtowing the vehicle with a tow rope or towbarOnly tow the vehicle in exceptional cases.Observe the following notes.

The vehicle may not be towed and mustalways be transported if:Rthe multifunction display is not workingRone of more of the following warning lampsis lit up:- Drive system- 12 V batteryRone or both of the following display mes-sages have appeared:- Stop Switch Engine OffStop Switch Engine Off- Service Required Do Not ShiftService Required Do Not ShiftGears Visit DealerGears Visit Dealer

Rthe brake pedal begins to pulsate as thetowing procedure commences.Ryou have to tow the vehicle over a longerdistance than 30 miles (50 km).

The battery must be connected and charged.Otherwise, you:Rcannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 inthe ignition lockRcannot release the electric parking brakeRcannot shift the transmission to position N

i The function of the electric parking brakeand the parking lock is dependent on theon-board voltage. If the on-board voltage islow or there is a malfunction in the system,it may not be possible to apply the releasedparking brake or shift the transmission toposition P.

i Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g.the radio.

i Disarm the automatic locking featurebefore the vehicle is towed (Y page 188).You could otherwise be locked out whenpushing or towing the vehicle.

Installing/removing the towing eye

Installing the towing eye

Example: towing eye mounting coversX Remove the towing eye from the stowagespace.The towing eye is located in the stowagewell under the trunk floor.Vehicles with the TIREFIT kit: the towingeye is beneath the tire inflation compres-sor.

X Press the mark on cover: inwards in thedirection of the arrow.

272 TowingBreakdow

nAssistance

X Take cover: off the opening.X Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far asit will go and tighten it.

Removing the towing eyeX Unscrew the towing eye counter-clock-wise.

X Attach cover: to the bumper and pressuntil it engages.

X Place the towing eye in the stowage wellunder the trunk floor.

Towing a vehicle with both axles onthe groundObserve the important safety instructionswhen towing your vehicle with both axles onthe ground (Y page 271).

i In order to signal a change of directionwhen towingwith the hazardwarning lampsswitched on, use the combination switch asusual. In this case, only the indicator lampsfor the direction of travel flash. After reset-ting the combination switch, the hazardwarning lamp starts flashing again.

The transmission automatically shifts to posi-tion P when you open the driver's or front-passenger door or when you remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock. In order toensure that the transmission stays in positionN when towing the vehicle, you must observethe following points:X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the transmission to position N.X Release the brake pedal.X Release the electric parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 100).

X Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in theignition lock.

If the 12 V battery indicator lamp lights up,you must observe the following points:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soonas possible, paying attention to road andtraffic conditions.

X Shift the transmission to position P.X Apply the electric parking brake.

Towing the vehicle with the front axleraisedObserve the important safety notes whentowing your vehicle with the front axle raised(Y page 271).

! The ignition must be switched off if thevehicle is being towed with the front axleraised. Otherwise, ESP®may intervene anddamage the brake system.

X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Release the brake pedal.X Release the electric parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 100).

X Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock toposition 0 and leave the SmartKey in theignition lock.

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraisedWhen towing your vehicle with the rear axleraised, it is important that you observe thesafety instructions (Y page 271).

! The ignition must be switched off if youare towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised. Intervention by ESP® could other-wise damage the brake system.

Towing 273

Breakdow

nAssistance

Z

The transmission automatically shifts to posi-tion P when you open the driver's or front-passenger door or when you remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock. In order toensure that the transmission stays in positionN when towing the vehicle, you must observethe following points:X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the transmission to position N.X Release the brake pedal.X Apply the electric parking brake.X Position the front wheels in the straight-ahead position.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 100).

X Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock toposition 0 and leave the SmartKey in theignition lock.

Transporting the vehicleThe towing eye can be used to pull the vehicleonto a trailer or transporter for transportingpurposes.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal and keep it depressed.

X Shift the transmission to position N.As soon as the vehicle has been loaded:X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byapplying the electric parking brake.

X Shift the transmission to position P.X Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock toposition 0 and remove the SmartKey fromthe ignition lock.

X Secure the vehicle.

! You may only secure the vehicle by thewheels, not by parts of the vehicle such as

axle or steering components. Otherwise,the vehicle could be damaged.

Fuses


G WARNINGIf you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or ifyou replace it with a fuse with a higher amper-age, the electric cables could be overloaded.This could result in a fire. There is a risk of anaccident and injury.Always replace faulty fuses with the specifiednew fuses having the correct amperage.

! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor Mercedes-Benz vehicles and whichhave the correct fuse rating for the systemconcerned. Only use fuses marked with an"S". Otherwise, components or systemscould be damaged.

The fuses in your vehicle serve to close downfaulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all the compo-nents on the circuit and their functions stopoperating.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recognize bythe color and value. The fuse ratings are listedin the fuse allocation chart.If a newly inserted fuse also blows, have thecause traced and rectified at a qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Before changing a fuseX Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 144).

X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock and remove it (Y page 127). Allindicator lamps in the instrument clustermust be off.

274 FusesBreakdow

nAssistance

The fuses are located in various fuse boxes:RFuse box in the engine compartment on theleft-hand side of the vehicle, when viewedin the direction of travelRFuse box in the front-passenger footwellThe fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box inthe front-passenger footwell (Y page 275).

Fuse box in the engine compartment

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that itis lying correctly on the fuse box. Moistureseeping in or dirt could otherwise impairthe operation of the fuses.

X Open the hood.X Use a dry cloth to remove any moisturefrom the fuse box.

X Toopen: unclip hood release cable? fromthe bracket=.

X Open retaining clamps;.X Fold up cover: in the direction of thearrow and remove it.

X To close: check whether the seal is seatedcorrectly in cover:.

X Insert cover: at the back into openingsA on the fuse box.

X Slide hood release cable? to the side andhold if necessary.

X Fold down cover:.X Clip hood release cable? into bracket=.X Hook clamps; into the fuse box andclose.

X Close the hood.

Fuse box in the front-passenger foot-well

X To open: remove the floormat from thefront-passenger side.

X Fold out perforated floor covering: in thedirection of the arrow.

Fuses 275

Breakdow

nAssistance

Z

X To release cover=, press retainingclamp;.

X Fold out cover= in the direction of thearrow to the catch.

X Remove cover= forwards.

i Fuse allocation chart? is located on thelower right-hand side of cover=.

X To close: insert cover= on the left-handside of the fuse box into the retainer.Cover= engages in the retainers.

X Fold down cover= until clamps; lockaudibly.

X Fold back perforated floor covering:.

276 FusesBreakdow

nAssistance

Useful information ............................ 278Important safety notes .................... 278Operation ........................................... 278Winter operation ............................... 280Tire pressure ..................................... 281Loading the vehicle .......................... 288Maximum load rating ....................... 291Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards .......................................... 291Tire labeling ....................................... 293Definition of terms for tires andloading ............................................... 296Changing a wheel ............................. 299Wheel and tire combinations ........... 303

277

Wheelsandtires

Useful information




G WARNINGIf wheels and tires of the wrong size are used,the wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay be damaged. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Always replace wheels and tires with thosethat fulfill the specifications of the originalpart.When replacing wheels, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmodelWhen replacing tires, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmanufacturerRmodel

G WARNINGA flat tire severely impairs the driving, steer-ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle.There is a risk of accident.Tires without run-flat characteristics:Rdo not drive with a flat tire.Rimmediately replace the flat tire with youremergency spare wheel or spare wheel, orconsult a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires with run-flat characteristics:Rpay attention to the information and warn-ing notices on MOExtended tires (tires withrun-flat characteristics).

Accessories that are not approved for yourvehicle by Mercedes-Benz or are not beingused correctly can impair the operatingsafety.Before purchasing and using non-approvedaccessories, visit a qualified specialist work-shop and ask about:RsuitabilityRlegal stipulationsRfactory recommendationsInformation on dimensions and types ofwheels and tires for your vehicle can be found(Y page 303).Information on air pressure for the tires onyour vehicle can be found:Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the B-pillarRon the tire pressure label on the chargesocket flap (Y page 281)Runder "Tire pressure" (Y page 281)

i Further information on wheels and tirescan be obtained at any qualified specialistworkshop.

Operation

Information on drivingRIf the vehicle is heavily loaded, check thetire pressures and correct them if neces-sary.RWhile driving, pay attention to vibrations,noises and unusual handling characteris-tics, e.g. pulling to one side. This may indi-cate that the wheels or tires are damaged.If you suspect that a tire is defective,reduce your speed immediately. Stop thevehicle as soon as possible to check thewheels and tires for damage. Hidden tiredamage could also be causing the unusual

278 OperationWheelsandtires

handling characteristics. If you find nosigns of damage, have the tires and wheelschecked at a qualified specialist workshop.RWhen parking your vehicle, make sure thatthe tires do not get deformed by the curb orother obstacles. If it is necessary to driveover curbs, speed humps or similar eleva-tions, try to do so slowly and at an obtuseangle. Otherwise, the tires, particularly thesidewalls, may be damaged.

Regular checking of wheels and tires

G WARNINGDamaged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose control ofyour vehicle. There is a risk of accident.Check the tires regularly for signs of damageand replace any damaged tires immediately.

Check the wheels and tires of your vehicle fordamage at least once amonth, aswell as afterdriving off-road or on rough roads. Damagedwheels can cause a loss of tire pressure. Payparticular attention to damage such as:Rcuts in the tiresRpuncturesRtears in the tiresRbulges on tiresRdeformation or severe corrosion on wheelsRegularly check the tire tread depth and thecondition of the tread across the whole widthof the tire (Y page 279). If necessary, turn thefront wheels to full lock in order to inspect theinner side of the tire surface.All wheels must have a valve cap to protectthe valve against dirt and moisture. Do notmount anything onto the valve other than thestandard valve cap or other valve capsapproved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle.Do not use any other valve caps or systems,e.g. tire pressure monitoring systems.Regularly check the pressure of all the tiresparticularly prior to long trips. Adjust the tirepressure as necessary (Y page 281).

The service life of tires depends, among otherthings, on the following factors:Rdriving styleRtire pressureRdistance covered

Important safety notes on the tiretread

G WARNINGInsufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction.The tire is no longer able to dissipate water.This means that on wet road surfaces, the riskof hydroplaning increases, in particular wherespeed is not adapted to suit the driving con-ditions. There is a risk of accident.If the tire pressure is too high or too low, tiresmay exhibit different levels of wear at differ-ent locations on the tire tread. Thus, youshould regularly check the tread depth andthe condition of the tread across the entirewidth of all tires.Minimum tire tread depth for:RSummer tires:â in (3 mm)RM+S tires:ã in (4 mm)For safety reasons, replace the tires beforethe legally prescribed limit for the minimumtire tread depth is reached.

Bar indicator: for tread wear is integratedinto the tire tread.Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. Six indicators are positioned on the tiretread. They are visible once the tread depth is

Operation 279

Wheelsandtires

Z

approximatelyá in (1.6 mm). If this is thecase, the tire is so worn that it must bereplaced.

Selecting, mounting and replacingtiresROnly mount tires and wheels of the sametype and make.Exception: it is permissible to install a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattire. Observe the "Tires with run-flat char-acteristics" section (Y page 264).ROnly mount tires of the correct size ontothe wheels.RBreak in new tires at moderate speeds forthe first 60 miles (100 km). The tires onlyreach their full performance after this dis-tance.RDo not drive with tires which have too littletread depth, as this significantly reducesthe traction on wet roads (hydroplaning).RReplace the tires after six years at the lat-est, regardless of wear.

Winter operation

General notesHave your vehicle winterproofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.Observe the notes in the "Changing a wheel"section (Y page 299).

Driving with summer tiresAt temperatures below 45‡ (+7†), summertires lose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tires on your vehi-cle to M+S tires. Using summer tires at verycold temperatures could cause cracks toform, thereby damaging the tires perma-nently. Mercedes-Benz cannot acceptresponsibility for this type of damage.

M+S tires

G WARNINGM+S tires with a tire tread depth of less thanã in (4 mm) are not suitable for use in winterand do not provide sufficient traction. There isa risk of an accident.M+S tires with a tread depth of less thanã in(4 mm) must be replaced immediately.

At temperatures below 45‡ (+7†), use win-ter tires or all-season tires. Both types of tireare identified by the M+S marking.Only winter tires bearing thei snowflakesymbol in addition to the M+S marking pro-vide the best possible grip in wintry road con-ditions. Only these tires will allow drivingsafety systems such as ABS and ESP® tofunction optimally in winter. These tires havebeen developed specifically for driving insnow.UseM+S tires of the samemake and tread onall wheels to maintain safe handling charac-teristics.Always observe the maximum permissiblespeed specified for the M+S tires you havemounted.Once the winter tires are mounted:X Check the tire pressures (Y page 284).X Restart the tire pressure monitor(Y page 287).

Snow chains

G WARNINGIf snow chains are mounted on the rearwheels, the snow chains could cause abrasionto the vehicle body or to chassis components.This could cause damage to the vehicle or thetires. There is a risk of an accident.

280 Winter operationWheelsandtires

To avoid hazardous situations:Rnever mount snow chains on the rearwheelsRonly mount snow chains in pairs on thefront wheels.

! On some tire sizes there is not enoughspace for snow chains. To avoid damage tothe vehicle or tires, observe the "Wheel andtire combinations" section under "Tires andwheels".

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use snow chains thathave been specially approved for your vehicleby Mercedes-Benz, or are of a correspondingstandard of quality.If you intend to mount snow chains, pleasebear the following points in mind:RSnow chains may not be mounted on allwheel/tire combinations. Permissiblewheel-tire combinations (Y page 303).ROnly use snow chains when driving onroads completely covered by snow.Remove the snow chains as soon as possi-ble when you come to a road that is notsnow-covered.RLocal regulations may restrict the use ofsnow chains. Observe the appropriate reg-ulations if you wish to mount snow chains.RDo not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 30 mph (50 km/h).RWhen snow chains are installed, never useActive Parking Assist (Y page 159).

i You may wish to deactivate ESP®(Y page 67) when pulling away with snowchains installed. You can thereby allow thewheels to spin in a controlled manner, ach-ieving an increased driving force (cuttingaction).

Tire pressure

Tire pressure specifications

G WARNINGUnderinflated or overinflated tires pose thefollowing risks:Rthe tires may burst, especially as the loadand vehicle speed increase.Rthe tires may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impair tiretraction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steer-ing and braking, may be greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.Follow recommended tire inflation pressuresand check the pressure of all the tires includ-ing the spare wheel:Rmonthly, at leastRif the load changesRbefore beginning a long journeyRunder different operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check thetire pressure. The outer appearance of a tiredoes not permit any reliable conclusion aboutthe tire pressure. On vehicles equipped withthe electronic tire pressure monitor, the tirepressure can be checked in the on-boardcomputer.The recommended tire pressures for the tiresmounted at the factory can be found on thelabels described here.1.) Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's side of the vehi-cle (Y page 288).The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires. The recommended tire pressuresare valid for the maximum permissible loadand up to the maximum permissible vehiclespeed.

Tire pressure 281

Wheelsandtires

Z

: Recommended tire pressures2.) Tire pressure table on the inside of thecharge socket flap.The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

i Specifications shown in the examples oftire pressure tables are for illustration pur-poses only. Tire pressure specifications arevehicle-specific and may deviate from thedata shown here. Tire pressure specifica-tions applicable to your vehicle are locatedin your vehicle's tire pressure table.

Example: tire pressure table for all tires permittedfor this vehicle by the factory

If a tire size precedes a tire pressure, the tirepressure information following is only validfor that tire size. The load conditions "partiallyladen" and "fully laden" are defined in thetable for different numbers of occupants andamounts of luggage. The actual number ofseats may differ.

Example: tire pressure table with tire dimensions

Some tire pressure tables show only the rimdiameters instead of the full tire size, e.g.R18. Rim diameter is part of the tire size andcan be found on the tire sidewall(Y page 293).

If the tire pressure have been set for lightloads and/or low speeds, set them to thehigher values:Rif you want to drive with an increased loadand/orRif you want to drive at higher road speeds

i The tire pressures for increased loadsand/or higher road speeds, shown in thetire pressure table, may have a negativeeffect on driving comfort.

If the tire pressure is not set correctly, thiscan lead to an excessive build up of heat anda sudden loss of pressure.Formore information, contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

282 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Important notes on tire pressure

G WARNINGIf the tire pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tire may be damaged. Tirepressure that is too low may result in a tireblow-out. There is a risk of an accident.RCheck the tire for foreign objects.RCheck whether the wheel is losing air or thevalve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you fit unsuitable accessories onto tirevalves, the tire valves may be overloaded andmalfunction, which can cause tire pressureloss. Due to their design, retrofitted tire pres-sure monitors keep the tire valve open. Thiscan also result in tire pressure loss. There is arisk of an accident.Only screw the standard valve cap or othervalve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle onto the tire valve.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check thetire pressure. The outer appearance of a tiredoes not permit any reliable conclusion aboutthe tire pressure.The tire temperature and pressure increasewhen the vehicle is in motion. This is depend-ent on the driving speed and the load.Therefore, you should only correct tire pres-sures when the tires are cold.The tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked with the tiresout of direct sunlight for at least 3 hoursandRif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)

The tire temperature changes depending onthe outside temperature, the vehicle speedand the tire load. If the tire temperaturechanges by 18 ‡ (10 †), the tire pressurechanges by approximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Take this into account when check-

ing the pressure of warm tires. Only correctthe tire pressure if it is too low for the currentoperating conditions. If you check the tirepressure when the tires are warm, the result-ing value will be higher than if the tires werecold. This is normal. Do not reduce the tirepressure to the value specified for cold tires.The tire pressure would otherwise be too low.Observe the recommended tire pressures forcold tires:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the inside of thefuel filler flap

Underinflated or overinflated tires

Underinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with pressure that is too low can over-heat and burst as a consequence. In addition,they also suffer from excessive and/or irreg-ular wear, which can severely impair the brak-ing properties and the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Underinflated tires may:Rwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on energy consump-tionRoverheat, leading to tire defectsRhave an adverse effect on handling charac-teristics

Overinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with excessively high pressure can burstbecause they are damaged more easily byroad debris, potholes etc. In addition, theyalso suffer from irregular wear, which canseverely impair the braking properties and the

Tire pressure 283

Wheelsandtires

Z

driving characteristics. There is a risk of anaccident.Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Overinflated tires may:Radversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRbe more likely to become damagedRhave an adverse effect on ride comfortRincrease the braking distance

Maximum tire pressuresDo not exceed the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure. Always observe the rec-ommended tire pressure for your vehiclewhen adjusting the tire pressure(Y page 281).

: Example: maximum permissible tire pres-sure

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the values inthe illustration.

Checking the tire pressures

Important safety notesObserve the "Tire pressure information" sec-tion (Y page 281).

Information on air pressure for the tires onyour vehicle can be found:Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the B-pillarRon the tire pressure label on the fuel fillerflapRin the "Tire pressure information" section

Checking tire pressures manuallyTo determine and set the correct tire pres-sure, proceed as follows:X Remove the valve cap of the tire that is tobe checked.

X Press the tire pressure gauge securely ontothe valve.

X Read the tire pressure and compare it withthe recommended value on the Tire andLoading Information placard. The loadinginformation table is on the B-pillar on thedriver's side of your vehicle.

X If necessary, increase the tire pressure tothe recommended value (Y page 281).

X If the tire pressure is too high, release air bypressing down the metal pin in the valveusing the tip of a pen, for example. Then,check the tire pressure again using the tirepressure gauge.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve.X Repeat these steps for the other tires.

Tire pressure monitor

General notesIf a tire pressuremonitor is installed, the vehi-cle's wheels have sensors that monitor thetire pressures in all four tires. The tire pres-sure monitor warns you if the pressure dropsin one or more of the tires. The tire pressuremonitor only functions if the correct sensorsare installed on all wheels.Information on tire pressures is displayed inthe multifunction display. After a fewminutesof driving, the current tire pressure of each


tire is shown in the Serv.Serv. menu of the multi-function display.

Example: current tire pressure display

For information on the message display, referto the "Checking the tire pressure electroni-cally" section (Y page 286).


G WARNINGEach tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once every twoweeks when cold and inflated to the pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufactureron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the driver's door B-pillar or the tire pres-sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap. Ifyour vehicle has tires of a different size thanthe size indicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard or, if available, the tirepressure label, you should determine theproper tire pressure for those tires.As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equippedwith a tire pressuremonitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres-sure telltale when one or more of your tiresare significantly underinflated. Accordingly,when the low tire pressure telltale lights up,you should stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly underin-flated tire causes the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability. Please note thatthe TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver's responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pressure, even ifunderinflation has not reached the level to

trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres-sure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. When the sys-tem detects a malfunction, the warning lampwill flash for approximately a minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequencewill be repeated every time the vehi-cle is started as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-minated, the systemmay not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of incom-patible replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMSfrom functioning properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale after replacing oneor more tires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alternate Tiresand wheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tirepressure to that recommended for cold tireswhich is suitable for the operating situation(Y page 281). Note that the correct tire pres-sure for the current operating situation mustfirst be taught-in to the tire pressure monitor.If there is a substantial loss of pressure, thewarning threshold for the warning message isaligned to the reference values taught-in.Restart the tire pressuremonitor after adjust-ing the pressure of the cold tires(Y page 287). The current pressures aresaved as new reference values. As a result, awarning message will appear if the tire pres-sure drops significantly.The tire pressure monitor does not warn youof an incorrectly set tire pressure. Observethe notes on the recommended tire pressure(Y page 281).The tire pressure monitor is not able to warnyou of a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. if the

Tire pressure 285

Wheelsandtires

Z

tire is penetrated by a foreign object. In theevent of a sudden loss of pressure, bring thevehicle to a halt by braking carefully. Avoidsudden steering movements.The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat-ing a pressure loss or malfunction. Whetherthe warning lamp flashes or lights up indi-cates whether a tire pressure is too low or thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning:Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously, thetire pressure on one or more tires is signif-icantly too low. The tire pressure monitor isnot malfunctioning.Rif the warning lamp flashes for around aminute and then remains lit constantly, thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.

i In addition to the warning lamp, a mes-sage appears in the multifunction display.Further information can be found on(Y page 211).

If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning,it may take more than 10 minutes for the tirepressure warning lamp to inform you of themalfunction. When the malfunction has beenrectified, the tire pressure warning lamp goesout after a few minutes of driving.The tire pressure values indicated by the on-board computer may differ from those meas-ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge.The tire pressures shown by the on-boardcomputer refer to those measured at sealevel. At high altitudes, the tire pressure val-ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higherthan those shown by the on-board computer.In this case, do not reduce the tire pressures.The operation of the tire pressuremonitor canbe affected by interference from radio trans-mitting equipment (e.g. radio headphones,two-way radios) that may be being operatedin or near the vehicle.

Checking the tire pressure electroni-callyX Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2 in the ignition lock (Y page 127).

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Serv.Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire PressureTire Pressure.

X Press thea button.The current tire pressure of each tire isshown in the multifunction display.

If the vehicle has been parked for over20 minutes, the Tire pressure will beTire pressure will bedisplayed after driving a fewdisplayed after driving a fewminutesminutes message appears.After a teach-in process, the tire pressuremonitor automatically detects new wheels ornew sensors. As long as a clear allocation ofthe tire pressure value to the individualwheels is not possible, the Tire PressureTire PressureMonitor ActiveMonitor Active message is shown insteadof the tire pressure display. The tire pressuresare already being monitored.

Tire pressure monitor warning mes-sagesIf the tire pressuremonitor detects a pressureloss in a tire, a warning message is shown inthe multifunction display and the yellow tirepressure monitor warning lamp comes on.RIf the Please Correct Tire PressurePlease Correct Tire Pressuremessage appears in the multifunction dis-play, the tire pressure in at least one tire istoo low. Correct the tire pressure at thenext opportunity.RIf the CheckCheck TiresTiresmessage appears in themultifunction display, the tire pressure in atleast one tire has dropped significantly.Check the tires.RIf the Warning Tire MalfunctionWarning Tire Malfunction mes-sage appears in the multifunction display,the tire pressure in at least one tire hasdropped suddenly. Check the tires.


Observe the instructions and safety notes inthe display messages in the "Tires" section(Y page 211).

i If the wheel positions are rotated, the tirepressure may be displayed for the wrongpositions. This is rectified after a fewminutes of driving, and the tire pressuresare displayed for the correct positions.

Restarting the tire pressure monitorWhen you restart the tire pressuremonitor, allexisting warning messages are deleted andthe warning lamps go out. The monitor usesthe currently set tire pressures as the refer-ence values formonitoring. Inmost cases, thetire pressure monitor will automaticallydetect the new reference values after youhave changed the tire pressure. However, youcan also define reference values manually asdescribed here. The tire pressure monitorthen monitors the new tire pressure values.X Set the tire pressure to the value recom-mended for the corresponding driving sit-uation on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the driver's sideB-pillar (Y page 281).Additional tire pressure values for differentoperating conditions can also be found onthe tire pressure table on the inside of thecharge socket flap (Y page 281).

X Make sure that the tire pressure is correcton all four wheels.

X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2 in the ignition lock.

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Serv.Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire PressureTire Pressure.

X Press thea button.The multifunction display shows the cur-rent tire pressure for the individual tires orthe TireTire pressurepressure willwill bebe displayeddisplayed

after driving a few minutesafter driving a few minutes mes-sage.

X Press the: button.The Use Current Pressures as NewUse Current Pressures as NewReference ValuesReference Values message appears inthe multifunction display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:X Press thea button.The Tire Press. Monitor RestartedTire Press. Monitor Restartedmessage appears in the multifunction dis-play.After driving for a few minutes, the systemchecks whether the current tire pressuresare within the specified range. The new tirepressures are then accepted as referencevalues and monitored.

If you wish to cancel the restart:X Press the% button.The tire pressure values stored at the lastrestart will continue to be monitored.

Radio type approval for the tire pres-sure monitor

Country Radio type approval number

Brazil 1489-10-4415Model: MRXMERCTX1

Dubai TRA, Registered NO0016161/08TRA, Registered NOER0076990/11Dealer NO: DA0047074/10

Morocco MR5526 ANRT 2010/27/04/2010MR6706 ANRT 2011/17/11/2011

Philip-pines

ESD-1105558C

Serbia И 011 12

Tire pressure 287

Wheelsandtires

Z

Country Radio type approval number

Singa-pore

Compliance with IDA StandardN0140-09

SouthAfrica

TA-2008/1068TA-2011/1370

Loading the vehicle

Instruction labels for tires and loads

G WARNINGOverloaded tires can overheat, causing ablowout. Overloaded tires can also impair thesteering and driving characteristics and leadto brake failure. There is a risk of accident.Observe the load rating of the tires. The loadrating must be at least half of the GAWR ofyour vehicle. Never overload the tires byexceeding the maximum load.

: B-pillar, driver's sideTwo instruction labels on your vehicle showthe maximum possible load.(1) The Tire and Loading Information placard

is on B-pillar: on the driver's side. TheTire and Loading Information placardshows themaximum permissible numberof occupants and the maximum permis-sible vehicle load. It also contains detailsof the tire sizes and corresponding pres-sures for tires mounted at the factory.

(2) The vehicle identification plate is on theB-pillar on the driver's side. The vehicleidentification plate informs you of the

gross vehicle weight rating. It is made upof the vehicle weight, all vehicle occu-pants and the load. You can also findinformation about the maximum grossaxle weight rating on the front and rearaxle.The maximum gross axle weight rating isthe maximum weight that can be carriedby one axle (front or rear axle). Do notexceed the maximum gross vehicleweight or themaximumgross axle weightrating for the front or rear axle.

Maximum permissible mass.

X Specification for maximum permissibleweight: is listed on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard: "The combined weightof occupants and cargo should neverexceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs."

The gross weight of all vehicle occupants,load and luggage must not exceed the speci-fied value.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustra-tion are examples. The maximum permis-sible load is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data shown here. The maxi-mum permissible load that applies for yourvehicle can be found on your vehicle's Tireand Loading Information placard.

288 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires

Number of seats

Maximum number of seats: indicates themaximum number of occupants allowed totravel in the vehicle. This information can befound on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustra-tion are examples. The number of seats isvehicle-specific and can differ from thedetails shown. The number of seats in yourvehicle can be found on the Tire and Load-ing Information placard.

Determining the correct load limit

Step-by-step instructionsThe following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575pursuant to the "National Traffic and MotorVehicle Safety Act of 1966".X Step 1: Locate the statement "The com-bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." onyour vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers from XXX kilo-grams or XXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the "XXX" amountequals 1400 lbs and there will be five150-lb passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 650 lbs (1400 Ò 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs).

X Step 5:Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggage load capa-city calculated in step 4.

Loading the vehicle 289

Wheelsandtires

Z

Example: steps 1 to 3The following table shows examples of how to calculate total and cargo load capacities withvarying seating configurations and different numbers of occupants. The following examplesuse a maximum load of 1,500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only.Make sureyou are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle's Tire and LoadingInformation placard (Y page 289).The greater the combined weight of the occupants, the lower the maximum luggage load.

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Step 1 Combined maximumweight of occupantsand load (data fromthe Tire and LoadingInformation placard)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)


Step 2 Number of people inthe vehicle (driverand occupants)

5 3 1

Distribution of theoccupants

Front: 2Rear: 3

Front: 1Rear: 2

Front: 1

Weight of the occu-pants

Occupant 1:150 lbs (68 kg)Occupant 2:180 lbs (82 kg)Occupant 3:160 lbs (73 kg)Occupant 4:140 lbs (63 kg)Occupant 5:120 lbs (54 kg)

Occupant 1:200 lbs (91 kg)Occupant 2:190 lbs (86 kg)Occupant 3:150 lbs (68 kg)

Occupant 1:150 lbs (68 kg)

Gross weight of alloccupants

750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg)

290 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires


Step 3 Permissible load(maximum grossvehicle weight ratingfrom the Tire andLoading Informationplacard minus thegross weight of alloccupants)

1500 lbs(680 kg) Ò750 lbs (340 kg)= 750 lbs(340 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg) Ò540 lbs (245 kg)=960 lbs(435 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg) Ò150 lbs (68 kg) =1350 lbs(612 kg)

Vehicle identification plateWhen you have calculated the total load, youshould make sure that the gross vehicleweight rating and the gross axle weight ratingare not exceeded. Details can be found on thevehicle identification plate on the B-pillar onthe driver's side of the vehicle (Y page 288).Gross Vehicle Weight Rating: the grossweight of the vehicle, all passengers and theload must not exceed the permissible grossvehicle weight rating.Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): themaximum permissible weight that can be car-ried by one axle (front or rear axle).To ensure that your vehicle does not exceedthe maximum permissible values, have yourloaded vehicle (including driver, occupants,load) weighed on a vehicle weighbridge.

Maximum load rating

Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissi-ble load can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 288).

Maximum tire load: is the maximum per-missible weight for which the tire is approved.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Overview of Tire Quality GradingStandards

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 291

Wheelsandtires

Z

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards areU.S. government specifications. Their pur-pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia-ble information on tire performance data. tiremanufacturers have to grade tires using threeperformance factors: tread wear:, tire trac-tion; and heat resistance=. These regu-lations do not apply to Canada. Nevertheless,all tires sold in North America are providedwith the corresponding quality grading mark-ings on the sidewall of the tire.All passenger car tires must conform to thestatutory safety requirements in addition tothese grades.Quality grades can be found, where applica-ble, on the tire sidewall between the treadshoulder and maximum tire width.


For example:

Treadwear Traction Temperature

200 AA A

TreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedU.S. government course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-halftimes as well on the government course as atire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits, ser-vice practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate conditions.

Traction

G WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

The traction grades – from highest to lowest –are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on dry road surfa-ces.You should pay special attention to road con-ditions when temperatures are around thefreezing point.Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimumtread depth ofã in (4 mm) for all four wintertires (Y page 280) to maintain normal drivingcharacteristics in winter. Winter tires canreduce the braking distance on snow-coveredsurfaces in comparison with summer tires.The braking distance is still much further thanon surfaces that are not icy or covered withsnow. Take appropriate care when driving.

! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damageto the drive train.

Temperature

G WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either separately orin combination, can cause excessive heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent the tire's resistance to

292 Uniform Tire Quality Grading StandardsWheelsandtires

the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-pate heat when tested under controlled con-ditions on a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature can causethe material of the tire to degenerate andreduce tire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance whichall passenger car tires must meet under theFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levelsof performance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Tire labeling

Overview of tire labeling

The followingmarkings are on the tire in addition tothe tire name (sales designation) and the manu-facturer's name:: Uniform tire Quality Grading Standard

(Y page 297); DOT tire Identification Number

(Y page 295)= Maximum tire load (Y page 291)? Maximum tire pressures (Y page 284)A ManufacturerB Tire material (Y page 296)C Tire size designation, load-bearing capa-

city and speed rating (Y page 293)

D Load index (Y page 295)E Tire name

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data in the example.

Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity and speed rating

: Tire width; Nominal aspect ratio in %= Tire code? Rim diameterA Load bearing indexB Speed rating


General: depending on the manufacturer'sstandards, the size imprinted in the tire wallmay not contain any letters or may containone letter that precedes the size description.If there is no letter preceding the size descrip-tion (as shown above): these are passengervehicle tires according to European manufac-turing standards.If "P" precedes the size description: these arepassenger vehicle tires according to U.S.manufacturing standards.If "LT" precedes the size description: theseare light truck tires according to U.S. manu-facturing standards.If "T" precedes the size description: compactemergency wheels with high tire pressure

Tire labeling 293

Wheelsandtires

Z

that are only designed for temporary use in anemergency.Tire width: tire width: shows the nominaltire width in millimeters.Height-width ratio: aspect ratio; is thesize ratio between the tire height and tirewidth and is shown in percent. The aspectratio is calculated by dividing the tire width bythe tire height.Tire code: tire code= specifies the tire type."R" represents radial tires; "D" representsdiagonal tires; "B" represents diagonal radialtires.Optionally, tires with a maximum speed ofover 149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" inthe size description, depending on the man-ufacturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR 18).Rim diameter: rim diameter? is the diam-eter of the bead seat, not the diameter of therim flange. The rim diameter is specified ininches (in).Load-bearing index: load-bearing indexAis a numerical code that specifies the maxi-mum load-bearing capacity of a tire.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissi-ble load can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 288).Example:Load-bearing index 91 indicates a maximumload of 1,356 lb (615 kg) that the tires canbear. For further information on themaximumtire load in kilograms and pounds, see(Y page 291).For further information on the load-bearingindex, see "Load index" (Y page 295).Speed rating: speed ratingB specifies theapproved maximum speed of the tire.

G WARNINGExceeding the stated tire load-bearing capa-city and the approved maximum speed couldlead to tire damage or the tire bursting. Thereis a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tire types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observe thetire load rating and speed rating required foryour vehicle.

Regardless of the speed rating, alwaysobserve the speed limits. Drive carefully andadapt your driving style to the traffic condi-tions.

Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

RTires with a maximum speed of over149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" in thesize description, depending on the manu-facturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR18).The service specification is made up ofload-bearing indexA and speed ratingB.RIf the size description of your tire includes"ZR" and there are no service specifica-tions, ask the tire manufacturer in order tofind out the maximum speed.If a service specification is available, themaximum speed is limited according to thespeed rating in the service specification.Example: 245/40 ZR18 97 Y. In this exam-ple, "97 Y" is the service specification. Theletter "Y" represents the speed rating. The

294 Tire labelingWheelsandtires

maximum speed of the tire is limited to186 mph (300 km/h).RThe size description for all tires with maxi-mum speeds of over 186 mph (300 km/h)must include "ZR". The service specifica-tion must be given in brackets. Example:275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating "(Y)"indicates that the maximum speed of thetire is over 186 mph (300 km/h). Ask thetire manufacturer about the maximumspeed.

All-weather tires and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S4 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S4 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S4 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S4 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all tires with theM+Smarking providethe driving characteristics of winter tires. Inaddition to the M+S marking, winter tiresalso have thei snowflake symbol onthe tire wall. Tires with this marking fulfillthe requirements of the Rubber Manufac-turers Association (RMA) and the RubberAssociation of Canada (RAC) regarding thetire traction on snow. They have been espe-cially developed for driving on snow.

An electronic speed limiter prevents yourvehicle from exceeding a speed of 100mph(160km/h).The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac-tory may be higher than the maximum speedthat the electronic speed limiter permits.Make sure that your tires have the requiredspeed rating, e.g. when buying new tires. Therequired speed rating for your vehicle can befound in the "Tires" section (Y page 303).Further information about reading tire datacan be obtained from any qualified specialistworkshop.

Load index

In addition to the load bearing index, loadindex: may be imprinted after the lettersthat identify speed indexB on the sidewall ofthe tire (Y page 293).RIf no specification is given: no text (as in theexample above), represents a standardload (SL) tireRXL or Extra Load: represents a reinforcedtireRLight Load: represents a light load tireRC, D, E: represents a load range thatdepends on the maximum load that the tirecan carry at a certain pressure


DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Canadian tire regulations prescribe that everymanufacturer of new tires or retreader has toimprint a TIN in or on the sidewall.

4 Or M+Si for winter tires.

Tire labeling 295

Wheelsandtires

Z

The TIN is a unique identification number. TheTIN enables the tiremanufacturers or retread-ers to inform purchasers of recalls and othersafety-relevant matters. It makes it possiblefor the purchaser to easily identify the affec-ted tires.The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi-cation code;, tire size=, tire type code?and manufacturing dateA.DOT (Department of Transportation): tiresymbol: indicates that the tire complieswith the requirements of the Canadian trans-port ministry.Manufacturer identification code: manu-facturer identification code; providesdetails on the tire manufacturer. New tireshave a code with two symbols. Retreadedtires have a code with four symbols.For further information about retreaded tires,see (Y page 278).Tire size: identifier= describes the tire size.Tire type code: tire type code? can be usedby the manufacturer as a code to describespecific characteristics of the tire.Date of manufacture: date of manufactureA provides information about the age of atire. The first and second positions representthe week of manufacture, starting with "01"for the first calendar week. Positions threeand four represent the year of manufacture.For example, a tire that is marked with"3208", was manufactured in week 32 in2008.


Tire characteristics

This information describes the type of tirecord and the number of layers in sidewall:and under tire tread;.


Definition of terms for tires and load-ing

Tire ply composition and materialusedDescribes the number of plies or the numberof layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tiretread and sidewall. These are made of steel,nylon, polyester and other materials.

BarMetric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 poundsper square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascals(kPa) are the equivalent of 1 bar.

DOT (Department of Transportation)DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements ofthe Canadian Transport Ministry.

Normal occupant weightThe number of occupants for which the vehi-cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms(150 lbs).

296 Definition of terms for tires and loadingWheelsandtires

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ardsA uniform standard to grade the quality oftireswith regards to tread quality, tire tractionand temperature characteristics. The qualitygrading assessment is made by the manufac-turer following specifications from the USgovernment. The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire.

Recommended tire pressuresThe recommended tire pressure applies tothe tires mounted at the factory.The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressure for coldtires, the maximum permissible load and themaximum permissible vehicle speed.The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipmentThe combined weight of all standard andoptional equipment available for the vehicle,regardless of whether it is actually installedon the vehicle or not.

RimThis is the part of the wheel on which the tireis mounted.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weightrating. The actual load on an axle must notexceed the gross axle weight rating. Themax-imum gross axle weight rating can be foundon the vehicle identification plate on the B-pillar on the driver's side.

Speed ratingThe speed rating is part of the tire identifica-tion. It specifies the speed range forwhich thetire is approved.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)The gross vehicle weight comprises theweight of the vehicle including tools, acces-sories installed, occupants and luggage. Thegross vehicle weight must not exceed thegross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) as speci-fied on the vehicle identification plate on theB-pillar on the driver's side.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)The GVWR is the maximum permitted grossweight of the fully laden vehicle (weight of thevehicle including all accessories, occupantsand luggage). The gross vehicle weight ratingis specified on the vehicle identification plateon the B-pillar on the driver's side.

Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe maximum weight is the sum of:Rthe curb weight of the vehicleRthe weight of the accessoriesRthe load limitRthe weight of the factory installed optionalequipment

Kilopascal (kPa)Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre-sponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressureis bar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equiva-lent of 1 bar.

Load indexIn addition to the load-bearing index, the loadindexmay also be imprinted on the sidewall of

Definition of terms for tires and loading 297

Wheelsandtires

Z

the tire. This specifies the load-bearing capa-city more precisely.

Curb weightThe weight of a vehicle with standard equip-ment but without passengers and luggage.

Maximum load ratingMaximum tire load is the maximum permissi-ble weight for which the tire is approved.

Maximum permissible tire pressureMaximum permissible tire pressure for onetire.

Maximum load on one tireMaximum load on one tire. This is calculatedby dividing themaximum axle load of one axleby two.

PSI (pounds per square inch)A standard unit of measure for tire pressure.

Aspect ratioRelationship between tire height and tirewidth in percent.

Tire pressureThis is pressure inside the tire applying anoutward force to each square inch of the tire'ssurface. The tire pressure is specified inpounds per square inch (psi), in kilopascal(kPa) or in bar. The tire pressure should onlybe corrected when the tires are cold.

Tire pressure of cold tiresThe tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked with the tiresout of direct sunlight for at least 3 hoursandRif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)

TreadThe part of the tire that comes into contactwith the road.

BeadThe tire bead ensures that the tire sitssecurely on the wheel. There are several steelwires in the bead to prevent the tire fromcoming loose from the wheel rim.

SidewallThe part of the tire between the tread and thebead.

Weight of optional extrasThe combined weight of those optional extrasthat weigh more than the replaced standardparts and more than 2.3 kg (5 lbs). Theseoptional extras, such as high-performancebrakes, level control, a roof rack or a high-voltage battery, are not included in the curbweight and the weight of the accessories.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)This is a unique identifier which can be usedby a tire manufacturer to identify tires, forexample for a product recall, and thus identifythe purchasers. The TIN is made up of themanufacturer's identity code, tire size, tiretype code and the manufacturing date.

298 Definition of terms for tires and loadingWheelsandtires

Load bearing indexThe load bearing index is a code that containsthe maximum load bearing capacity of a tire.

TractionTraction is the result of friction between thetires and the road surface.

Treadwear indicatorsNarrow bars (tread wear bars) that are dis-tributed over the tire tread. If the tire tread islevel with the bars, the wear limit of 1/16 in(1.6 mm) has been reached.

Occupant distributionThe distribution of occupants in a vehicle attheir designated seating positions.

Total load limitNominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg(150 lbs) multiplied by the number of seats inthe vehicle.

Changing a wheel

Flat tireYou can find information on what to do in theevent of a flat tire in the "Flat tire" section(Y page 264). Information on drivingwith tireswith run-flat characteristics in the event of aflat tire can be found under "Tires with run-flatcharacteristics" (Y page 264).

Rotating the wheels

G WARNINGInterchanging the front and rear wheels mayseverely impair the driving characteristics ifthe wheels or tires have different dimensions.

The wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay also be damaged. There is a risk of acci-dent.Rotate front and rearwheels only if thewheelsand tires are of the same dimensions.

! On vehicles equipped with a tire pressuremonitor, electronic components are loca-ted in the wheel.Tire-mounting tools should not be usednear the valve. This could damage the elec-tronic components.Only have tires changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes when changing a wheel(Y page 299).The wear patterns on the front and rear tiresdiffer, depending on the operating conditions.Rotate the wheels before a clear wear patternhas formed on the tires. Front tires typicallywear more on the shoulders and the rear tiresin the center.If your vehicle's tire configuration allows, youcan rotate the wheels according to the inter-vals in the tire manufacturer's warranty bookin your vehicle documents. If no warrantybook is available, the tires should be rotatedevery 3,000 to 6,000 miles (5,000 to10,000 km), or earlier if tire wear requires. Donot change the direction of wheel rotation.Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel andthe brake disc thoroughly every time a wheelis rotated. Check the tire pressure and reac-tivate the tire pressure monitor if necessary.

Direction of rotationTires with a specified direction of rotationhave additional benefits, e.g. if there is a riskof hydroplaning. You will only gain these ben-efits if the correct direction of rotation isobserved.An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicatesits correct direction of rotation.

Changing a wheel 299

Wheelsandtires

Z

Storing wheelsStorewheels that are not being used in a cool,dry and preferably dark place. Protect thetires against oil and grease.

Mounting a wheel

Preparing the vehicleX Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the electric parking brake manually(Y page 145).

X Bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead position.

X Move the DIRECT SELECT lever to P.X Switch off the drive system.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X If included in the vehicle equipment,remove the tire-change tool kit from thevehicle.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rollingaway.

Securing the vehicle to prevent it fromrolling away

If your vehicle is equippedwith awheel chock,it can be found in the tire-change tool kit(Y page 264).The folding wheel chock is an additionalsafety measure to prevent the vehicle from

rolling away, for example when changing awheel.X Fold both plates upwards:.X Fold out lower plate;.X Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully intothe openings in base plate=.

Securing the vehicle on level groundX On level ground: place chocks or othersuitable items under the front and rear ofthe wheel that is diagonally opposite thewheel you wish to change.

Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradientsX On light downhill gradients: placechocks or other suitable items in front ofthe wheels of the front and rear axle.

Raising the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you do not position the jack correctly at theappropriate jacking point of the vehicle, thejack could tip over with the vehicle raised.There is a risk of injury.

300 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

Only position the jack at the appropriate jack-ing point of the vehicle. The base of the jackmust be positioned vertically, directly underthe jacking point of the vehicle.

! Position a suitable jack correctly on theintended jacking points. If you fail to posi-tion the jack correctly, the vehicle may bedamaged.The jacking points are recesses in the lowerdoor sill. They can only be seen from under-neath. There is one located behind each ofthe front wheel arches and in front of therear wheel arches.Position the jack in the jacking points sothat when viewed from the side, the jack isin the vertical position.

! Position a suitable jack only on the jack-ing points intended for this purpose.Never position the jack on the high-voltagebattery. Do not jack up the vehicle on thehigh-voltage battery. There is otherwise arisk of damaging the high-voltage battery.Also observe the notes in the "Changing awheel" section.

Observe the following when raising thevehicle:Rto raise the vehicle, only use the vehicle-specific jack that has been tested andapproved by Mercedes-Benz. If used incor-rectly, the jack could tip over with the vehi-cle raised.Rthe jack is designed only to raise and holdthe vehicle for a short time while a wheelis being changed. It is not suited for per-forming maintenance work under the vehi-cle.Ravoid changing the wheel on uphill anddownhill slopes.Rbefore raising the vehicle, secure it fromrolling away by applying the parking brakeand inserting wheel chocks. Do not disen-gage the parking brake while the vehicle israised.

Rthe jack must be placed on a firm, flat andnon-slip surface. On a loose surface, alarge, load-bearing underlay must be used.On a slippery surface, a non-slip underlaymust be used, e.g. rubber mats.Rdo not use wooden blocks or similarobjects as a jack underlay. Otherwise, thejack will not be able to achieve its load-bearing capacity due to the restrictedheight.Rmake sure that the distance between theunderside of the tires and the ground doesnot exceed 1.2 in (3 cm).Rdo not place your hands or feet under theraised vehicle.Rdo not lie under the vehicle.Rdo not start the electric motor when thevehicle is raised.Rdo not open or close the doors or the tail-gate when the vehicle is raised.Rmake sure that no persons are present inthe vehicle when the vehicle is raised.

X Using lug wrench:, loosen the bolts onthe wheel you wish to change by about onefull turn. Do not unscrew the bolts com-pletely.

Changing a wheel 301

Wheelsandtires

Z

The jacking points are located just behind thewheel housings of the front wheels and just infront of the wheel housings of the rear wheels(arrows).

X Position jack= at jacking point;.

X Make sure the foot of the jack is directlybeneath the jacking point.

X Turn ratchet wrench? until jack= sitscompletely on jacking point; and thebase of the jack lies evenly on the ground.

X Turn ratchet wrench? until the tire israised a maximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from theground.

Removing a wheel

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on adirty surface. The bolt and wheel hubthreads could otherwise be damaged whenyou screw them in.

X Unscrew the wheel bolts.X Remove the wheel.

Mounting a new wheel

G WARNINGOiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheelbolts to come loose. As a result, you couldlose a wheel while driving. There is a risk ofaccident.Never oil or greasewheel bolts. In the event ofdamage to the threads, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop immediately. Have thedamaged wheel bolts or hub threadsreplaced/renewed. Do not continue driving.

G WARNINGIf you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack could tipover. There is a risk of injury.Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes in the "Changing a wheel" sec-tion (Y page 299).Only use wheel bolts that have been designedfor the wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea-sons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that youonly use wheel bolts which have beenapproved forMercedes-Benz vehicles and therespective wheel.

! To prevent damage to the paintwork, holdthe wheel securely against the wheel hubwhile screwing in the first wheel bolt.

302 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

X Place the new wheel on the wheel hub andpush it on.

X Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin-ger-tight.

Lowering the vehicle

G WARNINGThe wheels could work loose if the wheel nutsand bolts are not tightened to the specifiedtightening torque. There is a risk of accident.Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

X Place the ratchet wrench onto the hexagonnut of the jack so that the letters AB arevisible.

X Turn the ratchet wrench until the vehicle isonce again standing firmly on the ground.

X Place the jack to one side.

X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross-wise pattern in the sequence indicated (:toA). The specified tightening torque is96 lb-ft (130 Nm).

X Turn the jack back to its initial position.X Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicletools in the vehicle again.

X Check the tire pressure of the newly moun-ted wheel and adjust it if necessary.Observe the recommended tire pressure(Y page 281).i Vehicles with tire pressure monitor: allwheels mounted must be equipped withfunctioning sensors.

Wheel and tire combinations

General notes! For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz rec-ommends that you only use tires andwheels which have been approved byMercedes-Benz specifically for your vehi-cle.These tires have been specially adapted foruse with the control systems, such as ABSor ESP®, and are marked as follows:RMO = Mercedes-Benz OriginalRMOE=Mercedes-BenzOriginal Extended(tires featuring run-flat characteristics)RMO1=Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-tain AMG tires)

Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tiresmay only be used on wheels that have beenspecifically approved by Mercedes-Benz.Only use tires, wheels or accessories tes-ted and approved by Mercedes-Benz. Cer-tain characteristics, e.g. handling, vehiclenoise emissions or fuel consumption, mayotherwise be adversely affected. In addi-tion, when driving with a load, tire dimen-sion variations could cause the tires tocome into contact with the bodywork andaxle components. This could result in dam-age to the tires or the vehicle.

Wheel and tire combinations 303

Wheelsandtires

Z

Mercedes-Benz accepts no liability fordamage resulting from the use of tires,wheels or accessories other than those tes-ted and approved.Information on tires, wheels and approvedcombinations can be obtained from anyqualified specialist workshop.

! Retreaded tires are neither tested nor rec-ommended by Mercedes-Benz, since pre-vious damage cannot always be detectedon retreaded tires. As a result, Mercedes-Benz cannot guarantee vehicle safety ifretreaded tires are mounted. Do not mountused tires if you have no information abouttheir previous usage.

Overview of abbreviations used in the follow-ing tire tables:RBA: both axlesRFA: front axleRRA: rear axleThe recommended pressures for variousoperating conditions can be found:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardwith the recommended tire pressures onthe B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the inside of thecharge socket flap

Observe the notes on recommended tirepressures under various operating conditions(Y page 281).Check tire pressures regularly, and only whenthe tires are cold. Comply with the mainte-nance recommendations of the tire manufac-turer in the vehicle document wallet.Notes on the vehicle equipment – alwaysequip the vehicle with:Rtires of the same size on a given axle (left/right)Rwith tires of the same type (summer tires,tires with run-flat characteristics, wintertires)Exception: it is permissible to install a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flat

tire. Observe the "Tires with run-flat char-acteristics" section (Y page 264).

i The following pages contain informationon approved wheel rim and tire sizes forequipping your vehicle with winter tires.Winter tires are not available at the factoryas standard equipment or optional extras.If you want to equip your vehicle withapproved winter tires, it may be necessaryto obtain wheel rims in the correspondingsize. The size of the approved winter tiresmay differ from the standard tires. This isdependent on the model and the equip-ment installed at the factory.The tires and wheel rims, as well as furtherinformation, can be obtained at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

i Not all wheel and tire combinations areavailable at the factory for all countries.

304 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

TiresB-Class Electric Drive

All-weather tires Alloy wheels

BA 225/50 R17 94 H5 7 J x 17 H2 ET 48.5

BA 225/45 R18 95 H5, 6 7.5 J x 18 H2 ET 44

5 Available as MOExtended tires.6 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the "Snow chains" section.

Wheel and tire combinations 305

Wheelsandtires

Z

306

Useful information ............................ 308Information regarding technicaldata .................................................... 308Identification plates ......................... 308Service products and filling capaci-ties ..................................................... 309Vehicle data ...................................... 311

307

Technicaldata

Useful information



Information regarding technical data

General informationi The data stated here specifically refers toa vehicle with standard equipment. Consultan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center forthe data for all vehicle variants and trimlevels.

Identification plates

Vehicle identification plate with vehi-cle identification number (VIN)

X Open the driver's door.You will see vehicle identification plate:.

Example: vehicle identification plate; VIN= Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identifica-tion plate is used only as an example. Thisdata is different for every vehicle and candeviate from the data shown here. You canfind the data applicable to your vehicle onthe vehicle identification plate.

VIN

X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rear-most position.

X Fold up floor covering: in front of theright-hand front seat.You will see VIN;.

The VIN can also be found on the vehicleidentification plate (Y page 308).

Electric motor numberThe electric motor number can be found atthe bottom of the electric motor. More infor-

308 Identification platesTechnicaldata

mation can be obtained from any authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Service products and filling capaci-ties


G WARNINGService products may be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.Comply with instructions on the use, storageand disposal of service products on the labelsof the respective original containers. Alwaysstore service products sealed in their originalcontainers. Always keep service products outof the reach of children.

H Environmental noteDispose of service products in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Service products include the following:RLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission oil)RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindshield washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantComponents and service products must bematched. You should therefore only use prod-ucts that have been tested and approved byMercedes-Benz.Information about tested and approved prod-ucts can be obtained from an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.You can recognize service products approvedby Mercedes-Benz by the following inscrip-tion on the containers:RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)RMB Approval (e.g. MB Approval 229.51)Other designations or recommendations indi-cate a level of quality or a specification inaccordance with an MB Sheet number (e.g.

MB 229.5). They have not necessarily beenapproved by Mercedes-Benz.

Brake fluid

G WARNINGThe brake fluid constantly absorbs moisturefrom the air. This lowers the boiling point ofthe brake fluid. If the boiling point of the brakefluid is too low, vapor pockets may form in thebrake system when the brakes are appliedhard. This would impair braking efficiency.There is a risk of an accident.You should have the brake fluid renewed atthe specified intervals.

When handling brake fluid, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 309).The brake fluid change intervals can be foundin the Maintenance Booklet.Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz according to MB Approval 331.0.Information about approved brake fluid canbe obtained at any qualified specialist work-shop or on the Internet at:http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

i Have the brake fluid regularly replaced ata qualified specialist workshop and thereplacement confirmed in theMaintenanceBooklet.

Coolant

Important safety notesThe coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It performs thefollowing tasks:Rcorrosion protectionRantifreeze protectionRraising the boiling point

i When the vehicle is first delivered, it is fil-led with a coolant mixture that ensures

Service products and filling capacities 309

Technicaldata

Z

adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec-tion.

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can befound in the Mercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB Specifications forService Products 310.1, e.g. on the Inter-net at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.Or contact a qualified specialist workshop.

! Always use a suitable coolant mixture,even in countries where high temperaturesprevail.Otherwise, the engine cooling system is notsufficiently protected from corrosion andoverheating.

If antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor is present inthe correct concentration, the boiling point ofthe coolant will be around 266 ‡ (130 †).The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentra-tion in the engine cooling system should:Rbe at least 50%. This will protect the enginecooling system against freezing down toapproximately -35 ‡ (-37 †).Rnot exceed 55% (antifreeze protectiondown to -49‡ (-45†)). Heat will otherwisenot be dissipated as effectively.

If the vehicle has lost coolant, add equalamounts of water and antifreeze/corrosioninhibitor. Mercedes-Benz recommends ananticorrosion/antifreeze which has beenapproved for Mercedes-Benz.

! The warranty is only valid if you add anantifreeze/corrosion inhibitor which hasbeen approved by Mercedes-Benz and ifthe recommended mixture ratio isobserved.

Washer fluid


G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate is highly flam-mable. If it comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the front compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

! Only use washer fluid that is suitable forplastic lamp lenses, e.g. MB SummerFit orMB WinterFit. Unsuitable washer fluidcould damage the plastic lenses of theheadlamps.

! Do not add distilled or de-ionized water tothe washer fluid container. Otherwise, thelevel sensor may be damaged.

! Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFitwasher fluid should be mixed together. Thespray nozzles may otherwise becomeblocked.

When handling washer fluid, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 309).At temperatures above freezing:X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixtureof water and windshield washer fluid, e.g.MB SummerFit.

Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water.At temperatures below freezing:X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixtureof water and washer fluid, e.g. MB Winter-Fit.

Adapt the mixing ratio to the outside temper-ature.RDown to 14 ‡ (Ò10 †): mix 1 part MB Win-terFit to 2 parts water.RDown to Ò4 ‡ (Ò20 †): mix 1 part MB Win-terFit to 1 part water.RDown to Ò20.2 ‡ (Ò29 †): mix 2 parts MBWinterFit to 1 part water.

310 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

i Add windshield washer fluid, e.g. MBSummerFit or MB WinterFit, to the washerfluid all year round.

Climate control system refrigerant

Important safety notesThe climate control system of your vehicle isfilled with refrigerant R‑134a.The instruction label regarding the refrigeranttype used can be found on the radiator crossmember.

! Only the refrigerant R‑134a and the PAGoil approved by Mercedes-Benz may beused. The approved PAG oil may not bemixed with any other PAG oil that is notapproved for R-134a refrigerant. Other-wise, the climate control system may bedamaged.

Service work, such as topping-up refrigerantor replacing components, may only be carriedout by a qualified specialist workshop. Allapplicable regulations, as well as SAE stand-ard J639, must be adhered to.Always have all work on the climate controlsystem carried out at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Refrigerant instruction label

Example: refrigerant instruction label: Warning symbol; Refrigerant filling capacity= Applicable standards

? PAG oil part numberA Type of refrigerantWarning symbol: advises you about:Rpossible dangersRhaving service work carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop

Filling capacities

All models Capacity

Refrigerant 22.9 ± 0.4 oz(650 ± 10 g)

PAG oil 4.2 oz(120 g)

Vehicle data

General notesPlease note that for the specified vehicledata:Rthe heights specifiedmay vary as a result of

- tires- load- condition of the suspension- optional equipmentRoptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload.

Dimensions and weights

Vehicle data 311

Technicaldata

Z

Opening dimen-sions

: Maximum head-room

75.3 in (1912 mm)

; Opening height 79.5 in (2021 mm)

Vehicle dimensions

Vehicle length 171.6 in(4358 mm)

Vehicle height 63.1 in (1604 mm)

Vehicle widthincluding exteriormirrors

79.1 in (2010 mm)

Vehicle width with-out exterior mirrors

71.3 in (1812 mm)

Wheelbase 106.3 in(2699 mm)

Turning radius 36.1 ft (11.0 m)

Vehicle weights

Maximum allowa-ble gross mass

4784 lb (2170 kg)

Maximum trunkload

220 lb (100 kg)

Maximum roof load 165 lb (75 kg)

High-voltage bat-tery

Model Lithium-ion

Energy content 28.0 kWh

Range (according toEPA)

approx. 82 miles(132 km)

Charge time with110-120 V (12 A)

approx. 28 h

High-voltage bat-tery

Charge time with240 V (32 A)

approx. 5 h

Charge time with240 V (40 A)

approx. 4 h

The specified values for range depend on thedriving program selected and may vary as aresult of:Rhigher and lower outside temperaturesRthe style of drivingRactivated electrical consumers

312 Vehicle dataTechnicaldata